C O L L E G E O F T H E N O R T H AT L A N T I C – Q ATA R
Academic Calendar
2012 – 2013
CNA- Q ATAR.COM
With 17 campuses in Canada
and one in Qatar, CNA delivers
full and part-time programs to
20,000
students every year
Welcome to College of the North Atlantic – Qatar
The CNA-Q Story
Our Vision
College of the North Atlantic – Qatar is a partnership
between the State of Qatar and College of the North
Atlantic in Canada. We officially opened in September
2002. CNA-Q fills the State’s need for graduates who
have hands-on training in their field of study and are
ready to start work right away. As the second largest
post-secondary school in Qatar, CNA-Q now has
2,000+ full-time students.
College of the North Atlantic – Qatar will be
recognized as a world-class educational institution.
It will reflect quality and innovation in its programs,
its services to students, and its response to current
and future needs of individuals, business, industry,
the State, and the region. Its role in human resource
development will ensure that people are prepared to
contribute to a diverse economy and globalization.
CNA in Qatar
Diploma vs. Degree
College of the North Atlantic (CNA) was chosen by the
State of Qatar from top colleges around the world to
fulfill Qatar’s need for a technical college. With 40+
years of success and a long list of program offerings,
CNA created what is now Qatar’s premier technical
college – CNA-Q. CNA-Q programs are tailored to
Qatar’s top industries. Our institution complements
degree-granting universities in Education City and
elsewhere in Qatar. When you join CNA-Q, you are
joining a community of over 20,000 students enrolled
every year at CNA campuses in Canada and Qatar.
People ask us all the time why we offer diplomas
and not degrees. It’s because many jobs require
specific expertise that you don’t get in a university
degree program. CNA-Q gives you the education
you need to qualify for those jobs right away.
Our Mission
Graduate sooner
Diploma programs are often shorter than
degree programs
College of the North Atlantic – Qatar is committed
to being a high-quality, student-centered, public
post-secondary technical institution. This
commitment will be reflected through world-class
facilities, accessible and responsive technology
programs, and its contribution to technological
development through partnerships with industry.
The College will prepare individuals to be selfsufficient contributors to sustainable social and
economic development of local communities,
the State of Qatar, and the Gulf Region.
Here’s why a CNA-Q diploma
works for you:
Find your place in Qatar’s economy
CNA-Q programs train you specifically
for top industries in Qatar
Be a leader in your field
Our programs are often the first – and
only – of their kind offered in Qatar
Transfer your credits
Apply to universities in Canada, the US
and the UK through 60+ articulation
agreements
From the President
The amazing announcement of the State of Qatar
as host of the FIFA World Cup 2022 and the ambitious
and visionary goals of the Qatar National Vision 2030
illustrate that Qatar is a country on the rise. I am
proud to say that College of the North Atlantic – Qatar,
the second largest post-secondary institution in the
country, continues to play a significant role in the
State’s progress by preparing individuals for success
in Qatar’s rapidly changing, increasingly global,
technology-rich workplace.
We pride ourselves on being responsive to changes
in our community and the workplace. Therefore, we
recognize that not all of our students come to us
directly from high school. The increasing complexity
workplace of the 21st century places tremendous
pressure on those already in the workforce to upgrade
their skills. CNA-Q leverages our considerable
resources to provide courses and professional
certifications that help the existing workforce of Qatar
stay competitive and on the leading edge.
A college education is about transition – occupational
transition from high school to the workplace;
educational transition from high school to college to
university; and personal transition from inexperienced
youth to confident, highly skilled, technologically
competent men and women contributing to the
development of the State of Qatar. When I speak
to our graduates and their delighted sponsors/
employers in business, industry, and government,
I am constantly reminded that CNA-Q is a bridge
to success for our students and for the State. Our
graduates are successful not just because we provide
them with the knowledge and skills that make them
capable employees, but because we are committed
to the development of the whole person – developing
communication and teambuilding skills and instilling
the confidence that ensures they will embrace
leadership roles in their careers.
CNA-Q’s new Strategic Plan outlines five Strategic
Directions for the College – none is more important
than Learners First. We take our commitment to
students seriously. From the minute you walk through
our doors or visit our website, we want you to feel
welcome and supported in your academic, personal,
and career goals. Our support staff, student services
personnel and counsellors are always ready to help
out; and our small class sizes and dedicated faculty
ensure that students receive the attention they need
and deserve.
Join us and see for yourself that College of the North
Atlantic – Qatar is the place to work, learn, and grow.
Dr. Ken MacLeod,
President
Contents
02
05
07
Schedule of Events
List of CNA-Q Programs
Program Articulation and Transfer Credit
21
23
26
27
30
31
35
36
Registrar’s Office
Admissions
Academic Terms
Academic Regulations
Academic Status
Attendance Policy and Procedure
Awards and Scholarships
Tuition and Fees
41
Student Affairs
45
Academic Preparatory Studies
49
50
55
School of Business Studies
Business Management – Accounting
Business Management –
Human Resource Management
Business Management – Marketing
Office Administration
60
65
71
72
74
79
84
89
93
101
102
106
110
113
116
120
124
128
School of Engineering Technology
Chemical Laboratory Technician
Chemical Processing Technology
Electrical Engineering Technology
Mechanical Engineering Technology
(Industrial Maintenance)
Process Automation Engineering Technology
Telecommunications Engineering Technology
School of Health Sciences
Dental Assistant – Level II
Emergency Medical Science
Environmental Health and Safety –
Food Safety and Inspection
Environmental Health and Safety –
Occupational Health and Safety
Environmental Health and Safety –
Public Health
Medical Radiography Technology
Pharmacy Technician
Respiratory Therapy
135
137
141
School of Information Technology
Information Systems – Web Developer
Information Systems – Network and
Systems Administration
147
Security
155
155
157
160
163
Technician Preparatory Program (TPP)
Electrical Technician
Instrumentation Technician
Mechanical Technician
Process Operator Technician
167
167
170
172
176
179
181
TPP – Course Descriptions
Electrical Technician
Instrumentation Technician
Mechanical Technician
Process Operator Technician
TPP Language Studies
TPP Math, Science and Computers
185
185
187
189
191
193
195
197
199
201
203
205
207
209
211
213
215
217
219
221
223
225
227
229
231
233
235
237
239
241
243
245
247
249
251
Course Descriptions
AC1025 – AC2260
AC2340 – BK1100
BL1010 – CE1210
CE2130 – CE3510
CE3640 – CH2830
CH2860 – CI2300
CI2560 – CM2200
CM2300 – CP3300
CP3320 – CR2440
CR2470 – DA1261
DA1300 – DP2360
DP2460 – EG3100
EN1420 – EV1710
EV1711 – FM2400
FM3200 – HL1650
HL1720 – HM1560
HM2310 – HN2310
HN3110 – MA2400
MA3700 – MN3200
MP1200 – MR1280
MR1500 – MW1710
MW1720 – MX2410
MX2500 – OJ1550
OJ1560 – PC2821
PC3820 – PH2200
PM2160 – PR3211
PR3214 – PR3241
PR3244 – PR3261
PR3520 – RT2440
RT2450 – RX2150
RX2160 – SD1620
SD1621 – SE1610
SE2350 – WT1160
WT1170 – WT1720
1
Important Notice
This Calendar is intended to assist readers to
understand the academic and administrative
structure, policies, and procedures, and to provide
information about current course offerings at
College of the North Atlantic – Qatar (“the College”).
Various academic and administrative departments
have submitted the material contained in this
publication. All general information and course
references have been checked for accuracy, but
there may be inconsistencies or errors. If you become
aware of any, please bring them to the attention of
the College Registrar. The College reserves the right
to make changes in the information contained in this
publication without prior notice.
Students are responsible for familiarizing themselves
with the specific information, rules, and regulations
of the College as well as the specific requirements
of each diploma, certificate, or other recognition
sought. While advice and counselling are available,
it is the responsibility of each student to ensure that
courses he/she is registered in are appropriate to the
requirements of the student’s chosen program.
If there is an inconsistency between the general
academic regulations and policies published in
this Calendar, and such regulations and policies as
established by resolution of the Board of Governors
or the College’s administration, the version of such
material as established by the Board of Governors
or the College’s administration will prevail.
By the act of registration, each student becomes
bound by the policies and regulations of College of
the North Atlantic – Qatar.
College of the North Atlantic – Qatar disclaims all
responsibility and liability for loss or damage suffered
or incurred by any student or other party as a result
of delays in or termination of its services, courses, or
classes by reason of force majeure, fire, floods, riots,
war, damage to College property, financial exigency,
or other events beyond the reasonable control of
the College.
College of the North Atlantic – Qatar disclaims any
and all liability for damages arising as a result of
errors, interruptions or disruptions to operations or
connected with its operations or its campuses,
arising out of computer failure or non-compliance
of its computing systems.
Schedule of Events 2012 – 2013
Note: The dates listed below are accurate at the time of publication; however, as the academic year unfolds, some
dates may be changed to accommodate College or State requirements. All changes to this schedule are posted
on the Registrar’s Office page of the College website, www.cna-qatar.com, and on the Registrar’s Office page of
the College Intranet. You are encouraged to consult these frequently for the most current schedule.
Fall Semester 2012
2
August 30, 2012
Supplementary exams – All programs except TPP, Thursday 8 – 11am
Male Gym, Building 18
August 30, 2012
Student registration/orientation – TPP only
September 2, 2012
Start of classes/student appeal hearings – TPP only
September 2 – 6, 2012
Student registration/orientation – All programs except TPP (5 days)
September 9, 2012
Start of classes/student appeal hearings – All programs except TPP
September 16, 2012
Last day for adding courses – TPP only
(TPP enrollment requires administrative and sponsor approval)
September 23, 2012
Last day for adding courses – All programs except TPP
October 21 – 24, 2012
Midterm evaluation – All programs (4 days)
October 28, 2012 –
November 1, 2012
Eid Al Adha – All programs (5 statutory holidays)
November 5, 2012
Grade reports available to students – All programs
November 12, 2012
Last day for dropping courses without academic prejudice – All programs
December 3, 2012
Last day of TPP Academic classes for Fall Semester
December 4, 2012
Last day of classes for Fall Semester – All programs except TPP
December 4 & 5, 2012
Math and English final exams for Fall Semester – TPP only
TPP – TAFE evidence submitted by December 6, 2012
December 5 – 12, 2012
Final exams for Fall Semester (6 days, excluding Friday and Saturday)
December 12, 2012
Last day of TPP Technical classes for Fall Semester
December 16, 2012 –
January 7, 2013
Semester break – All programs (23 days)
December 18, 2012
National Day – College closed
December 19, 2012
Grade reports available to students – All programs
Schedule of Events 2012 – 2013
Winter Semester 2013
3
January 6, 2013
Supplementary exams – All programs except TPP, Sunday 8 – 11am
Male Gym, Building 18
January 7, 2013
Student registration/orientation – TPP only
January 7 – 10, 2013
Student registration/orientation – All programs except TPP (4 days)
January 8, 2013
Start of classes/student appeal hearings – TPP only
January 13, 2013
Start of classes/student appeal hearings – All programs except TPP
January 22, 2013
Last day for adding courses – TPP only
(TPP enrollment requires administrative and sponsor approval)
January 27, 2013
Last day for adding courses – All programs except TPP
February 12, 2013
National Sports Day (statutory holiday)
February 21 – 26, 2013
Midterm evaluation – All programs (4 days, excluding Friday and Saturday)
February 28, 2013 –
March 3, 2013
Mid-semester break – TPP only (4 days)
February 28, 2013 –
March 4, 2013
Mid-semester break – All programs except TPP (5 days)
March 4, 2013
Students return from break – TPP only
March 5, 2013
Students return from break – All programs except TPP
March 5, 2013
Grade reports available to students – All programs
March 11, 2013
Last day for dropping courses without academic prejudice – All programs
April 8, 2013
Last day of TPP Academic classes for Winter Semester
April 9, 2013
Last day of classes for Winter Semester – All programs except TPP
April 9 & 10, 2013
Math and English final exams for Winter Semester – TPP only
TPP – TAFE evidence submitted by April 11, 2013
April 10 – 17, 2013
Final exams for Winter Semester (6 days, excluding Friday and Saturday)
April 17, 2013
Last day of TPP Technical classes for Winter Semester
April 18 – April 29, 2013
Semester break – TPP only (12 days)
April 18 – May 5,2013
Semester break – All other programs (18 days)
April 23, 2013
Grade reports available to students – All programs
Schedule of Events 2012 – 2013
Intersession Semester 2013
4
April 28, 2013
Supplementary exams – All programs except TPP, Sunday 8 – 11am Male Gym,
Building 18
April 29, 2013
Student registration/orientation – TPP only
April 29 – May 2, 2013
Student registration/orientation – All programs except TPP (4 days)
April 30, 2013
Start of classes/student appeal hearings – TPP only
May 5, 2013
Start of classes/student appeal hearings – All programs except TPP
May 7, 2013
Last day for adding courses – TPP only
(applies to EFL and Academic classes; not applicable to TPP Technical courses)
May 12, 2013
Last day for adding courses – All other programs
May 14, 2013
Last day for dropping courses without academic prejudice – TPP only
June 19, 2013
Graduation
June 20, 2013
Last day of classes for 7-week semester – All programs except
TPP Technical classes
June 20 & 23, 2013
Final exams for EFL and Academic courses – TPP only
June 23 – 25, 2013
Final exams – All programs except TPP (3 days)
June 23 – 25, 2013
TPP – TAFE evidence submitted by June 23, 2013
TPP Technical classes as required to June 25, 2013
July 2, 2013
Grade reports available to students – All programs
List of CNA-Q Programs
* Total program length varies depending on language proficiency, academic preparatory courses required for
entry, and academic performance throughout the program of study.
5
School of Business Studies
Credential
Duration*
Business Administration
Certificate
1 year
Business Administration – Accounting
Diploma
2 years
Business Administration – Human Resource Management
Diploma
2 years
Business Administration – Marketing
Diploma
2 years
Business Management – Accounting
Diploma
3 years
Business Management – Human Resource Management
Diploma
3 years
Business Management – Marketing
Diploma
3 years
Office Administration
Certificate
1 year
Office Administration (Executive)
Diploma
2 years
School of Engineering Technology
Credential
Duration*
Chemical Laboratory Technician
Certificate
1 year
Chemical Processing Technician
Diploma
2 years
Chemical Processing Technology
Diploma
3 years
Electrical Power Systems Technician
Diploma
2 years
Electrical Engineering Technology
Diploma
3 years
Electrical Engineering Technology (Power and Controls)
Diploma
3 years
Mechanical Technician (Industrial Maintenance)
Diploma
2 years
Mechanical Engineering Technology (Industrial Maintenance)
Diploma
3 years
Process Automation Engineering Technician
Diploma
2 years
Process Automation Engineering Technology
Diploma
3 years
Telecommunications Engineering Technician
Diploma
2 years
Telecommunications Engineering Technology
Diploma
3 years
List of CNA-Q Programs
6
School of Health Sciences
Credential
Duration*
Dental Assistant – Level II
Diploma
2 years
Emergency Medical Technician
Certificate
1 year
Emergency Medical Science
Diploma
2 years
Environmental Health and Safety –
Food Safety and Inspection
Diploma
2 years
Environmental Health and Safety –
Occupational Health and Safety
Diploma
2 years
Environmental Health and Safety –
Public Health
Diploma
3 years
Medical Radiography Technology
Diploma
3 years
Pharmacy Technician
Diploma
2 years
Respiratory Therapy
Diploma
3 years
School of Information Technology
Credential
Duration*
Information Systems – Software
Diploma
2 years
Information Systems – Web Developer
Diploma
3 years
Information Systems – Hardware
Diploma
2 years
Information Systems – Network and Systems Administration
Diploma
3 years
Technician Preparatory Program (TPP)
Credential
Duration*
Electrical Technician
TAFE Certificate
Determined by sponsor
Instrumentation Technician
TAFE Certificate
Determined by sponsor
Mechanical Technician
TAFE Certificate
Determined by sponsor
Process Operator Technician
TAFE Certificate
Determined by sponsor
Memorandums of Understanding for
Program Articulation and Transfer Credit
7
College of the North Atlantic has established specific
formal Memorandums of Understanding for program
articulation and transfer of credits from diploma
programs at CNA-Q to baccalaureate programs
offered by other institutions. Although CNA-Q
makes every effort to ensure that the information
provided here is accurate, other institutions may
make changes to their policies, regulations or
admission requirements without notice or after the
CNA-Q Academic Calendar has been published. In
such cases, CNA-Q assumes no responsibility for
the accuracy of the information presented on the
following pages.
Students who are interested in pursuing degrees after
graduating from CNA-Q are encouraged to consult the
CNA-Q Career Counselling Centre or the Registrar’s
Office for assistance and advice. They should consult
websites or most recent calendars of post-secondary
institutions they wish to attend, and they should have
a clear understanding of the course, language, and
academic preparation requirements for admission to
other colleges and universities.
The institutions listed on the following pages are
currently offering admission to CNA-Q graduates
who meet the entrance requirements as indicated.
Admitted applicants from CNA-Q can expect to
receive credit from these institutions as described.
CNA-Q Specific Formal Memorandums
of Understanding for Program Articulation
8
Sending Institution
Receiving Institution
College of North Atlantic – Qatar
Athabasca University, Canada
Diploma
Entrance
Requirements
Program
Length
Degree
Business Administration (2 years)
• Accounting
• General Diploma
• Human Resource Management
• Marketing
Not specified
1 or 2 years
Any of the following programs:
• Bachelor of Management: Post
Diploma (3-year)
• Bachelor of Applied
Management – Accounting
(BAMAC): Post Diploma
• Bachelor of Management with
Major: Post Diploma (4-year)
• Bachelor of Commerce: Post
Diploma (4-year)
• Bachelor of Commerce with
Major: Post Diploma
Business Administration (2 years)
• Accounting
• General Diploma
• Human Resource Management
• Marketing
Not specified
1 year
Bachelor of Human Resources
and Labour Relations: Post
Diploma
Business Management (3 years)
• Accounting
• General Diploma
• Human Resource Management
• Marketing
Not specified
1 or 2 years
Any of the following programs:
• Bachelor of Management:
Post Diploma (3-year)
• Bachelor of Management with
Major: Post Diploma (4-year)
• Bachelor of Commerce:
Post Diploma (4-year)
• Bachelor of Commerce:
Post Diploma (4-year)
Business Management (3 years)
• Accounting
• General Diploma
• Human Resource Management
• Marketing
Not specified
1 year
Bachelor of Human Resources
and Labour Relations: Post
Diploma
Medical Radiography Technology
Not specified
Not
specified
Bachelor of Science: Human
Science (4-year Post Diploma)
CNA-Q Specific Formal Memorandums
of Understanding for Program Articulation
9
Sending Institution
Receiving Institution
College of North Atlantic – Qatar
Athabasca University, Canada (continued)
Diploma
Entrance
Requirements
Program
Length
Degree
Office Administration Certificate
Not specified
Not
specified
Bachelor of Professional Arts:
Communications Studies Major
Office Administration (Executive)
Diploma
Not specified
Not
specified
Bachelor of Professional Arts:
Communications Studies Major
Respiratory Therapy
Not specified
Not
specified
Bachelor of Science: Human
Science (4-year Post Diploma)
Sending Institution
Receiving Institution
College of North Atlantic – Qatar
Cape Breton University, Canada
Diploma
Entrance
Requirements
Program
Length
Degree
Business Administration (2 years)
• Accounting
• Human Resource Management
• Marketing
CAEL 60 or
IELTS no band
below 6.0
Normally
1 calendar
year
Bachelor of Business
Administration program
(enter at the appropriate level)
Business Management (3 years)
• Accounting
• Human Resource Management
• Marketing
CAEL 60 or
IELTS no band
below 6.0
Normally
1 calendar
year
Bachelor of Business
Administration program
(enter at the appropriate level)
Any Engineering Technology
program
CAEL 60 or
IELTS no band
below 6.0
1 year
Any Bachelor of Engineering
Technology degree program
Sending Institution
Receiving Institution
College of North Atlantic – Qatar
Indiana University-Purdue University Indianapolis, USA
Diploma
Entrance
Requirements
Program
Length
Degree
Any Engineering Technology
program
IELTS 5.5
2+ years
Bachelor of Science and a
Master of Science in any
Technology program (both
conferred by Purdue
University, USA)
CNA-Q Specific Formal Memorandums
of Understanding for Program Articulation
10
Sending Institution
Receiving Institution
College of North Atlantic – Qatar
Lakehead University, Canada
Diploma
Entrance
Requirements
Program
Length
Degree
Any Engineering Technology
program
CAEL 60 or
IELTS no band
below 6.0
Not
specified
May be admitted to summer
bridging program. If successful,
will be promoted to year three
of a related Bachelor of
Engineering program in
Chemical, Civil, Electrical or
Mechanical Engineering.
CNA-Q Specific Formal Memorandums
of Understanding for Program Articulation
11
Sending
Institution
Receiving Institution
College of North
Atlantic – Qatar
Memorial University of Newfoundland, Canada
Diploma
Entrance
Requirements
Program
Length
Degree
Business Management
(3 years)
• Accounting
• Human Resource
Management
• Marketing
Completion of
diploma with either:
• Minimum CAEL band scores
between 50 and 60 in each of
the four skills tested
(Reading, Writing, Listening,
Speaking), with at least two
band scores of 60
• Minimum overall IELTS band
score of 6.5, with at least band
6 in each of Writing and Reading
Not
specified
Qualified graduates may be
admitted to the Bachelor of
Business Administration program
on the basis of block transfer
with course requirements for
completion of the BBA specified
for each of the College business
diploma programs. Diploma
program graduates will be
required to complete a minimum
of 45 credit hours beyond those
used for their College Diploma.
Admission is limited and
competitive and is based on
overall academic performance.
Business Management
Program Diploma
(3 years)
• Accounting
• Human Resource
Management
• Marketing
Completion of
diploma with either:
• Minimum CAEL band scores
between 50 and 60 in each of
the four skills tested (Reading,
Writing, Listening, Speaking),
with at least two band scores
of 60
• Minimum overall IELTS band
score of 6.5, with at least band
6 in each of Writing and Reading
Not
specified
May be considered for admission
to term three of the Bachelor of
Commerce (Cooperative) program;
may be considered for admission
directly into the Bachelor of
Business Administration or the
Bachelor of Commerce
(non-Cooperative) program. If
admitted, students will be required
to complete a minimum of 45
credit hours beyond those used
towards their College Diploma.
Any Engineering
Technology program
Engineering Technology 3-year
accredited diploma program or a
similar diploma taken from a
recognized university/college
and acceptable to the admissions
committee. Completion of
Diploma with either:
• Minimum CAEL band scores
between 50 and 60 in each of
the four skills tested (Reading,
Writing, Listening, Speaking),
with at least two band scores
of 60
• Minimum overall IELTS band
score of 6.5, with at least band
6 in each of Writing and Reading
Not
specified
Bachelor of Technology
program – entry into the 39 credit
hour program (subject to meeting
the language proficiency
requirement).
CNA-Q Specific Formal Memorandums
of Understanding for Program Articulation
12
Sending
Institution
Receiving Institution
College of North
Atlantic – Qatar
Memorial University of Newfoundland, Canada (continued)
Diploma
Entrance
Requirements
Program
Length
Degree
Health Sciences
Health Sciences 3-year
accredited diploma program or
a similar diploma taken from a
recognized university/college
and acceptable to the admissions committee. Completion of
diploma with either:
• Minimum CAEL band scores
between 50 and 60 in each of
the four skills tested (Reading,
Writing, Listening, Speaking),
with at least two band scores
of 60
• Minimum overall IELTS band
score of 6.5, with at least band
6 in each of Writing and Reading
1 year
Bachelor of Technology
program – entry into the 39
credit hour program (subject to
meeting the language proficiency
requirement).
CNA-Q Specific Formal Memorandums
of Understanding for Program Articulation
13
Sending
Institution
Receiving Institution
College of North
Atlantic – Qatar
Northwood University, USA
Diploma
Entrance
Requirements
Program
Length
Degree
Business Management
(3 years)
• Accounting
• Human Resource
Management
• Marketing (at CNA/
Beijing Union
University)
IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Business
Administration in Management
(year 3 of 4)
Business Management –
Marketing (3 years)
(at CNA/Beijing Union
University)
IELTS 6.0
3 years
Bachelor of Business
Administration in Management
(year 2 of 4)
Business
Administration
(2 years)
IELTS 6.0
3 years
Bachelor of Business
Administration in Management
(year 2 of 4)
Business Management
(3 years)
IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Business
Administration in Management
(year 3 of 4)
Business program
(CNA six semester
program)
IELTS 6.0
1 year
Bachelor of Business
Administration (at the
appropriate level and be eligible
to complete a BBA normally
within one calendar year)
CNA-Q Specific Formal Memorandums
of Understanding for Program Articulation
14
Sending
Institution
Receiving Institution
College of North
Atlantic – Qatar
Teesside University, UK
Diploma
Entrance
Requirements
Program
Length
Degree
Banking
Completion of Diploma with
Good Grades, IELTS 6.0
3 years
Any Business School
undergraduate program
Business Management
Accounting
Completion of Diploma,
IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Arts (Hons) in
Accounting and Finance
Business Management
Accounting
Completion of Diploma with
Good Grades, IELTS 6.0
1 year
Bachelor of Arts (Hons) in
Business Management (Finance)
Business Management
Human Resource
Management
Completion of Diploma,
IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Arts (Hons) in
Human Resource Management
Business Management
Human Resource
Management
Completion of Diploma with
Good Grades, IELTS 6.0
1 year
Bachelor of Arts (Hons) in
Business Management
(Marketing)
Electrical Engineering
Technology
Completion of Diploma,
IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Engineering (Hons)
in Electrical and Electronic
Engineering
Instrumentation
Engineering Technology
Completion of Diploma,
IELTS 6.0
3 years
Bachelor of Engineering (Hons)
in Electrical and Electronic
Engineering
Instrumentation
Engineering Technology
Completion of Diploma,
IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Engineering (Hons)
in Instrumentation and Control
Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
Technology (Industrial
Maintenance)
Completion of Diploma,
IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Engineering (Hons)
in Mechanical Engineering
Telecommunications
Engineering Technology
Completion of Diploma,
IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Engineering (Hons)
in Instrumentation and Control
Engineering
Telecommunications
Engineering Technology
Completion of Diploma,
IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Engineering (Hons)
in Electrical and Electronic
Engineering
Medical Radiography
Technology
Completion of Diploma,
IELTS 6.0
1 year
Bachelor of Science (Hons)
in Diagnostic Radiography
Information Systems Hardware
Completion of Diploma,
IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Science (Hons)
in Computing
CNA-Q Specific Formal Memorandums
of Understanding for Program Articulation
15
Sending
Institution
Receiving Institution
College of North
Atlantic – Qatar
Teesside University, UK (continued)
Diploma
Entrance
Requirements
Program
Length
Degree
Information Systems –
Hardware
Completion of Diploma,
IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Science (Hons)
in International Business
Information Technology
Information Systems –
Software
Completion of Diploma,
IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Science (Hons)
in Computing
Information Systems –
Software
Completion of Diploma,
IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Science (Hons)
in International Business
Information Technology
Information Systems –
Software
Completion of Diploma,
IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Science (Hons)
in Computer Science
CNA-Q Specific Formal Memorandums
of Understanding for Program Articulation
Sending
Institution
Receiving Institution
College of North
Atlantic – Qatar
University of Bradford, UK
Diploma
Entrance
Requirements
Program
Length
Degree
Entry Requirements for the School of Engineering, Design & Technology
16
Electrical Engineering
Technology
GPA 3.0, IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Engineering in Electrical
and Electronic Engineering
Telecommunications
Engineering Technology
GPA 3.0, IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Engineering in Electronic,
Telecommunications and Internet
Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
Technology
GPA 3.0, IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Engineering in one of the
following:
• Mechanical Engineering
• Mechanical and Automotive Engineering
Chemical Processing
Technology
GPA 3.0, IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Engineering in Chemical
Engineering
Entry Requirements for the School of Management
Business Management –
Marketing
GPA 3.0, IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Science in Business and
Management Studies
Business Management –
Human Resource
Management
GPA 3.0, IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Science in one of the
following:
• Human Resource Management
• Business and Management Studies
Entry Requirements for the School of Health Studies
Medical Radiography
Technology
GPA 3.0, IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Science in Diagnostic
Radiography – Effective from September
2012. (A maximum number of
approximately 5 students will be
admitted. Exact number to be
confirmed each year by the School.)
Emergency Medical
Science
GPA 3.0, IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Science in Health,
Wellbeing and Social Care
Any of the Environmental
Health and Safety diplomas
(Food Safety and Inspection,
Occupational Health and
Safety, Public Health)
GPA 3.0, IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Science in Health,
Wellbeing and Social Care
CNA-Q Specific Formal Memorandums of
Understanding for Program Articulation
Sending Institution
Receiving Institution
College of North
Atlantic – Qatar
University of Bradford, UK (continued)
Diploma
Entrance
Requirements
Program
Length
Degree
Entry Requirements for the School of Social and International Studies
17
Business Management –
Marketing
GPA 3.0, IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Science in Business and
Management Studies
Banking
GPA 3.0, IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Science in Business
Economics and Bachelor of Science
in Financial Economics (must
complete a presessional program in
Macroeconomics at the University
of Bradford – free of charge)
Business Management –
Accounting
GPA 3.0, IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Science in Business
Economics and Bachelor of Science
in Financial Economics (must
complete a presessional program in
Macroeconomics at the University
of Bradford – free of charge)
Business Management –
Human Resource
Management
GPA 3.0, IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Science in Business
Economics and Bachelor of Science
in Financial Economics (must complete
a presessional program in
Macroeconomics at the University
of Bradford – free of charge)
Entry Requirements for the School of Life Sciences
Dental Assistant
Must achieve a
minimum GPA 3.0
in any Biology (BL)
and Chemistry
(CH) modules
2 – 3 years
Bachelor of Science in
Biomedical Science
Any of the Environmental
Health and Safety diplomas
(Food Safety and
Inspection, Occupational
Health and Safety,
Public Health)
Must achieve a
minimum GPA 3.0
in any Biology (BL)
and Chemistry
(CH) modules
2 – 3 years
Bachelor of Science in
Biomedical Science
Medical Radiography
Technology
Must achieve a
minimum GPA 3.0
in any Biology (BL)
and Chemistry
(CH) modules
2 – 3 years
Bachelor of Science in
Biomedical Science
CNA-Q Specific Formal Memorandums of
Understanding for Program Articulation
18
Sending Institution
Receiving Institution
College of North
Atlantic – Qatar
University of Bradford, UK (continued)
Diploma
Entrance
Requirements
Program
Length
Degree
Entry Requirements for the School of Life Sciences (continued)
Pharmacy Technician
Must achieve a minimum GPA 3.0
in any Biology (BL) and Chemistry
(CH) modules
2 – 3 years
Bachelor of Science
in Biomedical Science
Respiratory Therapy
Must achieve a minimum GPA 3.0
in any Biology (BL) and Chemistry
(CH) modules
2 – 3 years
Bachelor of Science
in Biomedical Science
CNA-Q Specific Formal Memorandums of
Understanding for Program Articulation
19
Sending Institution
Receiving Institution
College of North
Atlantic – Qatar
University of Leeds, UK
Diploma
Entrance
Requirements
Program
Length
Degree
Telecommunications
Engineering Technology
GPA 3.2,
IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Engineering in one of the following:
• Electronic and Communications Engineering
• Electronic and Electrical Engineering
• Electronic Engineering
• Electronics and Nanotechnology
Electrical Engineering
Technology
(Power and Controls)
GPA 3.2,
IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Engineering in one of the following:
• Electronic and Communications Engineering
• Electronic and Electrical Engineering
• Electronic Engineering
• Electronics and Nanotechnology
Electrical Engineering
Technology
GPA 3.2,
IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Engineering in one of the following:
• Electronic and Communications Engineering
• Electronic and Electrical Engineering
• Electronic Engineering
• Electronics and Nanotechnology
Mechanical Engineering
Technology
(Industrial Maintenance)
GPA 3.2,
IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Engineering in one of the following:
• Automotive Engineering
• Mechanical Engineering
Chemical Processing
Technology
GPA 3.2,
IELTS 6.0
2 years
Bachelor of Engineering in one of the following:
• Chemical and Energy Engineering
• Chemical and Materials Engineering
• Chemical and Minerals Engineering
• Chemical and Pharmaceutical Engineering
• Chemical Engineering
• Energy Engineering
• Petroleum Engineering
Sending Institution
Receiving Institution
College of North
Atlantic – Qatar
University of New Brunswick, Canada
Diploma
Entrance
Requirements
Program
Length
Degree
Business Administration –
Accounting
GPA 3.0,
CAEL 60
2 years
Bachelor of Applied Management in
Accounting (BAMAC)
Business Administration
Any 2 year diploma
program
GPA 3.0,
CAEL 60
2 years
Bachelor of Applied Management (BAM)
(year 3 of 4)
CNA-Q Specific Formal Memorandums
of Understanding for Program Articulation
Sending Institution
Receiving Institution
College of North
Atlantic – Qatar
University of Wales, Newport, UK
Diploma
Entrance
Requirements
Program
Length
Degree
Entry Requirements for the School of Health Studies
20
Environmental Health and
Safety – Food Safety
and Inspection
GPA 3.0, CAEL 60
2 years
Bachelor of Science (Hons) Health, Exercise
and Nutrition (direct entry into year 2/level 5)
Entry Requirements for the School of Management
Business Management –
Marketing
Proficiency in the
English language
at IELTS 6.0 (or
equivalent) level
2 years
EBA (Hons) Business and Marketing
BA (Hons) Marketing
Business Management –
Accounting
Proficiency in the
English language
at IELTS 6.0 (or
equivalent) level
2 years
BA (Hons) Business and Accounting
Business Management –
Human Resource
Management
Proficiency in the
English language
at IELTS 6.0 (or
equivalent) level
2 years
BA (Hons) Business and Human Resource
Management
Entry Requirements for the School of Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
Technology (Industrial
Maintenance)
Proficiency in the
English language
at IELTS 6.0 (or
equivalent) level
2 years
BEng (Hons) Mechanical and
Manufacturing Engineering
Electrical Engineering
Technology
Proficiency in the
English language
at IELTS 6.0 (or
equivalent) level
2 years
BEng (Hons) Electrical Engineering
Process Automation
Engineering Technology
Proficiency in the
English language
at IELTS 6.0 (or
equivalent) level
2 years
BEng (Hons) Electrical Engineering
Telecommunications
Engineering Technology
Proficiency in the
English language
at IELTS 6.0 (or
equivalent) level
2 years
BEng (Hons) Electronic and
Communications Engineering
REGISTR AR’S OFFICE
21
Registrar’s Office
The Registrar’s Office/Student Services administers
the College’s policies and procedures covering
admission, academic regulations, academic status
of students, tuition and fees, and awards and
scholarships. This section of the Academic Calendar
provides important information about these functions.
The following people at the Registrar’s Office
can assist you:
Student Information Officer
4495-2003 or
4495-2005
Admissions Officer
4495-2011
Sponsor Coordinator
4495-2010
Associate Registrar
4495-2025
Registrar
4495-2013
Registrar’s Assistant
4495-2008
REGISTR AR’S OFFICE
22
Registrar’s Office
Admissions
Admissions Regulations
It is the policy of College of the North Atlantic – Qatar
to maintain and adhere to State admission
requirements. Students are admitted based on the
proviso that they meet the minimum educational
qualifications prescribed. Admission to the
College is competitive, based on the results of
the College’s mandatory placement assessment
examinations.
REGISTR AR’S OFFICE
23
Application Deadline
The College maintains an open admission policy.
Students will be admitted into a program on a
first-come, first-served basis as assessed by the
date of receipt of their application and on the proviso
that the candidate students meet the minimum
qualifications prescribed.
Entry Into Full-Time Programs
Candidates applying for full-time status must satisfy
the following requirements:
• Meet the educational and other requirements for
entry into the particular program, or meet the
mature student requirements.
• Have reached the legal school-leaving age on the
date of commencement of the course program.
• Apply in writing on the approved application form
and provide a photocopy of the National ID Card
and passport, with picture and ID details.
• Show evidence of physical qualification in
accordance with the requirements of the program
selected, where applicable.
• Provide an official copy of high school transcript
(in the case of high school graduates).
• Complete the College of the North Atlantic – Qatar
mandatory placement assessment examinations in
English and Mathematics.
• Provide further documentation, or report for an
interview or for testing when required.
High School Definition
Senior high school graduation means the successful
completion of required credit courses as specified
by the Supreme Education Council, Qatar. Ministry
validation of secondary grades is required for all
non-state and private schools.
Eligibility Lists
Waitlists will be maintained for each program.
Candidates will be placed on the waitlist provided
all entrance requirements are satisfied and all
necessary documentation is received.
Selection Process
1. Applications will be processed provided that:
a) The application is completed correctly with all
documentation
b) All educational and other requirements are met
c) All applicable fees are paid
2. Applications will be acknowledged in writing upon
receipt in the Registrar’s Office.
3. Applicants enrolled in their final year of high school
will be accepted conditionally pending receipt of
final exam results.
4. When accepted, applicants will be asked to confirm
their intent to register in writing.
If applicants fail to confirm within the time specified,
their places will go to the applicant next on the
eligibility list.
Mature Student Requirements
Qatari applicants who do not meet the educational
prerequisites for the program they wish to enter may
be considered for admission on an individual basis
provided all the following conditions are met:
• Applicants are at least 19 years of age at the time
of application
• Applicants have been out of school for at least
one year
• Applicants present a certified copy of grades for
the highest educational level attained
• Applicants complete College of the North
Atlantic –Qatar’s mandatory placement assessment
examinations in English and Mathematics.
NOTE: The mature applicant policy applies to Qatari
applicants only.
REGISTR AR’S OFFICE
24
Criteria for Awards and Scholarships
1. Awards administered by the College are awarded
upon the recommendation of the Awards
Committee.
2. Application forms for awards administered by the
College are available at the Registrar’s Office.
Unless otherwise stated, applications are not
required in order to be considered for medals,
scholarships, or prizes.
3. No scholarship will be awarded to a candidate who
holds an award of equal or greater value, unless
specifically required by the terms of the award.
Certain conditions apply.
4. To be eligible for any award, a student must be
registered as a full-time student in a recognized
College program.
5. The eligibility criteria for awarding a scholarship
will be:
• Candidates should be in clear academic
standing with a GPA of at least 2.5.
• At least 80% of the credits accumulated at
the point of consideration for awards must
have been obtained at the College.
CNA-Q Language Studies Scholarship
Qatari Nationals seeking acceptance into
undersubscribed programs at College of the North
Atlantic – Qatar may qualify for the CNA-Q Language
Studies Scholarship. Under this program, qualified
applicants will pay one-half the tuition for a 15-week
semester (5,000 QR) and the College will pay the
balance (5,000 QR) for the first year of studies,
provided that the student passes the level of English
taken in the first semester.
The following criteria apply:
1. Applicants must meet the high school admission
requirements or the mature applicant requirements
to any of the College’s undersubscribed programs.
2. Applicants must achieve a level of FL1030,
FL1040, FL1050, FL1060, or FL1070 on the CNA-Q
Academic English Placement Test.
3. Applicants must have been unable to procure
sponsorship to attend CNA-Q.
4. Applicant will complete an application for the
scholarship as soon as possible after acceptance
into the College. Incomplete applications will not
be processed.
General Studies at CNA-Q
General Studies at CNA-Q describes an academic
plan for a student who has not made a final decision
about admission to a particular technical program, but
wishes to register in specific courses for the purpose
of upgrading academic preparation or exploring
certain career pathways.
Such applications are evaluated on an individual basis
and include consultation among the Registrar’s Office,
program administrators and the applicant. The goal is
to provide access to full-time programs by permitting
part-time studies for a limited period of time. The
major credit programs offered at CNA-Q, which are
Business Studies, Engineering Technology, Health
Sciences, and Information Technology, are accessible
to General Studies applicants. The following
regulations apply to General Studies applications:
1. Applications must complete the CNA-Q
Application for Admission and submit the
100 QR application fee.
2. Applicants are required to complete CNA-Q
placement examination in English and Math.
(Applicants with a minimum TOEFL score of 550 are
exempt from the CNA-Q English placement exam.)
3. Applicants must possess a valid residency permit
for the State of Qatar.
4. Applicants must present an official transcript
from the last post-secondary institution attended.
5. Applicants will participate in an interview with a
program representative, who will make a
recommendation to the Registrar.
Students who register in a General Studies program
are subject to the following conditions:
1. The maximum number of credits that can be
attained in this program is 15.
2. Course registration cannot exceed 15 hours per
semester.
3. Prior Learning Assessment and Recognition (PLAR)
evidence, if available, should be submitted to the
College for evaluation. Consult the Registrar’s
Office for information about PLAR.
REGISTR AR’S OFFICE
25
Special Admissions
Special circumstances may exist whereby applicants
who fail to meet all the criteria for admission may be
recommended for acceptance. In such cases, the
application will be referred to the Registrar.
Applicants with disabilities will be individually
assessed to determine admissibility. The assessment
will include:
a) Reviewing the applicant’s qualifications
b) Reviewing the recommendation of the
sponsoring or supporting group (if applicable)
c) Summarizing the applicant’s strengths and
abilities
d) Determining the need for support staff required
to facilitate the integration of the applicant
e) Identifying necessary resources/equipment
required to facilitate the training
Entry for Part-Time Students
Students who apply for part-time status in any
program must meet all the requirements outlined
for full-time status and will be considered only if a
vacancy exists after full-time students have been
accommodated.
Academic Terms
Academic Year
The period from September to July consisting of three
semesters; two 15-week semesters and one 7-week
intersession or one 13-week summer semester.
Access Program
Developmental programs in English as a Foreign
Language that students may enter prior to full
admission into regular certificate/diploma programs.
Credit Course
An approved and recognized body of content,
knowledge and skills assigned a credit value.
REGISTR AR’S OFFICE
26
Continuing Education Studies
(Certificate of Achievement)
Many courses are offered through CNA-Q’s
Department of Corporate Training and Continuing
Education. Designed to make part-time learning a
part of the community’s full-time life, courses that
meet professional development, operational training
and personal interest needs are offered after hours
and on weekends throughout the year.
Certificates or diplomas are awarded for continuing
education courses depending upon the length of the
course and whether or not the specific learning or
performance is formally measured and evaluated.
Credit
The weighted value of a course based on the depth
and breadth of the learning objectives.
For full information about course offerings, credentials,
times and fees, please visit the website at
www.cna-qatar.com/continuingeducation or
call 4495-2123.
Diploma Program
An approved program of study consisting of a
prescribed combination of courses that must address
all of the following:
a) Occupational skill development
b) Academic or general study
c) Self-interest or personal growth
Workplace Development Programs
These programs/courses are customized to suit the
needs of clients. The College may enter partnerships
for the purpose of developing and/or delivering
courses or programs. Such partnerships will be
formally recognized on parchments in one of the
following ways:
Diploma programs will normally:
a) Be prescribed over a minimum of a
four-semester period
b) Be comprised of a minimum of 80 credits
c) Consist of a maximum of seven courses
per semester
1. College Parchment
When a course or program is developed by the
College, either in partnership with or on behalf of
another institution, agency or industry, a College
parchment will be issued. This parchment may
contain the phrase “designed in partnership with...”
as an additional description of the course/program.
Advanced Diploma
An approved program of study of in-depth training for
graduates of a diploma program or equivalent.
Advanced Diploma programs will normally:
a) Be prescribed over a minimum of one semester
b) Be comprised of a minimum of 20 credits
Certificate Program
An approved program of study consisting of a
prescribed combination of courses that must address
all of the following:
a) Occupational skill development
b) Academic or general study
c) Self-interest or personal growth
Certificate programs will normally:
a) Be prescribed over a two-semester period
b) Be comprised of a minimum of 40 credits
c) Consist of a maximum of seven courses
per semester
2. Joint Parchment
When a course or program is developed and/or
delivered in partnership with another educational
institution, a joint certificate formally recognizing
both institutions may be awarded. This parchment
would recognize both institutions and may contain
the signatures of duly authorized officers of
both institutions.
REGISTR AR’S OFFICE
27
3. Parchments for Workforce Development
a) Diploma in Skill Development awarded upon
completion of a program that is at least two
years in duration for which learning is measured
and evaluated
b) Certificate in Skill Development awarded upon
completion of a program that is normally one
year in duration, but not less than one academic
semester, for which learning is measured and
evaluated
c) Certificate of Achievement awarded upon
successful completion of a program of less than
one academic semester or upon completion
of an academic course for which learning is
measured and evaluated
d) Continuing Education Certificate (Certificate of
Attendance) issued upon completion a course,
workshop, seminar, or program for which specific
learning or performance is not measured or
evaluated
Full-Time Student
Students who are registered in three or more courses
and/or 15 hours per week.
Part-Time Student
Students who are registered in fewer than 15 hours
per week.
Semester
A 15-week period that includes class/learning time
as well as administrative and evaluation time. The
academic year will be divided into three semesters:
• Fall Semester – Begins in August/September
• Winter Semester – Begins in January
• Intersession – Begin in April/May
Intersession
A 7- to 10-week period that includes class/learning
time as well as administrative and evaluation time,
usually scheduled at the beginning of the Spring
Semester.
Student Numbers
Individual student numbers will be assigned to
applicants for all College programs, whether full-time
or part-time. The individual student number will be
used in all correspondence and/or transactions with
the College (e.g. registration, exams, requests for
transcripts). Student numbers must appear on all
documents to be added to the student’s files, and for
registration, exams, requests for transcripts, etc.
Voluntary Withdrawal
Students who are in good standing and who voluntarily
withdraw due to extenuating circumstances (confirmed
by the counsellor or program administrator) will be
required to reapply to return to the program. These
students will be admitted into the first available seat.
Academic Regulations
It is the policy of the College that upon successful
completion of a program of studies, students will be
awarded one of four parchments:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Certificate in (program title)
Diploma in (program title)
Advanced Diploma in (program title)
Certificate in Continuing Education in (program/
course title)
Qualifications for a Certificate, Diploma,
or Advanced Diploma
To qualify for a certificate, a diploma, or an advanced
diploma, students must:
• Meet all the requirements as prescribed in the
program of studies
• Obtain a mark of not less than 50% in every course
in the program unless otherwise specified
• Attain a minimum grade point average of 2.0
• Obtain 25% or more of their credits from the College
• Obtain an acceptable level on the College’s English
Language exit assessment – the CAEL test
Students who do not complete their diploma program
in the prescribed time frame from first registration
may complete the program by following the
regulations in effect at the time of first registration,
provided the program is completed in not more than
three years beyond the regular date of completion.
Students who return to complete a Diploma in
Technology may not receive credit for courses that
were completed more than five years prior to the
date of readmission.
CAEL Requirements to Graduate
The Canadian Academic English Language (CAEL)
Assessment is a standardized language test used
to measure students’ level of English. All graduating
students must successfully complete the CAEL test in
order to be granted the diploma or certificate.
Consult individual program requirements or the
Graduation Audit Officer in the Registrar’s Office
to confirm the CAEL score necessary to meet
graduation standards.
REGISTR AR’S OFFICE
28
Program
Requirement
Details
All Business Studies
Diploma Programs
CAEL 40
No Band < 30
Business Administration Diploma
Business Management Diploma
Office Administration Diploma
All Health Sciences
Diploma Programs
CAEL 50
No Band < 40
Dental Assistant – Level ll
Emergency Medical Science
Environmental Health and Safety
Medical Radiography Technology
Pharmacy Technician
Respiratory Therapy
Select Engineering
Technician Diploma
Programs
CAEL 40
No Band < 30
Chemical Processing Technician and Technology
Electrical Power Systems Diploma
Mechanical Technician (Industrial Maintenance)
Process Automation Engineering Technician
Telecommunications Engineering Technician
Select Engineering
Technology Diploma
Programs
CAEL 50
No Band < 40
Electrical Engineering Technology
Process Automation Engineering Technology
Mechanical Engineering Technology (Industrial Maintenance)
Telecommunications Engineering Technology
Information Technology
Diploma Programs
CAEL 40
No Band < 30
Information Systems – Software
Information Systems – Hardware
Information Systems – Web Developer
Information Systems – Network and Systems Administration
All one-year Certificate
Programs
CAEL 30
No Band < 20
Business Administration
Office Administration
Chemical Laboratory Technician
Emergency Medical Technician
CAEL Language Requirement for Graduation
The writing of the CAEL test will be mandatory in
the fall and winter semesters of the first year for
all students who require an exit Band 50 for their
academic program. Students who fail to obtain a
Band 50 on this test will be required to take the CAEL
Preparation Course at Intersession in the first year
of their program. This test will be scheduled after the
official drop date each term. It will be optional for
students requiring a Band 40.
REGISTR AR’S OFFICE
29
Recognition of CNA-Q Certificates
and Diplomas
College of the North Atlantic has specific formal
Memoranda of Understanding for program articulation
with a number of universities in Canada, United
States and United Kingdom. These agreements allow
graduates of many CNA-Q programs to be awarded
credit towards baccalaureate degrees provided they
meet the entrance and specific credit requirements of
these institutions. Full information about opportunities
for transfer and articulation of university programs is
available from the Registrar’s Office and the Career
Counselling Centre at CNA-Q.
Advanced Standing
Students may receive advanced standing for up to
75% of the content of the program to which they have
been admitted on the basis of successful completion
of this content in the same or similar programs at
another college and as assessed by the College.
Applicants who wish to be considered for advanced
standing should submit an application with the
following documents:
• Proof of high school completion
• Official transcript(s)
• Calendar description of the courses claimed
for credit
The deadline for receipt of applications by the
Registrar is four weeks following registration date.
Students seeking advanced standing will not be
excused from any course until written authority has
been received from the Registrar’s Office.
Transfer of Credit Status
When Transfer of Credit is awarded, the College will
accept the passing grade awarded by the institution
and this mark will be used in the calculation of the
GPA. Transfer of credit is used only if the course
number and course content are the same.
Exemption Status
Exemption status is granted if the course has a
minimum of 70% equivalency in the course material
required. When exemption status is awarded, no
mark is reported on the transcript and the GPA is not
affected. The College will consider exemptions for
courses if the student received a passing grade.
The College will accept any credit course from a
recognized public post-secondary institution as an
exemption for a general elective, even if that course
is not offered at the College. In some programs,
electives must be chosen from a designated group of
courses, in which case a general elective cannot be
used as a substitute.
Credit for Prior Learning
It is the policy of the College that students will be
given every opportunity to receive credit for past
learning experience through a comprehensive
systematic process of evaluation referred to as Prior
Learning Assessment and Recognition (PLAR).
Credits awarded for PLAR will be recorded on the
student transcript as an exemption or a mark. The
maximum number of credits that can be awarded
through the PLAR process is 75% of the number
required to complete the certificate/diploma.
Block Transfer Advanced Standing
The College will recognize coursework completed in
other programs/courses that fulfill the requirements
for a designated percentage of the program to which
the student is now applying. When students are
granted a block transfer, their academic grades will
be calculated beginning at the point of entry to the
program.
REGISTR AR’S OFFICE
30
Credit System
A credit is a weighted value of a course based on the
depth and breadth of the learning objectives. For the
purpose of assigning credit values, the measurement
of learning objectives is usually accomplished by
equating the value with the period of time scheduled
to deliver the content in the conventional lecture
methodology, as follows:
Learning objectives scheduled for delivery in a
one-hour period per week per semester constitutes
a one credit value; therefore, a course that is
scheduled for three hours per week per semester
represents a three credit value.
Grade Point Average (GPA) Marking System
The percentage mark in any course is converted to a
grade point according to the following:
80% and above
70% – 75%
60% – 65%
50% – 55%
Below 50%
4
3
2
1
0
The GPA is obtained by multiplying the credit value
of each course in the program by the grade point
obtained in that course. The sum of all the products
is then divided by the total number of credits. Please
consult the Student Handbook for full instructions
about how to calculate and track GPA.
When a course is repeated or a supplementary
examination is written, the highest mark attained
will be used in the calculation of the GPA.
When students complete more than the minimum
number of electives, they are able to select which
electives will be used in the calculation of the GPA
by making application at the Registrar’s Office.
Without such application, the Registrar will select for
calculation purposes the required number of electives
as recorded chronologically on the transcript.
Academic Status
Clear Standing
Students are in Clear Standing when they have
passed all required credit courses, English for Specific
Academic Purposes (ESAP) and Academic Preparatory
courses and have attained a GPA of at least 2.0.
Conditional Status
Students are classified as in Conditional Standing
when:
• They have a cumulative grade point average between
1.00 and 1.99 in any semester
• They must clear course deficiencies in order to
graduate (e.g. students who must successfully
complete a failed course through supplementary
examinations or repetition)
OR
• They fail an ESAP or Academic Preparatory course
Students who are registered in credit courses and/or
ESAP or Academic Preparatory courses and who fail
one or more courses will receive conditional standing
regardless of cumulative grade point average.
Students are expected to attempt courses from
previous semesters (if available) before registering
for any new course and must consult with a faculty
advisor and/or counsellor upon or before registration.
Academic Dismissal
Students will be academically dismissed if their
cumulative grade point average is less than 1.0 and/or
they have not passed a minimum of 40% of the credits
they attempted in the semester.
All students in credit programs are subject to the
academic dismissal rules. Consult the Registrar’s
Office for full details regarding rules and their
interpretation. The College may waive the academic
dismissal policy on a one-time forgiveness basis
with a recommendation from the campus Academic
Review Committee and in concurrence with the
following:
Students who are registered as full time and for the
first time fail to achieve a cumulative grade point
average of 1.0 and/or have not passed a minimum
of 40% of the credits attempted in the semester will
be given a standing of Academic Warning and will
be permitted to register for the next semester.
Students who have been placed on Academic Warning
and fail a second time to either achieve a cumulative
grade point average of 1.0 and/or a minimum of 40%
of the credits attempted in any subsequent semester
will be academically dismissed from the College.
Students on Academic Warning will be allowed to
continue under the following provisions:
1. They are referred to a College counsellor and will
participate in a review of their career/academic
goals, developing learning strategies that will lead
to success.
2. An appropriate course load will be developed by
the student in consultation with the academic
advisor/counsellor. The maximum course load will
not exceed 20 hours per semester for a student on
Academic Warning.
REGISTR AR’S OFFICE
31
Re-Admission of Academically
Dismissed Students
1. Students who are academically dismissed from
the College must apply for re-admission, and their
names will be placed at the end of any existing
waitlist.
2. Applications from academically dismissed students
to return to the College will be received at any time
but students will not be accepted to return on a
full-time basis until a six-month period from the
date of dismissal has elapsed.
3. Students who have been academically dismissed
from a program on two or more occasions will not
be eligible for re-admission to that program for a
period of two years from the date of dismissal.
Students will be permitted to register only for those
courses for which prerequisites have been met.
Students are reminded that for guidance and
information on proper scholarly behaviour, they
should seek advice from the counsellors, instructors,
faculty advisors, or the Registrar’s Office.
It is the policy of this College that all students will
register for full-time programs at the beginning of
each semester including the Intersession.
Registration
Date of Registration
Students will register in person on the date and at
the time and place prescribed and publicized by the
College.
Late Registration
With permission, late registration may sometimes
be acceptable up to two weeks after the last official
registration day. However, students who are permitted
to register beyond the official registration days
(usually the first five days at the beginning of the
semester) will be advised by the Dean as to course
availability.
Admission to Classes
Students will not be admitted to a class until they
have satisfied the regulations regarding entrance
and complied with general College regulations. The
number of courses constituting a normal semester
workload for a student is determined by their program
requirements.
Extended Course Loads
Students who wish to register for extra courses
must make application to the appropriate program
administrator.
Attendance Policy and
Procedure
Students are expected to attend all classes and
laboratories/workshops associated with courses,
and attendance will be recorded by the instructor.
Students who miss classes or labs/workshops
are required to provide documentation upon their
return to class. If the absence is due to illness, a
medical note signed by a doctor and displaying an
original doctor and hospital/clinic stamp must be
presented to the Registrar’s Office for validation and
acceptance not more than two days after the student
returns to class. If the absence is for other reasons,
documentation should be presented to the instructor
when the student returns to class. Absences other
than those supported by validated medical reports are
excused at the discretion of the instructor.
Students who exhibit chronic absenteeism may be
referred to a counsellor by the instructor.
Purpose and Scope
The purpose of an attendance policy for students is
to ensure they attend classes on a regular basis, as
regular attendance increases learning opportunities
and prepares them for the expectations around
punctuality and attendance in the workplace.
Advising students via SMS messaging who are not
meeting the attendance expectations provides
feedback that their behaviour is not acceptable and
defines the consequences if the behaviour continues.
Policy
1. Students have a right to know, at the beginning
of the course, the requirements regarding class
attendance and punctuality in courses in which
they are registered.
2. Students are responsible for attending class and
exercising punctuality.
General Guidelines
1. Students’ attendance is recorded by instructors
daily. It is recorded as:
Present (and can include Tardy and Left Early)
Absent – excused
Absent – medically excused
Absent – unexcused
2. Students absent for medical reasons must submit
medical documents to the Registrar’s Office
no later than two working (class) days after the
student returns to class.
REGISTR AR’S OFFICE
32
3. Registrar’s Office accepts or declines medical
certificates and records them in the student
information system.
4. For the purpose of attendance taking, each
semester (Fall, Winter, Intersession) will be
considered a separate block.
Attendance guidelines
Students who are absent 10% during the semester
and who are failing 25% or more of the course hours
attempted in a semester will be dismissed for one
semester (upon the Dean’s approval).
Exceptions and Attendance Probation
1. Students in their first semester who are absent
10% during the semester and who are failing 25% or
more of the course hours attempted in a semester
will be placed on attendance probation for one
semester.
2. Students who for the first time are absent 10%
during the semester and who are failing 25% or
more of the course hours attempted in a semester
will be placed on attendance probation for one
semester.
3. Probation status is for one semester and one time
only and students will not be eligible for probation
again in subsequent semesters.
Repeating a Course
With the permission of the program administrator,
students may repeat any course for which a passing
grade has previously been awarded. The original
passing grade will remain on the transcript and a
second entry will be recorded with the new grade.
The highest mark attained will be used in the
calculation of the GPA. Space limitations and other
considerations will determine approval.
Independent Studies
When required courses are not available in a particular
semester, full-time students may make application to
the program administrator to register for such courses
through independent study.
Applications must be processed within two weeks
from the commencement of the term.
Access to courses through independent study may
be permitted when resources are available and with
the permission of the program administrator and
the program coordinator in consultation with the
faculty. Strategies to ensure adherence to course
requirements may be documented in contract format
to be signed by the student, the course instructor, the
program administrator and the program coordinator.
Change of Registration
Adding Courses
The last date for adding courses is two weeks from
the first day of classes in a 15-week semester and
one week from the first day of classes in a 7-to
10-week Intersession/Spring session. In extenuating
circumstances during the 15-week semester, the
two-week period for adding courses may be extended.
Dropping Courses
Courses may be dropped without academic prejudice
up to the end of eight weeks from the first day of
classes for a 15-week semester or the end of the
second week in a 7-to 10-week Intersession/Spring
session. If a course of 6 or 7 weeks in duration is
offered in a 15-week semester, the drop date for that
particular course will be the end of the second week.
Students must complete the appropriate registration
change form and all changes must be approved by the
instructors concerned, the program administration,
and the sponsors, where applicable.
Program Transfer
Students wishing to change their program of studies
must apply for program transfer.
• Applications for program transfer are available
from the Registrar’s Office. Students must discuss
their request with a counsellor and the program
administrator and receive written approval from their
sponsor.
• Program transfers may be granted if there is space
available and the appropriate counselling processes
have been followed.
REGISTR AR’S OFFICE
33
Examinations and Tests
Dates for midterms, finals, and supplementary
examinations will be set in advance. No more than
two midterm and final examinations will be scheduled
for a student in a given 24-hour period.
The grade attained in a supplementary examination
will replace only the grade attained in the final
examination for the course in question and will
be combined with marks previously attained for
term work.
Student evaluation will be conducted on a continuous
basis. The method of evaluation will be recommended
in the official course description. Grades will be
rounded in units of five.
The following conditions must be met in order
to qualify for supplementary examinations:
Instructors will not be permitted to give quizzes worth
more than 10% of the total final mark in the two-week
period prior to the start of semester examinations. As
well, no previously unassigned work may be assigned
in the last two weeks of the semester. This regulation
does not apply to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Courses with no final semester examination.
Laboratory examinations.
Self-directed and modular courses.
Courses with block teaching.
Assignments given prior to this period that are
due in the two weeks prior to examinations.
6. Courses offered in Intersession (i.e. 5- to 7-week),
for which the time frame will be one week prior to
the start of examinations.
Supplementary Examinations
Supplementary examinations provide an opportunity
for students in diploma programs to improve their
standing in a course in which the passing grade is 50%
and they have achieved a failing grade of 40% or 45%
in any given semester. If the course passing grade is
60%, students can write a supplementary examination
if they have achieved a failing grade of 50% or
55%. There are no supplementary examinations in
Academic Preparatory and ESAP courses.
For upgrading purposes, in their last semester of
studies, students may be given an opportunity to write
a supplementary examination for a course in which
they have attained a passing mark of 50% or 55%.
1. Students may be eligible to write one
supplementary examination per semester.
2. Supplementary exams will not apply to any course
in which the final exam is worth less than 30%.
3. Supplementary exams will be written before the
first day of registration for credit programs in a
semester.
4. Students must apply in writing for supplementary
Exams as soon as possible after final grades are
available. The deadline for application for a
supplementary examination is 4:00pm on the day
preceding the date of the supplementary exam.
5. If the mark obtained in the supplementary exam is
lower than the original mark obtained on the regular
examination, the original mark will remain.
6. Where circumstances warrant, supplementary
examinations may be written off-campus.
The Registrar’s Office must be contacted for
permission and guidelines prior to the examination
period. All costs associated with the administration
of off-campus supplementary examinations will be
borne by the student.
Deferred Exams
Students who are prevented by illness, bereavement,
or other acceptable cause from writing a final
examination, where one is scheduled, may apply
for permission to write a deferred examination. The
deferred examination is the final examination for the
individual concerned. Where possible, deferred exams
should be completed by the last day of exams/classes
for that semester, or as soon as feasible thereafter. A
request for deferred examinations must be submitted
to the Registrar’s Office as soon as possible after the
date on which the regular examination was scheduled.
The request for a deferred exam will be assessed by
the appropriate program administrator in consultation
with faculty members. Students should note that
permission to write deferred examinations is a
privilege, not a right, granted solely on the basis
of extenuating circumstances.
Incomplete
Subject to the approval of the appropriate program
administrator, an incomplete grade may be assigned
when the mandatory components of the course are
not completed. Incompletes must be cleared by
the end of the third week after the beginning of the
subsequent semester. If incompletes are not cleared
by this date, students will receive a failing grade.
REGISTR AR’S OFFICE
34
Reassessment of Grades
Students who feel that they may not have been
accurately assessed on any assignment, examination,
term paper, or laboratory or shop exercise should,
in the first instance, discuss the matter with the
instructor teaching that course. This should be done
within three instructional days of the receipt of the
assessment. If this does not result in a satisfactory
resolution, students may request that the matter be
reviewed by the appropriate program administrator.
If this action is taken, it must be done within five
instructional days of receipt of the assessment.
Unsatisfactory resolution of the dispute at this stage
may enable students to request a review of the
grade(s) by the Appeals Committee. Such an appeal
should be made within ten days of receipt of the
assessment.
Re-Read of Final Examinations
Students may apply to have a final examination
paper re-read.
An application for re-read must be made in writing
to the Registrar’s Office within one month following
the release of the marks.
The mark obtained in a re-read stands as the official
mark in the course and is used in all calculations of
the student’s academic record.
Aegrotat Standing
Students who, through illness or other exceptional
circumstances, have been absent from a scheduled
final examination, or who have been unable to
complete all of the required work in a course, may, on
the recommendation of the counsellor, in consultation
with the Program Administrator and faculty, be given
credit for the course.
Application for Aegrotat Standing with full details duly
authenticated must be made to the Registrar’s Office
within two weeks after the last day of examinations
indicating each course for which the application is
being made.
Academic Documentation
Transcripts, diplomas, and certificates will be
withheld from a student who is in possession of
College property such as books, equipment or
supplies, or who has other obligations to the College.
Grade Reports
Grade reports will be issued at the end of each
15-week semester and after Intersession/Spring
session. Midterm grade reports will be issued for
each 15-week semester.
Transcripts/Records of Achievement
a) Official transcripts/records of achievement may
be obtained at any time from the Registrar’s Office.
b) A transcript depicts the student’s complete
academic record including awards and honours,
warnings, suspensions, and dismissals. Questions
or concerns about an official transcript should be
directed to the Registrar.
Academic Misconduct
Students are reminded that for guidance and
information on proper scholarly behaviour, they should
seek advice from the counsellors, instructors, faculty
advisors, or the Registrar’s Office.
Student Appeals (Academic)
All registered students of the College have the right
to appeal decisions or rulings that affect them and
that pertain to academic matters. Students wishing
to appeal an academic decision must complete an
appeal application (available from the Registrar’s
Office) with information and documentation
supporting their appeal. The deadline for submitting
an appeal is the last day of registration in the
semester following the academic decision being
appealed. Appeals will be heard on the first day
of classes.
The Appeals Committee is comprised of the
Registrar and the Dean of Student Affairs, who act
as co-chairs,plus a student representative, one
faculty representative from a department other than
the department of the student who is presenting
the appeal, and one Dean’s representative from a
department other than the department of the student
who is presenting the appeal.
Student Appeals (Non-Academic)
Normally, instructors, faculty advisors, and program
coordinators, in full adherence to current policies and
regulations, will expend every effort to resolve student
disputes thereby avoiding the formal appeal process.
The Appeals Committee is comprised of the
Registrar and the Dean of Student Affairs, who act
as co-chairs, plus a student representative, one
faculty representative from a department other than
the department of the student who is presenting
the appeal, and one Dean’s representative from a
department other than the department of the student
who is presenting the appeal.
REGISTR AR’S OFFICE
35
The Registrar will set up the Committee to examine
the evidence ensuring that all appropriate parties
to the complaint are given an opportunity to appear
before the Committee. Minutes of Appeals Committee
meetings must be recorded and filed. The decision
of the Committee will be final and must be conveyed
in writing to the student with a copy to the Vice
President, Academics within five working days from
the receipt of the appeal.
Awards and Scholarships
The College offers opportunities to students in
many programs to receive a number of scholarships,
prizes and awards. Scholarships are monetary
awards presented in recognition of specific academic
achievement. Some scholarships do not require an
application and are determined solely on students’
weighted averages. Other scholarships require
an application and are determined on academic
performance (weighted averages) coupled with other
specific criteria determined by the donor such as
financial need, contribution to College life, faculty
recommendations, etc. Full information about
scholarships and awards is available at the
Registrar’s Office.
College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Highest
Achiever Scholarship
Awarded to the highest academic achiever at the
College of the North Atlantic – Qatar. The continuation
of this award for the academic year is contingent upon
academic performance after each term.
Quantity: One from all program areas
Value:
Cash award of 20,000 QR paid in two
installments in Fall and Winter (10,000 QR
each). The student has to maintain the level
required for the second payment.
Award: Crystal and recognition certificate
College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Highest
Achiever of School Scholarship
Quantity: One for the highest achiever in each of the
following program areas: Business Studies,
Engineering Technology, Health Sciences
and Information Technology.
Value:
Cash award of 20,000 QR paid in two
installments in Fall and Winter (10,000
each). The student has to maintain the level
required for the second payment.
College of the North Atlantic EFL Award
Quantity: Two – One male and one female
Criteria: Nominated by faculty for outstanding
performance in English as a Foreign
Language
Award: Plaque and recognition certificate
Merit Award
Awarded to the highest academic achiever, one
female and one male, in Business Studies, Office
Administration, Engineering Technology, Health
Sciences and Information Technology programs.
Quantity: Ten
Award: Crystal and recognition certificate
Value:
5,000 QR
Leadership Recognition Award
Quantity: One
Criteria: General nomination for demonstrated
outstanding leadership qualities
Award: Recognition certificate
CNA-Q – Student Representative
Council Scholarship
Applicants must use the official application form
available at the Registrar’s Office.
Quantity: Three
Value:
Cash award of 10,000 QR annually,
disbursed in two payments of 5,000 QR
Glen Cameron Memorial Scholarship
This scholarship is available to non-national students
enrolled in full-time studies in the Telecommunications
Engineering Technology diploma program at College
of the North Atlantic – Qatar. Candidates must have
completed at least three semesters in their program
of study, and be in good academic standing with a
GPA of at least 2.5.
Quantity: One
Award: Cash award of 10,000 QR and recognition
certificate
ExxonMobil – Qatar Scholarship
ExxonMobil supports and encourages academic
excellence in all areas of post-secondary education.
These scholarships will be awarded on the basis of a
student’s academic achievements, personal suitability
and enthusiasm for their fields of study.
Quantity: Can change from year to year (usually
between seven and ten awards annually)
Award: Cash award of 10,000 QR and recognition
certificate
REGISTR AR’S OFFICE
36
Honour Standing and Honour Society Criteria
Criteria for Honour Standing as follows:
• Student must be in Clear Standing
• Student must a term GPA of 4.00 (not cumulative GPA)
• Student must be enrolled in four or more credit
courses for 15-week term (Fall and Winter)
• Student must be enrolled in two or more credit
courses for 7-week term (Intersession)
• If the student is enrolled in more than four credit
courses and one preparatory course in a term, the
preparatory course must have a grade of at least
80% since GPA of 4.00 equates to a grade of 80%
• If the student is enrolled in one credit course plus a
work term in Intersession, then the work term is also
considered as a credit course even though the work
term has no credit value
• If the student is enrolled in a clinical course
of 35 hours per week for a 15-week or 7-week
semester, this is considered to meet the enrollment
requirement for eligibility in the Honour Society
• Course grade of 80% multiplied by credit value
of course 4 equals 320
• Course grade of 70% multiplied by credit value
of 3 equals 210
• Course grade of 60% multiplied by credit value
of 2 equals 120
2. Calculate the sum of course grades and course
credit values. For example, the sum of course
grades is 320+210+120=650. The sum of the
course credit values is 4+3+2=9.
3. Divide the sum of course grades by the total
number of credits. For example, 650÷9=72.22.
Courses that are not included in the requirements for
graduation will not be included in the calculation of
the weighted average.
Candidates must have attained a passing grade in
ALL courses being considered in establishing
weighted average. Marks obtained in supplementary
exams will be considered in the calculation of the
weighted average.
In cases where the student repeats a course,
the best earned grade will stand for calculation of
the weighted average.
Documentation
Awards and scholarships administered by the College
will be recorded on the recipient’s academic record.
Tuition and Fees
Regulations Governing Payment of Fees
and Charges
President’s Award for Academic Excellence
The College has established a President’s Award of
Excellence to be awarded at the annual Graduation
Ceremony to one student in each program who attains
the highest academic standing in their program. The
student will also receive a certificate.
Weighted Average
A student’s weighted average can be defined as the
sum of a course grade multiplied by the course value
(credit), divided by the sum of the course values (all
credits). It can be calculated as follows:
1. Take the final grades achieved in all courses
and multiply them by the credit values for each
particular course. For example:
Student Fees
a) All student fees must be paid prior to or at the time
of registration. Student assistance for payment of
tuition and fees may be considered upon request.
b) Should the College cancel a program, all fees will
be refunded.
c) Students who have a fee balance owing from
a previous semester will be required to pay
the total sum in three equal installments during
the subsequent semester, including the
Intersession term.
d) Students who have not paid all fees within the
time limits stated in these regulations may have
their registration cancelled by the College.
Tuition and Fees for Full-Time Students
Students enrolled for fifteen hours or more are
considered full-time students.
Application Processing Fee
Fee: 100 QR (non-refundable)
The application fee will be paid by the applicant
at the time the application is received.
Entrance and Placement Assessment Testing
Fee: 200 QR (non-refundable)
REGISTR AR’S OFFICE
37
The entrance and placement assessment fee
will be paid when the applicant writes the
mandatory entrance examinations. These fees
are non-refundable.
Applications received from sponsors will be
processed and the fees will be charged to the
sponsor’s account.
Student Service Fee
Fee: 150 QR
This is an annual fee and is payable at the time
of registration.
Materials and Supplies Fee
Fee: 150 QR
This fee is payable by all full-time students at the
beginning of each semester for an annual total of
300 QR.
Work Term Fee
A work term fee is charged if the work term is the only
course enrolled in during the Fall or Winter Semester.
Different work term fees are paid for different
programs. Consult the Work Term Coordinator at
4495-2085.
If the student has been enrolled on a part-time basis
during the Fall or Winter Semester, then he/she
will be required to pay the work term fee during the
Intersession or Summer Semester registration.
Tuition for Non-Sponsored Students
Per year: 20,000 QR
(10,000 QR per semester)
Tuition for Intersession/Summer terms: 2,000 QR
per course to a maximum of 6,000 QR
Tuition is paid in two equal installments. The first
installment is due at the time of registration for the
Fall Semester. The second installment is due at the
time of registration for the Winter Semester.
Tuition for Sponsored Students
Per year: 30,000 QR
(15,000 QR per semester)
Sponsored students do not pay tuition fees at the time
of registration. The College verifies their sponsorship
at the time of registration and collects the tuition fee
from the sponsor.
If the student is full time during Fall and/or Winter
Semesters and his/her fees were paid in full,
no payment will be required for courses in the
Intersession and Summer terms.
Tuition and Fees for Part-Time Students
Students who are registered in fewer than 15 hours
per week are considered part-time students.
Entrance and Placement Assessment Testing Fee
200 QR (non-refundable)
The entrance and placement assessment fee will
be paid when the applicant writes the mandatory
examination. These fees are non-refundable.
Applications received from sponsors will be
processed and the fees will be charged to the
sponsor’s account.
Student Service Fee
Fee: 150 QR
This fee is payable at the time of registration.
Materials and Supplies
Fee: 25 QR per course
Tuition
Non-sponsored students: 2,000 QR tuition per course
Sponsored students:
3,000 QR tuition per course
Intersession/Summer Term
Sponsored students:
3,000 QR per course (maximum of three courses)
7,500 QR (EFL course)
Non-sponsored students:
2,000 QR per course (maximum of three courses)
5,000 QR (EFL course)
REGISTR AR’S OFFICE
38
Refunds
Students are responsible for initiating their own
refunds and are required to complete the Student
Revenue Refund Form. Forms are available from the
Registrar’s Office. All tuition refunds will be issued
by cheque. Any refunds will be applied against
outstanding accounts before any money is returned
to the student.
Textbooks
Refunds will be given for returned textbooks under
the following conditions:
a) Books are unmarked and in saleable condition
b) Books are returned within the first three weeks
after the first day of classes
c) Original receipts are presented before a refund
is issued
Refunds – 15-Week Semester
A student who withdraws or drops a course or
courses within the first two weeks of any
15-week semester will receive a full refund. If the
withdrawal/dropping takes place within three to six
weeks of registration in a 15-week semester, the
refund will be prorated and the student will be liable
for the number of weeks enrolled. No refund will be
made after the sixth week of classes.
Financial Appeals
Appeals of a financial assessment should be made
in writing to the Controller.
Refunds – 7- to 10-Week Semester
A student who withdraws or drops a course or
courses within the first week of Intersession (7 to 10
weeks) will receive a full refund. If the withdrawal/
dropping takes place within two to three weeks in a
7- to 10-week semester, the refund will be prorated
and the student will be liable for the number of weeks
enrolled. No refund will be made after the third week
of classes.
Receipts are issued for any financial transactions
with the College. Students should ensure that they
obtain and save these receipts for use in resolving
any financial conflicts. In the absence of such
documentation, the College financial records will
provide the basis for decisions.
STUDENT AFFAIRS
39
Student Affairs
The goal of the Department of Student Affairs is to
ensure student success. With this in mind, the
professional staff within the department work to
establish and sustain an environment in which
students can learn, develop holistically and thrive.
Several units make up the Department of Student
Affairs, including Counselling, Student Development,
Athletics and Recreation, Alumni and Recruitment
and International Education.
The following people at the Student Affairs Office
can assist you:
Dean of Student Affairs
4495-2016
Dean’s Assistant of
Student Affairs
4495-2015
Alumni and
Recruitment Officer
4495-2019
Career Counselling and
Resource Centre Coordinator
4495-2432
Recreation Manager
4495-2131
Student Life Coordinator
4495-2132
International Education
Coordinator
4495-2370
Library Manager
4495-2045
STUDENT AFFAIRS
40
Student Affairs
STUDENT AFFAIRS
41
Counselling and Personal Development
We employee nine full-time student counsellors
who provide personal, academic, and career
counselling. Our counsellors are also responsible for
all institutional orientation activities. In addition, they
provide a wide variety of workshops and awareness
campaigns that focus on a variety of important issues.
Alumni
After graduation, our alumni are encouraged to join
the CNA-Q Alumni Association to continue their
relationship with the College as graduates. Alumni
members attend special meetings on campus,
participate in planning events and activities, and make
use of various services on campus.
Student Development
There are three Student Development Officers
who work with students to plan special events and
activities on campus such as Garangaoh, Iftar meals
and Global Village. This department also works
closely with the Student Representative Council.
Students and/or potential students are encouraged
to contact the Department of Student Affairs at the
campus to find out more about the services available.
More detailed information regarding the initiatives
supported by Student Affairs can be found in the
Student Handbook.
Library
The library is managed by professional staff and
provides research and supplementary resources for
all programs taught at the College. The collection
includes a comprehensive selection of print
and electronic reference and circulating books;
newspapers; magazines and journals (in both print
and electronic formats); DVDs; and audiovisual
materials. Individual and group study rooms with flat
screen monitors, student computers, and laptops
for use in the library are available at the library.
The library provides general and specialized tours,
workshops, and one-on-one sessions for both faculty
and students.
Recreation
We offer students many opportunities to participate
in a wide variety of athletic and recreational activities
including football, basketball, volleyball, badminton,
dance, aerobics, water polo, swimming, martial arts,
tennis, and weight training. Our facilities include male
and female gymnasiums, weight rooms, and aquatics
facilities.
International Education
The International Education Office supports the
College community in developing and assisting with
administration of international programs; promoting
cultural awareness; and providing assistance to
visiting and local students looking for adventure
abroad. Activities may include but are not limited to:
full semester exchanges; credit coursework at partner
institutions; instructor-led short-term study abroad
programs; work site visits and internships.
CNA-Q offers opportunities to learn, grow, try new
things, meet interesting people, and gain a new
understanding of yourself and the world. It can
be a life-changing adventure. The benefits of an
international education experience include:
• Expanding cultural awareness
• Strengthening language skills
• Building confidence
• Increasing intellectual knowledge in field of study,
the global work environmental change, and social
development in a cultural context
Learning Commons
The Learning Commons supports student learning
objectives and achievements across the curriculum
in an integrated, collaborative environment. The
Commons provides open and closed group study
space, student computers, an IT lab, and an electronic
and print research and reading library collection.
Services in the Learning Commons include remedial
help in the areas of mathematics and communication
skills. These centres also have a wide array of career
resource materials, including computer interactive
career education programs.
Advanced Writing Centre
The Advanced Writing Centre is an initiative of the
School of Language Studies and Academics to assist
all program students at CNA-Q with any of their
writing needs.
Math Help Centre
The Math Help Centre is an initiative of the School of
Language Studies and Academics to contribute to the
success of our students by providing extra help for
those who need it.
Independent Learning Centre
The Independent Learning Centre is an initiative of
the School of Language Studies and Academics to
assist students at CNA-Q with their English studies by
providing extra help for those who need it.
STUDENT AFFAIRS
42
Career Counselling and Resources
The Career Counselling and Resources Centre aims
to assist students with their career planning process.
To achieve this goal, the Centre will provide a multitude
of services that include but are not limited to:
Code of Conduct
CNA-Q Policy SS-201-Q (under review), Articles 3.1.1
through 3.1.25, identify and define specific rights and
responsibilities of students. Students are encouraged
to refer to the Student Handbook for full details.
1 Matching students with careers to which they are
best suited, based on their interests, aptitudes,
personality, values etc.
2. Delivering presentations/workshops on resume/
cover letter writing, job search skills and interview
preparation.
3. Housing an extensive and up-to-date collection of
resources related to career development.
Appeal
All registered students of the College may appeal
a decision or ruling that affects them as it pertains
to academic matters, attendance related issues,
matters of student discipline, and student rights and
responsibilities.
Bookstore
Textbooks are available at the College Bookstore
and should be obtained after consultation with your
instructor.
Prayer Centre
Prayer rooms are available to students throughout
the College.
Harassment Policy
It is the policy of the College that all registered
students have the right to pursue their studies and
related activities free from personal harassment from
College employees, agents of the College, or other
students. See the Student Handbook for the full
description of this policy.
Student Handbook
The College publishes a Student Handbook annually.
This Handbook includes many useful tips for students.
A copy of this handbook is provided free of charge to
each student either in paper or electronic copy.
The College believes that student complaints and
concerns should be addressed in a timely and fair
manner; therefore, a student-initiated grievance
procedure will be followed. Counsellors, Program
Chairs, and Deans can provide assistance with this
process. Consult the Student Handbook for additional
information.
Student Parking
There are many spacious parking lots adjacent to
all buildings at CNA-Q. Some are shared by faculty
and students; others are designated specifically
for students. Failure to park in designated areas,
or parking in special spaces (such as handicapped
parking stalls), may result in suspension from the
College or other penalties as described in the Student
Rights and Responsibilities Policy.
ACADEMIC PREPAR ATORY STUDIES
43
Academic Preparatory Studies
Academic Preparatory Studies ensure student
success in educational programs that meet
international certification requirements. It also
ensures that students are eligible for Canadian
credentials upon completion of their studies. These
courses are designed to provide secondary school
graduates who are weak in English language skills,
mathematics and science with the enhancements
required to succeed in their program of studies.
ACADEMIC PREPAR ATORY STUDIES
44
Academic Preparatory Studies
In Academic Preparatory Studies, students will be
provided with support that:
1. Provides academic bridging for students who do
not meet entrance requirements.
2. Provides English language proficiency training
tailored to individual need.
Academic preparatory courses will be offered in the
following disciplines:
ACADEMIC PREPAR ATORY STUDIES
45
• Biology
• Chemistry
• English as a Foreign Language
• Mathematics
• Physics
Entrance Requirements
Students wishing to register at the College are
required to achieve a designated score on the College
entrance examinations in English and mathematics.
CNA-Q Testing Centre
The CNA-Q Testing Centre conducts all Academic and
General English and Math Entrance and Placement
tests, as well as exit testing for the college.
Guidelines for CAEL Testing at the 1080 Level
At the end of FL1080, students must:
1. Pass the FL1080 course with an overall mark of
70% or above.
2. Attempt CAEL.
Students who obtain an overall Band 40 on the exam
with no band less than 30 achieve advanced placement
and move directly into the Communications course for
their Academic Program.
Students must pass FL1080 with a minimum grade
of 70% in order to proceed to FL1090.
Guidelines for CAEL Testing at the 1090 Level
All students at the FL1090 level will be required to
obtain an overall Band 40 on the CAEL exam with
no band less than 30. Students in FL1090 will be
provided preparation for the CAEL within their course
instruction and must write this exam as part of the
requirements for the FL1090 course.
Students must pass FL1090 with a minimum grade
of 70% and obtain a Band 40 on the CAEL with no
band less than 30 in order to proceed to their chosen
program. Any student who fails FL1090 with no band
less than 30 must repeat the course. Any student
who passes FL1090 with no band less than 30 but
fails to obtain the required Band 40 will be required to
successfully complete FL1095 with a Band 40 and no
band less than 30 on the CAEL.
For further information on these tests, test times,
and fees, please call 4495-2741 or visit Building 3,
Floor 2, Room 2.73 between 7:30am and 3:00pm,
Sunday to Thursday, and between 9:00am and
3:00pm on Saturdays.
English Placement
Based on the program of study, applicants will write
either the Academic Entrance and Placement (AEP)
test series or the General Entrance and Placement
(GEP) test series. Applicants who meet the English
language entrance requirements may be directly
admitted to their program of choice, subject to
availability. Those requiring English language training
may be placed in Language Studies.
Math Placement
Students must write a Math Placement test before
registering in any mathematics course. Based on their
program of study, students will be directly placed in
mathematics courses according to their result on the
College Math Placement test.
The Academic Math Placement test (AMP) is completed
by those entering regular credit programs and the
General Math Placement test (GMP) is completed by
those entering the TPP program.
Academic Dismissal
Students may attempt a CNA-Q preparatory course
three times. In accordance with College policy, after
three unsuccessful attempts, a student will receive
academic dismissal for a period of one semester.
A student who returns to the College and fails the
same preparatory course for a fourth time will be
academically dismissed for a second time and will
be eligible to return after a period of one year.
ACADEMIC PREPAR ATORY STUDIES
46
English for Specific Academic Purposes (ESAP)
College of the North Atlantic – Qatar, through the
School of Language Studies and Academics, offers
an English for Specific Academic Purposes (ESAP)
curriculum. As a bridge between language needs
and technical programs, ESAP at the College is
based on students’ needs and the College’s program
requirements. It is a learning process where students
acquire both general English and program-specific
language skills.
This program was developed in collaboration with
College departments. ESAP courses focus on
listening, speaking, reading, writing, and vocabulary
development and are offered at multiple levels
and degrees of intensity. Students enrolled in
ESAP courses at higher levels may take academic
preparatory and/or program courses concurrently.
The ESAP courses are intended:
1. To serve the general language needs of students of
any nationality.
2. To support the language needs of students
destined for specific College programs.
3. To prepare students for participation in the global
economy.
The ESAP streams respond to the needs of each
program area. The language courses range from
intermediate to advanced language levels. The ESAP
streams are:
• Business Studies
• Engineering Technology
• Health Sciences
• Information Technology
• Security
• Technician Preparatory Program (TPP)
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
47
School of Business Studies
The School of Business Studies prepares students
to enter the world of work, equipping them for
employment with any organization, company or
government agency. Our programs provide students
with expertise in a range of business disciplines,
including office administration, general management,
business strategy and planning, banking and finance,
accounting, marketing and human resources.
Students in Business Studies have the option
of completing programs in Office Administration,
Business Administration and Business Management.
Students pursuing careers as administrative
professionals can undertake a certificate in Office
Administration or a diploma in Office Administration
(Executive). Students who would like to specialize
in accounting, human resource management, or
marketing may obtain a diploma in Business
Administration or Business Management.
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
48
School of Business Studies
Academic Preparatory Studies
Based on placement test scores on the College
entrance examinations for English and mathematics,
students may automatically be placed in preparatory
business courses in addition to preparatory math
and language studies courses. These courses are
designed to provide enhancements required to
succeed in their business program of studies.
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
49
Accreditation
The Office Administration (Executive), Business
Administration and Business Management
programs at the College have been accredited by
the Accreditation Council for Business Schools and
Programs (ACBSP). Founded in 1988 in the United
States, ACBSP awards accreditation to business
schools based on the mission of the institution and
of the business program with an emphasis on
quality in teaching and learning outcomes. ACBSP
is recognized by the Council for Higher Education
Accreditation (CHEA).
Students in these programs can be assured of the
quality of the education they receive. Accreditation
means that these programs have been evaluated
against an international standard of excellence and
that the programs maintain relevant and current
program content taught by well-qualified faculty.
Baccalaureate Degree Options
For those wishing to pursue a baccalaureate degree,
university transfer agreements are in place that
makes it possible for College diploma graduates to
attend universities in other countries. A variety of
options are available.
These include:
• Athabasca University, Canada
• Cape Breton University, Canada
• Memorial University of Newfoundland, Canada
• Northwood University, USA
• Teesside University, UK
• University of Bradford, UK
• University of New Brunswick, Canada
For more information, please refer to the Program
Articulation and Transfer Credit section in this
Academic Calendar.
Program Options
One Year Certificate*
Business Administration
Office Administration
Two Year Diploma*
Business Administration – Accounting
Business Administration – Human Resource
Management
Business Administration – Marketing
Office Administration (Executive)
Three Year Diploma*
Business Management – Accounting
Business Management – Human Resource Management
Business Management – Marketing
* Total program length varies depending on language
proficiency, academic preparatory courses required
for entry, and academic performance throughout the
program of study.
Business Management – Accounting
Career Opportunities
Graduates may obtain employment in a variety
of businesses, organizations and government
departments. The following is a brief list of the
positions that graduates may occupy after successful
completion of the program:
• Accountant
• Comptroller
• Auditor
• Business analyst
• Taxation officer
• Financial officer
• Administrative manager
• Payroll officer
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
50
Entrance Requirements
1. High school graduation certificate with the
following:
Program
The Diploma in Business Management – Accounting
has been developed to achieve competencies
required in the field of general financial accounting.
Management now requires personnel with skills
to provide complex analysis and to produce
comprehensive reports.
Upon completion of this program, students will be
capable of performing most accounting functions in
small and large businesses and at various levels of
government.
Objectives
1. To prepare and analyze financial statements for
internal and external decision making.
2. To develop financial and budgetary plans based
on varying business objectives, changing
business environments, and underlying business
assumptions.
3. To demonstrate accounting skills for securing
employment in an entry-level accounting position.
4. To use current technology to analyze results and
generate appropriate reports.
5. To integrate business concepts for effective
business planning and strategic management.
6. To demonstrate skills and knowledge that will
increase their success as entrepreneurs.
Average
Minimum 60%
English Language
(Grade 12 level)
Minimum 60%
Academic Mathematics
(Grade 12 level)
OR
Advanced Mathematics
(Grade 12 level or equivalent)
Minimum 60%
Minimum 50%
Three additional courses
at the Grade 12 level
2. Completion of the College of the North Atlantic –
Qatar mandatory placement assessment
examinations in English and Mathematics.
Note: Applicants who do not meet the entrance
requirements and are 19 years of age or older, may
be considered on an individual basis under the Mature
Student Clause. Page 23 refers to the Mature Student
Requirements in the Admissions section.
Business Management – Accounting
Program Transferability
The Business Management – Accounting program
allows exit points after completion of Certificate,
Administration Diploma or Management Diploma
levels.
1. Business Administration Certificate
Students may complete an initial concentration of
business courses and a two-week work exposure,
leading to a Certificate in Business Administration.
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
51
2. Business Administration Diploma
Students may continue beyond the Business
Administration Certificate level program by
selecting an area of specialization from one of the
following options: Accounting, Human Resource
Management or Marketing. Upon successful
completion of this area of concentration, along with
a six-week work exposure, students may graduate
with a Diploma in Business Administration.
3. Business Management Diploma
Students may continue even further in their
area of specialization by completing additional
courses beyond the Administration Diploma level.
Successful completion of these courses will allow
students to graduate with a Diploma in Business
Management.
Accreditation
The Business Administration – Accounting and
Business Management – Accounting Diploma
programs at the College are accredited by the
Accreditation Council for Business Schools and
Programs (ACBSP).
Further Studies
Graduates of the Business Administration and
Business Management programs may have the
opportunity to transfer credits to institutions
such as:
• Athabasca University, Canada
• Cape Breton University, Canada
• Lakehead University, Canada
• Memorial University of Newfoundland, Canada
• Northwood University, USA
• Royal Roads University, Canada
• Saint Mary’s University, Canada
• Teesside University, UK
• University of Bradford, UK
• University of Lethbridge, Canada
• University of New Brunswick, Canada
• University of Wales, Newport, UK
For more information, please refer to the Program
Articulation and Transfer Credit section in this
Academic Calendar.
Graduates may also wish to further their studies to
achieve professional designations with:
• Association of Chartered Certified
Accountants (UK)
• Canadian Institute of Financial Planning
• Canadian Professional Sales Association
• Canadian Public Relations Society
• Certified General Accountants Association
of Canada
• Society of Management Accountants of Canada
Business Management – Accounting
Level 1 – Business Administration Certificate
HRS/WK
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
52
CR
LEC
LAB
AC1260
Financial Accounting I
5
4
3
CM1240
Business Communications I
4
4
0
HN1230
Human Resource Management I
3
3
1
MA1400
Mathematics of Finance I
3
3
1
MC1240
Computer Applications I
3
2
2
MR1100
Marketing I
4
4
0
SD1340
Student, Career and Portfolio Development I
1
1
0
AC2260
Financial Accounting II
5
4
3
CM1241
Business Communications II
4
4
0
HN1240
Human Resource Management II
3
3
1
LW1240
Qatar Business Law
3
3
0
MA2400
Mathematics of Finance II
3
3
1
MR2100
Marketing II
4
4
0
SD1341
Student, Career and Portfolio Development II
1
1
0
AC2230
Computerized Accounting I
3
2
3
CM2200
Oral Communications
2
2
0
MC1241
Computer Applications II
3
2
3
OJ1100
Work Exposure (Certificate only)
2 weeks
After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Business
Administration Certificate.
Business Management – Accounting
Level 2 – Business Administration Diploma – Accounting
HRS/WK
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
53
CR
LEC
LAB
AC2220
Intermediate Financial Accounting I
5
3
5
AC2250
Managerial Accounting I
4
3
2
AC2231
Computerized Accounting II
3
2
2
EC1110
Microeconomics
4
4
0
MA1670
Statistics
4
4
1
CM2300
Report Writing
2
2
0
AC2370
Principles of Taxation
4
4
1
AC3220
Intermediate Financial Accounting II
5
3
5
AC3250
Managerial Accounting II
4
3
2
AC2360
Principles of Internal Auditing
3
2
2
PS2340
Organizational Behaviour
4
4
0
SD2360
Student, Career and Portfolio
Development III – Accounting
2
2
0
OJ1580
Work Exposure – Accounting
6 weeks
After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Business
Administration Diploma – Accounting.
Business Management – Accounting
Level 3 – Business Management Diploma – Accounting
HRS/WK
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
54
CR
LEC
LAB
AC2340
Principles of Auditing
4
3
3
EP2250
Small Business Development
4
3
2
FN2110
Business Finance
4
3
2
MN2600
Strategic Management
3
2
2
Option course
(Minimum 3 credits, selected from list below)
AC3251
Managerial Accounting III
4
4
1
EC1210
Macroeconomics
4
4
0
EP2200
Business Planning
4
2
5
MA3700
Production and Operations Management
4
4
1
SD2361
Student, Career and Portfolio
Development IV – Accounting
1
1
0
Option course
(Minimum 3 credits, selected from list below)
Options will be selected from the following list by each campus after consultation with the students and/or local
industry. Please note that all courses may not be available at each campus.
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
AC2540
Oil and Gas Production Accounting
4
3
2
FN2111
Business Finance II
4
3
2
AC2370
Principles of Taxation
4
3
1
HN2200
Strategic Compensation and Benefits
3
3
1
MN1520
Supervisory Leadership
4
4
0
FN2160
Investments – An Overview
4
4
1
BK1100
Banking Operations I
4
4
0
After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Business
Management Diploma – Accounting.
Business Management –
Human Resource Management
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
55
Program
The Diploma in Business Management – Human
Resource Management has been designed to provide
students with insight into the theory and practice
of effective human resource management. The
program seeks to provide the student with a broad
understanding of fundamental business principles
and practices essential to effective and efficient
management. The program is designed to provide
students with an opportunity to pursue a career
in human resource management, supervision and
general management.
Objectives
1. To provide students with a broad understanding
of fundamental business principles and practices
essential to efficient and effective management.
2. To develop skills in various key areas of human
resource management such as recruitment,
selection, training and development, performance
management, and compensation.
3. To develop leadership, teamwork and problem
solving skills.
4. To introduce various aspects of computerized
information technology.
5. To develop an appreciation for the entrepreneurial
process, particularly as it relates to small business
development.
6. To provide students with an opportunity to
integrate classroom study with relevant work
experience.
Career Opportunities
Graduates of the program may obtain employment
in a variety of areas, such as private business,
government, industry, consulting agencies,
institutions and associations. The following is a brief
list of the positions that graduates may occupy after
successful completion of the program:
• Recruitment/selection officer
• Personnel officer
• Training and development officer
• Compensation/benefits specialist
• Employee assistance coordinator
• Labour relations officer
• Professional development officer
• Human resource officer
• Personnel manager
• Manager of human resources
• Classification officer
• Other business-related occupation
Entrance Requirements
1. High school graduation certificate with the
following:
Average
Minimum 60%
English Language
(Grade 12 level)
Minimum 60%
Academic Mathematics
(Grade 12 level)
OR
Advanced Mathematics
(Grade 12 level or equivalent)
Minimum 60%
Minimum 50%
Three additional courses
at the Grade 12 level
2. Completion of the College of the North Atlantic –
Qatar mandatory placement assessment
examinations in English and Mathematics.
Note: Applicants who do not meet the entrance
requirements and are 19 years of age or older, may
be considered on an individual basis under the Mature
Student Clause. Page 23 refers to the Mature Student
Requirements in the Admissions section.
Business Management –
Human Resource Management
Program Transferability
The Business Management – Human Resources
Management program allows exit points after
completion of Certificate, Administration Diploma
or Management Diploma levels.
1. Business Administration Certificate
Students may complete an initial concentration of
business courses and a two-week work exposure,
leading to a Certificate in Business Administration.
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
56
2. Business Administration Diploma
Students may continue beyond the Business
Administration Certificate level program by
selecting an area of specialization from one of the
following options: Accounting, Human Resource
Management or Marketing. Upon successful
completion of this area of concentration along with
a six-week work exposure, students may graduate
with a Diploma in Business Administration.
3. Business Management Diploma
Students may continue even further in their
area of specialization by completing additional
courses beyond the Administration Diploma level.
Successful completion of these courses will allow
students to graduate with a Diploma in Business
Management.
Accreditation
The Business Administration – Human Resource
Management and Business Management – Human
Resource Management Diploma programs at the
College are accredited by the Accreditation Council
for Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP).
Further Studies
Graduates of the Business Administration and
Business Management programs may have the
opportunity to transfer credits to institutions such as:
• Athabasca University, Canada
• Cape Breton University, Canada
• Lakehead University, Canada
• Memorial University of Newfoundland, Canada
• Northwood University, USA
• Royal Roads University, Canada
• Saint Mary’s University, Canada
• Teesside University, UK
• University of Bradford, UK
• University of Lethbridge, Canada
• University of New Brunswick, Canada
• University of Wales, Newport, UK
For more information, please refer to the Program
Articulation and Transfer Credit section in this
Academic Calendar.
Graduates may also wish to further their studies to
achieve professional designations with:
• Association of Chartered Certified
Accountants (UK)
• Canadian Institute of Financial Planning
• Canadian Professional Sales Association
• Canadian Public Relations Society
• Certified General Accountants Association
of Canada
• Society of Management Accountants of Canada
Business Management –
Human Resource Management
Level 1 – Business Administration Certificate
HRS/WK
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
57
CR
LEC
LAB
AC1260
Financial Accounting I
5
4
3
CM1240
Business Communications I
4
4
0
HN1230
Human Resource Management I
3
3
1
MA1400
Mathematics of Finance I
3
3
1
MC1240
Computer Applications I
3
2
2
MR1100
Marketing I
4
4
0
SD1340
Student, Career and Portfolio Development I
1
1
0
AC2260
Financial Accounting II
5
4
3
CM1241
Business Communications II
4
4
0
HN1240
Human Resource Management II
3
3
1
LW1240
Qatar Business Law
3
3
0
MA2400
Mathematics of Finance II
3
3
1
MR2100
Marketing II
4
4
0
SD1341
Student, Career and Portfolio Development II
1
1
0
AC2230
Computerized Accounting I
3
2
3
CM2200
Oral Communications
2
2
0
MC1241
Computer Applications II
3
2
3
OJ1100
Work Exposure (Certificate only)
2 weeks
After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Business
Administration Certificate.
Business Management –
Human Resource Management
Level 2 – Business Administration Diploma – Human Resource Management
HRS/WK
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
58
CR
LEC
LAB
CM2300
Report Writing
2
2
0
EC1110
Microeconomics
4
4
0
OF1400
Managing an Office
3
3
1
HN2130
Recruitment and Selection
3
3
1
HN2150
Training and Development
3
3
1
MA1670
Statistics
4
4
1
MR2300
Business Research
4
3
2
AC2640
Managerial Accounting for Non-Accounting Majors
4
3
2
SE1130
Workplace Safety for Human Resources
3
3
0
Business Elective
(Minimum 3 credits)
HN2230
Employee Relations
3
3
1
PS2340
Organizational Behaviour
4
4
0
SD2340
Student, Career and Portfolio Development III
2
2
0
Elective
(Minimum 3 credits)
OJ1550
Work Exposure (HRM)
6 weeks
After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Business
Administration Diploma – Human Resource Management.
Business Management –
Human Resource Management
Level 3 – Business Management Diploma – Human Resource Management
HRS/WK
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
59
CR
LEC
LAB
EP2250
Small Business Development
4
3
2
FN2110
Business Finance
4
3
2
HN2140
Attendance and Disability Management
3
3
1
HN2200
Strategic Compensation and Benefits
3
3
1
MN2600
Strategic Management
3
2
2
Elective
(Minimum 3 credits)
EP2200
Business Planning
4
2
5
HN2310
Alternate Dispute Resolution
4
4
0
HN2210
Human Resource Planning
3
3
1
HN3110
Current Topics in Human Resource Management
and Industrial Relations
3
3
1
MN3100
Business Ethics
3
3
1
MN3200
Performance Management
3
3
1
SD2341
Student, Career and Portfolio
Development IV – Human Resource Management
1
1
0
After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Business
Management Diploma – Human Resource Management.
Business Management – Marketing
Entrance Requirements
1. High school graduation certificate with the
following:
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
60
Average
Minimum 60%
English Language
(Grade 12 level)
Minimum 60%
Academic Mathematics
(Grade 12 level)
OR
Advanced Mathematics
(Grade 12 level or equivalent)
Minimum 60%
Minimum 50%
Three additional courses
at the Grade 12 level
Program
The Diploma in Business Management – Marketing
is designed to give students a background in
business management, with emphasis on the area of
marketing. Students acquire a solid understanding of
the practices involved in marketing and promoting a
product or service. This includes advertising, market
research, professional selling, distribution, business
planning and customer relations.
2. Completion of the College of the North Atlantic –
Qatar mandatory placement assessment
examinations in English and Mathematics.
Objectives
1. To provide students with an in-depth understanding
of activities involved in the management of
organizations.
2. To develop skills in selected key areas of
management activity such as marketing,
advertising, promotion, retailing and services.
3. To develop a capacity for leadership, teamwork and
cooperation in problem solving.
4. To acquire skills, knowledge and experience that
complement personal initiative, creativity and
energy to ensure a successful career.
5. To relate management studies to the needs of the
public and private sectors of the economy.
Program Transferability
The Business Management – Marketing program
allows exit points after completion of Certificate,
Administration Diploma or Management Diploma
levels.
Career Opportunities
Graduates may obtain employment in a variety
of businesses, organizations and government
departments. The following is a brief list of the
positions that graduates may occupy after successful
completion of the program:
• Advertising manager
• Account executive
• Account coordinator
• Brand manager
• Sales representative
• Customer service representative
Note: Applicants who do not meet the entrance
requirements and are 19 years of age or older, may
be considered on an individual basis under the Mature
Student Clause. Page 23 refers to the Mature Student
Requirements in the Admissions section.
1. Business Administration Certificate
Students may complete an initial concentration of
business courses and a two-week work exposure,
leading to a Certificate in Business Administration.
2. Business Administration Diploma
Students may continue beyond the Business
Administration Certificate level program by
selecting an area of specialization from one of the
following options: Accounting, Human Resource
Management or Marketing. Upon successful
completion of this area of concentration along with
a six-week work exposure, students may graduate
with a Diploma in Business Administration.
3. Business Management Diploma
Students may continue even further in their
area of specialization by completing additional
courses beyond the Administration Diploma level.
Successful completion of these courses will allow
students to graduate with a Diploma in Business
Management.
Business Management – Marketing
Accreditation
The Business Administration – Marketing and Business
Management – Marketing Diploma programs at the
College are accredited by the Accreditation Council
for Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP).
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
61
Further Studies
Graduates of the Business Administration and
Business Management programs may have the
opportunity to transfer credits to institutions such as:
• Athabasca University, Canada
• Cape Breton University, Canada
• Lakehead University, Canada
• Memorial University of Newfoundland, Canada
• Northwood University, USA
• Royal Roads University, Canada
• Saint Mary’s University, Canada
• Teesside University, UK
• University of Bradford, UK
• University of Lethbridge, Canada
• University of New Brunswick, Canada
• University of Wales, Newport, UK
For more information, please refer to the Program
Articulation and Transfer Credit section in this
Academic Calendar.
Graduates may also wish to further their studies to
achieve professional designations with:
• Association of Chartered Certified
Accountants (UK)
• Canadian Institute of Financial Planning
• Canadian Professional Sales Association
• Canadian Public Relations Society
• Certified General Accountants Association
of Canada
• Society of Management Accountants of Canada
Business Management – Marketing
Level 1 – Business Administration Certificate
HRS/WK
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
62
CR
LEC
LAB
AC1260
Financial Accounting I
5
4
3
CM1240
Business Communications I
4
4
0
HN1230
Human Resource Management I
3
3
1
MA1400
Mathematics of Finance I
3
3
1
MC1240
Computer Applications I
3
2
2
MR1100
Marketing I
4
4
0
SD1340
Student, Career and Portfolio Development I
1
1
0
AC2260
Financial Accounting II
5
4
3
CM1241
Business Communications II
4
4
0
HN1240
Human Resource Management II
3
3
1
LW1240
Qatar Business Law
3
3
0
MA2400
Mathematics of Finance II
3
3
1
MR2100
Marketing II
4
4
0
SD1341
Student, Career and Portfolio Development II
1
1
0
AC2230
Computerized Accounting I
3
2
3
CM2200
Oral Communications
2
2
0
MC1241
Computer Applications II
3
2
3
OJ1100
Work Exposure (Certificate only)
2 weeks
After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Business
Administration Certificate.
Business Management – Marketing
Level 2 – Business Administration Diploma – Marketing
HRS/WK
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
63
CR
LEC
LAB
CM2300
Report Writing
2
2
0
EC1110
Microeconomics
4
4
0
MA1670
Statistics
4
4
1
MR1500
Consumer Behaviour
3
3
0
MR1600
Professional Selling
4
3
2
MR2300
Business Research
4
3
2
Elective
(Minimum 3 credits)
EC1210
Macroeconomics
4
4
0
EP2150
Entrepreneurship
3
3
0
MR2200
Retailing
3
2
3
MR2350
E-Business
4
3
2
MR2400
Marketing Communications
4
3
2
PR2170
Project Management
2
2
1
SD2350
Student, Career and Portfolio
Development III – Marketing
2
2
0
OJ1560
Work Exposure – Marketing
6 weeks
After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Business
Administration Diploma – Marketing.
Business Management – Marketing
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
64
Level 3 – Business Management Diploma – Marketing
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
EP2250
Small Business Development
4
3
2
FN2110
Business Finance
4
3
2
MN2600
Strategic Management
3
2
2
MR2450
Services Marketing
3
2
2
MR2800
Business-to-Business Marketing
3
2
2
Elective
(Minimum 3 credits)
EP2200
Business Planning
4
2
5
MR2620
Sales Management
4
4
0
MR2700
International Marketing
4
4
0
MR3100
Current Topics in Marketing
3
3
1
PS2340
Organizational Behaviour
4
4
0
SD2351
Student, Career and Portfolio
Development IV – Marketing
1
1
0
Elective
(Minimum 3 credits)
After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Business
Management Diploma – Marketing.
Office Administration
Program
Graduates from the Office Administration Certificate
program acquire knowledge and office skills for
entry-level employment in the office of today.
Graduates may obtain employment as an entry-level
administrative assistant, office clerk, data entry clerk
or word processing operator.
The Office Administration (Executive) Diploma
program is designed to enable students to acquire the
knowledge and skills needed to work as administrative
assistants in today’s modern office.
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
65
The major components of the program include
document production, transcription and office
management. Related courses include communications,
computerized accounting, computer applications
and organizational behaviour.
Objectives
1. Demonstrate a positive attitude in a business
environment to help ensure successful integration
into the workplace.
2. Independently organize and manage the activities
of an administrative workplace environment for
effective and efficient performance.
3. Demonstrate effective written and oral
communication skills for use in the business
environment.
4. Utilize effective interpersonal and teamwork skills
to adapt to various business/community working
environments.
5. Conduct research; analyze and present relevant
data for use in a business environment.
6. Record financial transactions using generally
accepted accounting principles for use in a
business environment.
7. Utilize and integrate technology to produce
business documents at an advanced level using
standard document formatting guidelines.
Career Opportunities
Graduates may expect to find employment
opportunities in the public and private sectors,
including all levels of government, legal and medical
offices, accounting firms, hospital and education
facilities, and general business offices. As well as
acquiring the skills and knowledge necessary to
become effective employees in today’s electronic
office, graduates gain insight into the creation of a
small business of their own.
Graduates are trained for the following
specific positions:
• Administrative assistant
• Word processing operator
• Computerized bookkeeping
• Data processor or transcriptionist
• Microcomputer specialist
• As well as additional employment opportunities
depending on electives selected
Entrance Requirements
1. High school graduation certificate
2. Completion of the College of the North Atlantic –
Qatar mandatory placement assessment
examinations in English and Mathematics.
Note: Applicants who do not meet the entrance
requirements and are 19 years of age or older, may
be considered on an individual basis under the Mature
Student Clause. Page 23 refers to the Mature Student
Requirements in the Admissions section.
Program Transferability
The Office Administration Program offers exit points
after the completion of Certificate or Diploma Levels.
Students may graduate with an Office Administration
Certificate after the completion of the initial
concentration of Office Administration courses.
Accreditation
The Office Administration (Executive) Diploma
program at the College is accredited by the
Accreditation Council for Business Schools and
Programs (ACBSP).
Office Administration
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
66
Level 1 – Office Administration Certificate
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
AC1100
Bookkeeping I
4
3
2
CM1100
Writing Fundamentals
3
3
1
DM1200
Document Production I
6
4
6
EP1110
Introduction to Business
4
4
0
OF1100
Office Management I
3
3
1
AC2100
Bookkeeping II
4
3
2
CM2110
Business Writing Fundamentals
3
3
0
CP2310
Electronic Spreadsheet Applications
3
2
2
DM1210
Document Production II
5
3
5
KB1150
Keyboarding I
1
1
1
OF1101
Office Management II
3
3
1
DM1300
Transcription l
3
2
2
CP2410
Micro Database Applications
3
2
2
OJ1110
Work Exposure – Office Administration
(Certificate Only)
C/l
After the successful completion of the above listed courses, students may exit with the Office
Administration Certificate.
3 weeks
Office Administration
Level 2 – Office Administration (Executive) Diploma
HRS/WK
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
67
CR
LEC
LAB
AC2230
Computerized Accounting I
3
2
3
CM2200
Oral Communications
2
2
0
DM1301
Transcription II
3
2
2
DM2200
Document Production III
6
4
6
OF2100
Office Management III
3
3
1
CP2640
Desktop Publishing
4
3
2
DM2240
Document Production IV
5
3
5
KB1151
Keyboarding II
1
1
1
OF2101
Office Management IV
3
3
1
PS2340
Organizational Behaviour
4
4
0
OF2700
Capstone Project
2
2
0
Elective
Elective
2
2
0
Elective
Elective
2
2
0
OJ1900
Work Exposure –
Office Administration (Executive)
C/I
6 weeks
After the successful completion of the above listed courses, students may exit with the Office Administration
(Executive) Diploma.
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
68
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
69
School of
Engineering Technology
College of the North Atlantic – Qatar’s
Engineering Technology programs are designed
to develop a diverse technical background, good
hands-on aptitude and teamwork. The development
of practical skills and competencies are enhanced
through partnerships with industry and world-class
shops and labs equipped with the latest industrial
equipment. In addition, technology training
promotes independent thinking and problem
solving. These are critical factors when preparing
individuals for troubleshooting, design, supervision
and management roles.
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
70
School of Engineering Technology
Accreditation
Programs offered at the College prepare individuals
for maintenance and operator positions at the
technician and technologist level. The program
structure allows students to progress from the
technician diploma to the technologist designations
in certain disciplines. Disciplines include Chemical
Processing, Electrical, Mechanical, Process Automation
and Telecommunications. The requirements for
operations training are addressed by the Chemical
Processing Technician and Technology programs.
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
71
Engineering Technology programs are designed to
meet internationally recognized standards.
Baccalaureate Degree Options
For those wishing to pursue a baccalaureate degree,
university transfer agreements are in place that makes
it possible for College three-year diploma graduates
to attend Canadian universities. A variety of options
are available. Typically, one additional year of study is
required to obtain a Bachelor of Technology degree
(www.mi.mun.ca).
Program Options
One Year Certificate*
Chemical Laboratory Technician
Articulation agreements have also been signed with
institutions in other countries that also provide
avenues for graduates from the three-year Engineering
Technology programs to complete a Bachelors and/or
Masters degree. These include:
Two Year Diploma*
Chemical Processing Technician
Electrical Power Systems Technician
Mechanical Technician (Industrial Maintenance)
Process Automation Engineering Technician
Telecommunications Engineering Technician
• Cape Breton University, Canada
• Indiana University-Purdue University Indianapolis, USA
• Lakehead University, Canada
• Memorial University of Newfoundland, Canada
• Teesside University, UK
• University of Bradford, UK
• University of Leeds, UK
Three Year Diploma*
Chemical Processing Technology
Electrical Engineering Technology
Mechanical Engineering Technology
(Industrial Maintenance)
Process Automation Engineering Technology
Telecommunications Engineering Technology
For more information, please refer to the Program
Articulation and Transfer Credit section in this
Academic Calendar.
* Total program length varies depending on language
proficiency, academic preparatory courses required
for entry, and academic performance throughout the
program of study.
Chemical Laboratory Technician (Certificate)
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
72
Program
The Chemical Laboratory Technician (Certificate)
program provides students with the principles
and techniques currently used in chemical lab
environments. These include fundamental chemical
principles, basic lab techniques and determinations
for both wet and instrumental methods, and a
practical approach to modern lab instrumentation
techniques. A practical focus allows program
graduates to adapt to the ever-changing industrial
environment. The focus is on lab safety; recording,
reporting and analyzing results; and techniques
to ensure precision and accuracy while working in
industry.
Objectives
1. To provide graduates with the technical knowledge
and hands-on skills needed to assist in the daily
operation of industrial, environmental, research and
industrial chemistry laboratories.
2. To provide graduates with an appreciation for the
team approach in the workplace.
3. To provide graduates with good problem solving
skills by giving students the opportunity for
application of problem solving methodologies to
real-life situations in the classroom and laboratory
environments.
4. To provide graduates with the chemical
terminology, concepts and computer skills that
are fundamental to successful interaction with
chemists, chemical engineers, technologists,
technicians and other colleagues within the
chemical field.
Career Opportunities
Graduates of the Chemical Laboratory Technician
(Certificate) program may become employed in either
government, environmental or industrial laboratories,
as well as in the educational sector. Graduates will
be able to work with chemists, chemical engineers,
technologists and technicians in a wide variety of
areas related to research and development, quality
control and assurance, and technical services.
With today’s narrowed focus on quality control and
assurance, there is an increased demand for Chemical
Laboratory Technicians to fill this need.
Curriculum
General education consists of an introduction to
chemistry, safety and quality assurance. Specific
education focuses on developing laboratory
techniques and providing hands-on training in the
fields of analytical, organic, environmental and
industrial chemistry. A key emphasis is on chemical
analysis using instrumentation and proper sampling
techniques.
Entrance Requirements
1. High school graduation certificate with the
following:
Average
Minimum 60%
English Language
(Grade 12 level)
Minimum 60%
Academic Mathematics
(Grade 12 level)
OR
Advanced Mathematics
(Grade 12 level or equivalent)
Minimum 60%
Minimum 50%
Two Science courses selected from: Biology,
Chemistry, Geology, Physics. One must be Grade
12; the other may be Grade 11 level.
Chemistry and Physics are highly recommended.
2. Completion of the College of the North Atlantic –
Qatar mandatory placement assessment
examinations in English and Mathematics.
Note: Applicants who do not meet the entrance
requirements and are 19 years of age or older, may
be considered on an individual basis under the Mature
Student Clause. Page 23 refers to the Mature Student
Requirements in the Admissions section.
Important Notes
• This program may not be suitable for applicants
who do not have normal colour perception.
• Employers will normally demand that all applicants
undergo a physical capabilities assessment prior
to hiring.
Chemical Laboratory Technician (Certificate)
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
73
Level 1 – Chemical Laboratory Technician Certificate
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
CH1120
Chemistry
4
3
2
CH2230
Analytical Chemistry
4
3
3
CM1430
Technical Communications
3
3
0
MA1530
Statistics
2
2
1
MC1220
Productivity Tools
2
1
2
SE1120
Workplace Safety
3
3
0
CH2540
Chemical Laboratory Techniques I
2
1
3
CH2370
Organic Chemistry
5
4
3
CH2460
Industrial Chemistry
2
2
0
CH2541
Chemical Laboratory Techniques II
2
1
3
CH2770
Environmental Chemistry
3
2
3
CH2830
Instrumental Analysis
3
2
3
SP2300
Quality Assurance
3
3
0
CH2860
Analysis and Sampling Techniques
5
3
6
WT1480
Chemical Laboratory Technician Practicum
0
0
30
After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the
Chemical Laboratory Technician Certificate.
Chemical Processing Technology
Program
The Diploma in Chemical Processing Technician and
Technology programs provides graduates with the
knowledge and skills needed to work safely in plant
operations and the ability to deal with the increasing
complexity of equipment and control systems found
in modern processing industries. The program
emphasizes safe practices, process operations,
process stream analysis, instrumentation and process
control, mechanical systems and maintenance,
operating engineering training, chemical engineering
principles, and regulatory processes.
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
74
Graduates could be employed by oil and gas
companies, refineries, petrochemical plants, power
plants and manufacturing plants. The program offers
two exit points and the student can graduate with
a Chemical Processing Technology technician-level
diploma after two years. Students compleating the
third year of the program will receive the Chemical
Processing Technology Diploma.
Objectives
1. To provide graduates with the technical knowledge
and the applied hands-on skills needed to assist
in the design, operation, troubleshooting and
maintenance of chemical process equipment.
2. To provide graduates with an appreciation for the
team approach in the workplace.
3. To provide graduates with problem solving
skills by giving students the opportunity for the
application of problem solving methodologies to
real-life situations in the classroom and laboratory
environments.
4. To provide graduates with the communication
and computer skills required for successful
correspondence with chemists, engineers,
technologists, technicians and other colleagues.
5. To provide graduates with the potential to
supervise, train and advise technicians and
tradespeople.
Career Opportunities
The Chemical Processing Technologist is involved
in the design, operation and troubleshooting of
various chemical processing units. Graduates will find
employment in various chemical processing industries
such as oil and gas production, petrochemicals,
fertilizers and other manufacturing operations. The
student may exit the program as a graduate of the
Chemical Processing Technician diploma program.
This graduate would be involved in the routine
operation of chemical processing facilities.
Curriculum
The Chemical Processing Technology program
incorporates core courses common to other
Engineering Technology programs, as well as
discipline-specific laboratory-based courses that
focus on the hands-on operating and troubleshooting
skills that graduates must possess. During the first
year, students learn the primary theories required
to understand the various aspects of the field of
engineering technology and are also introduced to
fundamental areas specific to chemical processing.
Intermediate and advanced courses expand on this
knowledge of chemical processing and continue
with the acquisition of the hands-on skills that the
graduate will need for operating and troubleshooting
chemical process units. The curriculum provides the
theory of process unit design and advanced chemical
processing systems. An applied research project is
required for successful completion of the technology
program.
Entrance Requirements
1. High school graduation certificate with the
following:
Average
Minimum 60%
English Language
(Grade 12 level)
Minimum 60%
Academic Mathematics
(Grade 12 level)
OR
Advanced Mathematics
(Grade 12 level or equivalent)
Minimum 60%
Minimum 50%
Two Science courses selected from: Biology,
Chemistry, Geology, Physics. One must be Grade
12; the other may be Grade 11 level.
Chemistry and Physics are highly recommended.
2. Completion of the College of the North Atlantic –
Qatar mandatory placement assessment
examinations in English and Mathematics.
Note: Applicants who do not meet the entrance
requirements and are 19 years of age or older, may
be considered on an individual basis under the Mature
Student Clause. Page 23 refers to the Mature Student
Requirements in the Admissions section.
Chemical Processing Technology
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
75
Further Studies
Graduates of the Chemical Processing Technology
program may have the opportunity to transfer credits
to institutions such as:
• Cape Breton University, Canada
• Indiana University-Purdue University Indianapolis, USA
• Lakehead University, Canada
• Memorial University of Newfoundland, Canada
• University of Bradford, UK
• University of Leeds, UK
For more information, please refer to the Program
Articulation and Transfer Credit section in this
Academic Calendar.
Important Notes
• This program may not be suitable for applicants
who do not have normal colour perception.
• Employers will normally demand that all applicants
undergo a physical capabilities assessment prior
to hiring.
Chemical Processing Technology
Level 1
HRS/WK
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
76
CR
LEC
LAB
MA1700
Mathematics
4
3
2
CH1120
Chemistry
4
3
2
PH1100
Physics
4
3
2
CM1400
Technical Report Writing I
3
3
0
EG1110
Engineering Graphics
3
2
2
SD1170
Technology Awareness I
0
1
0
ET1100
Electrotechnology
4
3
2
MA1101
Mathematics
5
5
0
CM1401
Technical Report Writing II
3
3
0
EG1430
AutoCAD Essentials
3
2
2
SD1171
Technology Awareness II
2
1
0
ET1101
Electrotechnology
4
3
2
SE1120
Workplace Safety
3
3
0
CH2430
Industrial Process Overview
2
2
0
CH1121
Chemistry
4
3
2
EN2470
Environmental Awareness
3
3
0
CI1180
Basic Instrumentation
3
2
2
PO1100
Process Equipment
3
2
4
Chemical Processing Technology
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
77
Level 2 – Chemical Processing Technician Diploma
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
PH1101
Physics
4
3
2
CI1660
Introduction to Control Systems
4
3
3
CI2560
Process Analyzers
3
2
4
CH2420
Hydrocarbon Chemistry
4
3
3
MH2320
Power Plant Components
4
3
2
SD2210
Workplace Professionalism
2
2
0
SP2300
Quality Assurance
3
3
0
PE2460
Plant Electrical Systems
3
2
4
PM2560
Facilities Engineering I
4
3
2
MH3340
Power Plant Systems
4
4
1
PO2100
Process Systems Operations and Maintenance
2
0
6
PO2200
Process Troubleshooting
3
2
2
PM2561
Facilities Engineering II
4
3
2
MH4500
Prime Movers
4
3
2
After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Chemical Processing
Technician Diploma.
Chemical Processing Technology
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
78
Level 3 – Chemical Processing Technology Diploma
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
MA2100
Mathematics
5
5
0
CM2200
Oral Communications
2
2
0
EC1700
Engineering Economics
2
2
0
TD3130
Applied Thermodynamics
3
2
2
CF2520
Strength of Materials
4
3
2
PO2400
Process Unit Design
4
4
1
PR3214
Capstone Project I (Chemical Processing)
0
3
0
CM2300
Report Writing
2
2
0
PR3140
Project Management
3
3
0
FM3300
Applied Fluid Mechanics
3
2
2
PO2480
Process Simulation
2
1
3
PO2500
4
3
2
PO2560
Liquid Natural Gas (LNG)/Gas to Liquid (GTL)*
OR
Desalination Processes*
4
3
2
PR3215
Capstone Project II (Chemical Processing)
5
5
0
After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Chemical Processing
Technology Diploma.
*Optional courses (one must be completed)
Electrical Engineering Technology
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
79
Program
The Electrical Engineering Technology program is
committed to providing students with the skills
and knowledge necessary to become competent
and effective members of an electrical engineering
team in the Middle East. Students will gain technical
knowledge and skills in maintenance, troubleshooting
and design of electrical power systems with a focus
on utility, large industry, institutional and commercial
facilities. Early program studies stress the fundamental
knowledge and skills necessary to complete
installation, maintenance and troubleshooting tasks.
Later studies provide the skills and knowledge tools
necessary to undertake analysis and design tasks.
The program features an exit point at the end of Level
2 where successful graduates can opt to receive an
Electrical Power Systems Technician Diploma. The
technician-level program is embedded as the first
two years (six semesters) of the three-year (nine
semesters) Electrical Engineering Technology program
at the College. The program shares a common
first year with the Process Automation Engineering
Technology program. Many second- and third-year
courses are also shared, allowing for a reduced
time to obtain a dual qualification. Graduates of the
three-year program are eligible for advanced standing
in engineering and technology programs at Canadian,
American and British universities through existing
articulation agreements.
Objectives
Upon successful completion of the three-year
program, graduates will have the knowledge and
skills to:
1. Function successfully as entry-level technicians
or engineering technologists in the Middle East
electrical power industry.
2. Design, analyze and maintain electrical systems.
3. Install, troubleshoot and maintain heavy electrical
equipment, including transformers, motors,
generators, and related control and protective
equipment.
4. Use specific computer software in the design of
building electrical systems.
5. Communicate with customers and fellow members
of the engineering team.
6. Recognize the importance of continuing education
and professional affiliations.
Career Opportunities
Graduates of the Electrical Technology program can
find employment with a large variety of companies
involved in the electrical industry. Typical GCC
employers include public and private sector power
and water utilities, large petrochemical refining and
production facilities, and government departments.
Curriculum
General education consists of English (oral and
written), mathematics, physics, electrotechnology
and computer-aided design and drafting (CADD).
Specific technical training focuses on various aspects
of the electrical power discipline including electrical
system design, protection and control systems,
basic instrumentation, and power system analysis.
Practical oriented activities include wiring, installation
and maintenance of electrical equipment using
appropriate local codes.
Entrance Requirements
1. High school graduation certificate with the
following:
Average
Minimum 60%
English Language
(Grade 12 level)
Minimum 60%
Academic Mathematics
(Grade 12 level)
OR
Advanced Mathematics
(Grade 12 level or equivalent)
Minimum 60%
Minimum 50%
Two Science courses selected from: Biology,
Chemistry, Geology, Physics. One must be Grade
12; the other may be Grade 11 level.
Chemistry and Physics are highly recommended.
2. Completion of the College of the North Atlantic –
Qatar mandatory placement assessment
examinations in English and Mathematics.
Note: Applicants who do not meet the entrance
requirements and are 19 years of age or older, may
be considered on an individual basis under the Mature
Student Clause. Page 23 refers to the Mature Student
Requirements in the Admissions section.
Electrical Engineering Technology
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
80
Further Studies
Graduates of the Electrical Engineering Technology
program may have the opportunity to transfer credits
to institutions such as:
• Cape Breton University, Canada
• Indiana University-Purdue University Indianapolis, USA
• Lakehead University, Canada
• Memorial University of Newfoundland, Canada
• Teesside University, UK
• University of Bradford, UK
• University of Leeds, UK
• University of Wales, Newport, UK
For more information, please refer to the Program
Articulation and Transfer Credit section in this
Academic Calendar.
Important Notes
• This program may not be suitable for applicants who
do not have normal colour perception.
• Students should be aware of the strenuous physical
dexterity required in this training program.
• Employers will normally demand that all applicants
undergo a physical capabilities assessment prior
to hiring.
Electrical Engineering Technology
Level 1
HRS/WK
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
81
CR
LEC
LAB
EN2470
Environmental Awareness
3
3
0
PH1140
Applied Physics
4
3
2
ET1130
Fundamentals of Electricity I
4
3
2
CM1190
Technical Reading
3
3
0
MA1700
Mathematics
4
3
2
CI1140
Introduction to Electrical and
Instrumentation Technology
3
2
2
EG1230
Electrical and Instrumentation CAD
3
2
2
ET1131
Fundamentals of Electricity II
4
3
2
MA1101
Mathematics
5
5
0
AE1260
Power Electronics
3
2
2
CE1210
Basic Communication Networks I
4
3
3
MP1200
Electrical Motors
4
3
2
CI1350
Basic Process Automation
2
1
2
CI1310
Electrical/Electronic Fabrication Techniques
3
2
3
Electrical Engineering Technology
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
82
Level 2 – Electrical Power Systems Technician Diploma
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
CM2180
Technical Reporting I
3
3
1
MP2220
Transmission and Distribution Systems
5
4
3
MP2370
Power System Transformers
4
3
2
MP2160
Electromechanical Motor Controls
4
3
3
PE2510
Electrical Practices
2
1
3
CM2181
Technical Reporting II
3
3
1
MP2250
Electric Power Generation Facilities
4
3
2
MP2260
Solid State Motor Controls
4
3
2
DP2520
Programmable Logic Controllers
4
3
2
PE2511
Electrical Practices II
2
1
3
PE3120
Facilities Electrical Systems I
4
3
2
PE2300
HV Equipment Testing and Maintenance
3
2
3
After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Electrical Power
Systems Technician Diploma.
Electrical Engineering Technology
Level 3 – Electrical Engineering Technology Diploma
HRS/WK
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
83
CR
LEC
LAB
MA2100
Mathematics
5
5
0
CM2800
Oral/Written Communication Skills
3
3
0
PR3220
Technical Thesis I (Electrical)
Pass/Fail
3
0
PE3121
Facilities Electrical Systems II
4
3
2
CI2100
Pressure and Level Measurement and Control
4
3
3
MA1530
Statistics
2
2
1
PR3221
Technical Thesis II (Electrical)
5
5
0
MP3120
HV Systems Protection and Coordination
4
3
2
CI2230
Flow and Temperature Measurement and
Control
4
3
3
PR3150
Project Management and Financial Analysis
4
4
0
MP2230
Power System Harmonics
2
2
1
MP3330
Transmission and Distribution Systems
Operational Analysis
4
3
2
DP3450
Advanced Programmable Logic Controllers
4
3
2
After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Electrical Engineering
Technology Diploma.
Mechanical Engineering Technology
(Industrial Maintenance)
Program
The Mechanical Engineering Technician and
Technology (Industrial Maintenance) programs equip
graduates with the technical knowledge and hands-on
skills required to install, operate, maintain, design and
manage mechanical systems. Specific areas of study
include: rotating equipment, pumps, piping systems,
CNC machining, hydraulics, pneumatics, refrigeration
and building systems, 3-D modelling, preventive and
predictive maintenance, and non-destructive testing.
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
84
Upon completion of specified courses in the program,
students may graduate with a technician diploma. or
Upon completion of all courses in the program the
student will receive a technology diploma.
Objectives
Through this program of study, graduates are
equipped with the technical knowledge and hands-on
skills required for:
1. The design, implementation, installation, operation,
maintenance and management of petroleum
production equipment, power generation systems
and general mechanical support systems. These
skills are required for most petroleum refineries
and production plants, processing plants,
manufacturing facilities and refrigeration systems.
2. The development of mechanical working drawings
and computer-based models of mechanical systems
using related engineering analysis software.
Career Opportunities
Given the broad base of the mechanical field,
graduates have employment opportunities in
numerous industries including oil and gas production,
refining, petrochemical plants, manufacturing plants,
engineering firms and government departments.
Curriculum
The Mechanical Engineering Technology (Industrial
Maintenance) program incorporates core courses
common to other Engineering Technology programs
as well as discipline-specific laboratory-based courses
that focus on the hands-on and troubleshooting skills
that graduates must possess. Students learn the
fundamental theories required to understand many
aspects of the field of engineering technology.
The intermediate and advanced curriculum expands
on this knowledge of mechanical engineering and
continues with the acquisition of the skills that the
technician and technologist will rely on in helping
implement preventive maintenance programs,
troubleshooting system malfunctions and completing
system repair.
Entrance Requirements
1. High school graduation certificate with the
following:
Average
Minimum 60%
English Language
(Grade 12 level)
Minimum 60%
Academic Mathematics
(Grade 12 level)
OR
Advanced Mathematics
(Grade 12 level or equivalent)
Minimum 60%
Minimum 50%
Two Science courses selected from: Biology,
Chemistry, Geology, Physics. One must be Grade
12; the other may be Grade 11 level.
Chemistry and Physics are highly recommended.
2. Completion of the College of the North Atlantic –
Qatar mandatory placement assessment
examinations in English and Mathematics.
Note: Applicants who do not meet the entrance
requirements and are 19 years of age or older, may
be considered on an individual basis under the Mature
Student Clause. Page 23 refers to the Mature Student
Requirements in the Admissions section.
Mechanical Engineering Technology
(Industrial Maintenance)
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
85
Further Studies
Graduates of the Mechanical Engineering Technology
(Industrial Maintenance) program may have the
opportunity to transfer credits to institutions such as:
• Cape Breton University, Canada
• Indiana University-Purdue University Indianapolis, USA
• Lakehead University, Canada
• Memorial University of Newfoundland, Canada
• Teesside University, UK
• University of Bradford, UK
• University of Leeds, UK
• University of Wales, Newport, UK
For more information, please refer to the Program
Articulation and Transfer Credit section in this
Academic Calendar.
Important Notes
• Employers will normally demand that all applicants
undergo a physical capabilities assessment prior
to hiring.
Mechanical Engineering Technology
(Industrial Maintenance)
Level 1
HRS/WK
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
86
CR
LEC
LAB
CH1120
Chemistry
4
3
2
PH1100
Physics
4
3
2
MA1700
Mathematics
4
3
2
CM1400
Technical Report Writing I
3
3
0
SD1170
Technology Awareness I
0
1
0
EG1110
Engineering Graphics
3
2
2
MH1110
Mechanical Systems
4
4
1
MA1101
Mathematics
5
5
0
CM1401
Technical Report Writing II
3
3
0
SD1171
Technology Awareness II
2
1
0
SE1120
Workplace Safety
3
3
0
SP2300
Quality Assurance
3
3
0
EG1430
AutoCAD Essentials
3
2
2
ET1100
Electrotechnology
4
3
2
CF1160
Materials Practices
3
2
2
PF1180
Piping Fabrication and Rigging
2
1
2
ND1150
Non-Destructive Testing
3
2
3
WD1420
Welding Fundamentals
2
1
3
PH1101
Physics
4
3
2
MW1700
Industrial Mechanics: Power Transmissions,
Seals and Bearings
2
1
4
MH2400
Installation and Operation of Rotating
Equipment
2
1
3
Mechanical Engineering Technology
(Industrial Maintenance)
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
87
Level 2 – Mechanical Technician (Industrial Maintenance) Diploma
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
CF1120
Materials and Processes
3
3
1
MH2320
Power Plant Components
4
3
2
ET1101
Electrotechnology
4
3
2
FM2160
Mechanics – Statics and Dynamics
5
4
2
MW1710
Condition Monitoring
2
1
3
PM2160
Preventive and Predictive Maintenance I
2
1
3
FM2400
Hydraulics and Pneumatics
3
2
2
SP1200
Machine Shop Practice
1
0
3
MH2810
Process Systems – Petroleum Processing
Facilities
3
3
1
MH4410
Refrigeration Systems
2
1
3
SD2210
Workplace Professionalism
2
2
0
MW1720
Conveyor Systems
2
1
2
MH4425
Maintenance of Rotating Equipment
2
1
2
MH4500
Prime Movers
4
3
2
After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Mechanical Technician
(Industrial Maintenance) Diploma.
Mechanical Engineering Technology
(Industrial Maintenance)
Level 3 – Mechanical Engineering Technology (Industrial Maintenance) Diploma
HRS/WK
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
88
CR
LEC
LAB
CH1121
Chemistry
4
3
2
MA2100
Mathematics
5
5
0
CM2200
Oral Communications
2
2
0
EN2470
Environmental Awareness
3
3
0
EG3100
3-D Modelling/CAD
3
2
3
CF2240
Mechanics of Solids
4
3
2
CM2300
Report Writing
2
2
0
PR3140
Project Management
3
3
0
TD3130
Applied Thermodynamics
3
2
2
FM 3300
Applied Fluid Mechanics
3
2
2
FM3230
Machine Design
3
3
1
PM2161
Preventive and Predictive Maintenance II
5
5
0
PR3244
Capstone Project I (Mechanical)
0
3
0
SP2700
Computer Numerical Control / Computer
Aided Manufacturing
6
5
3
PR3245
Capstone Project II (Mechanical)
5
5
0
After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Mechanical
Engineering Technology (Industrial Maintenance) Diploma.
Process Automation Engineering Technology
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
89
Program
The Process Automation Engineering Technology
program offers two exit points. Students can graduate
with a Process Automation Technician Diploma after
Level 2. Students completing Level 3 of the program
will receive the Process Automation Engineering
Technology Diploma. The program combines technical
problem solving abilities, an appreciation for working
in a team environment and an aptitude for hands-on
work. Graduates will work closely with engineers,
technologists, technicians and tradespersons.
Process Automation Engineering Technologists rely
on strong technical knowledge of the design and
operation of process instrumentation and control
systems and hands-on skills in the repair and
maintenance of a variety of these systems, including
microprocessor-based process field instrumentation
and programmable control systems.
Objectives
Upon successful completion of the three-year
program, graduates will have the knowledge and
skills to:
1. Function successfully as entry-level technicians
or engineering technologists in the Middle East
processing industry.
2. Design, analyze and maintain process automation
systems.
3. Install, troubleshoot and maintain process
automation field and control room devices and
systems such as programmable logic control,
distributed control and emergency shutdown
systems.
4. Use specific computer software in the
implementation, calibration and design of
process automated systems.
Career Opportunities
Process Automation Engineering Technology has
very diverse applications. A Process Automation
Engineering Technologist will find employment in
production plants, hospitals, oil and gas facilities,
private sector, government and non-profit sectors.
Curriculum
General education consists of English (oral and written),
mathematics, physics, electrotechnology and
computer-aided design and drafting (CADD). Specific
technical training focuses on various aspects of the
process automation discipline, including process
control system design incorporating programmable
control systems (PLC/DCS/ESD) and machine
condition monitoring and control.
Practical oriented activities include wiring, installation
and maintenance of process field, and control room
instrumentation using applicable codes.
Graduates of the Process Automation Engineering
Technology diploma program will possess the
knowledge and skills needed to fill a dynamic role
in industry. They will also be well prepared for
continuing education. Those graduates who want to
work in industry will have the background necessary
to undertake specialized training as their career
progresses. The program model is designed so that
graduates who wish to continue their formal education
towards an undergraduate degree or professional
designation will have a smooth transition given the
academic rigour incorporated within this program.
The PAET program is designed to meet internationally
recognized standards. This will allow for articulation
with university programs both in Qatar and in other
locations.
Entrance Requirements
1. High school graduation certificate with the
following:
Average
Minimum 60%
English Language
(Grade 12 level)
Minimum 60%
Academic Mathematics
(Grade 12 level)
OR
Advanced Mathematics
(Grade 12 level or equivalent)
Minimum 60%
Minimum 50%
Two Science courses selected from: Biology,
Chemistry, Geology, Physics. One must be Grade
12; the other may be Grade 11 level.
Chemistry and Physics are highly recommended.
2. Completion of the College of the North Atlantic –
Qatar mandatory placement assessment
examinations in English and Mathematics.
Note: Applicants who do not meet the entrance
requirements and are 19 years of age or older, may
be considered on an individual basis under the Mature
Student Clause. Page 23 refers to the Mature Student
Requirements in the Admissions section.
Process Automation Engineering Technology
Further Studies
Graduates of the Process Automation Engineering
Technology program may have the opportunity to
transfer credits to institutions such as:
• Cape Breton University, Canada
• Indiana University-Purdue University Indianapolis, USA
• Lakehead University, Canada
• Memorial University of Newfoundland, Canada
• Teesside University, UK
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
90
For more information, please refer to the Program
Articulation and Transfer Credit section in this
Academic Calendar.
Important Notes
• This program may not be suitable for applicants
who do not have normal colour perception.
• Students should be aware of the strenuous physical
dexterity required in this training program.
• Employers will normally demand that all applicants
undergo a physical capabilities assessment prior
to hiring.
Level 1
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
MA1700
Mathematics
4
3
2
ET1130
Fundamentals of Electricity I
4
3
2
PH1140
Applied Physics
4
3
2
CI1140
Introduction to Electrical and Instrumentation
Technology
3
2
2
CM1190
Technical Reading
3
3
0
EN2470
Environmental Awareness
3
3
0
MA1101
Mathematics
5
5
0
ET1131
Fundamentals of Electricity II
4
3
2
EG1230
Electrical and Instrumentation CAD
3
2
2
AE1260
Power Electronics
3
2
2
CE1210
Basic Communications Networks I
4
3
3
MP1200
Electrical Motors
4
3
2
CI1350
Basic Process Automation
2
1
2
CI1310
Electrical/Electronic Fabrication Techniques
3
2
3
Process Automation Engineering Technology
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
91
Level 2 – Process Automation Engineering Technician Diploma
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
CM2181
Technical Reporting II
3
3
1
CI2300
Advanced Control Strategies
4
3
3
DP2360
Function Block Programming
4
3
3
CI2100
Pressure and Level Measurement and Control
4
3
3
CI2120
Final Control Elements and Instrument Air
Systems
3
2
2
CM2180
Technical Reporting I
3
3
1
MP2160
Electromechanical Motor Controls
4
3
3
PE2720
Industrial Instrumentation Practices
2
1
3
CI2230
Flow and Temperature Measurement and
Control
4
3
3
DP2520
Programmable Logic Controllers
4
3
2
PE2230
Hazardous Area Training
3
2
3
MP2260
Solid State Motor Controls
4
3
2
After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Process Automation
Engineering Technician Diploma.
Process Automation Engineering Technology
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
92
Level 3 – Process Automation Engineering Technology Diploma
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
CM2800
Oral/Written Communication Skills
3
3
0
PR3150
Project Management and Financial Analysis
4
4
0
CH3100
Chemistry for Process Analyzers
4
3
2
MA2100
Mathematics
5
5
0
CI3110
Safety Shutdown and Machine Monitoring
Systems
4
3
2
PR3230
Technical Thesis I (Process Automation)
Pass/Fail
3
0
MA2101
Mathematics
5
5
0
DP3240
DCS (Distributed Control Systems)
Configuration
4
3
2
CI3160
Introduction to Process Analysis
4
3
2
CI3230
Advanced Process Control Applications
4
3
2
PR3231
Technical Thesis II (Process Automation)
5
5
0
CI3310
Process Optimization and Asset Management
4
3
2
CI3320
Foundation Fieldbus
4
3
2
CI3330
Process Analyzers
1
1
1
After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Process Automation
Engineering Technology Diploma.
Telecommunications Engineering Technology
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
93
Program
CNA-Q’s Telecommunications program is committed
to providing students with the skills and knowledge
necessary to become competent and effective
members of a telecommunications engineering
team in the Middle East. Students will gain technical
knowledge and skills in maintenance, trouble shooting
and design of telecommunications systems with
a focus on public and private telecommunications
corporations, IT, and large industrial, institutional
and commercial facilities. Early program studies
stress the fundamental knowledge and skills
necessary to complete installation, maintenance
and troubleshooting tasks. Later studies provide the
skills and knowledge tools necessary to undertake
analysis and design tasks, preparing students
for entry into the essential skills and knowledge,
beginning with electronics fundamentals and
leading up to the current state-of-the art wireless
and related telecommunications technologies. The
program features an exit point at the end of Level
2, where successful graduates can opt to receive a
Telecommunications Engineering Technician Diploma.
Graduates of the three-year program are eligible for
advanced standing in engineering and technology
programs at many Canadian, American, and British
universities through existing articulation agreements.
Objectives
1. To demonstrate a basic knowledge and
understanding of the general field of
telecommunications including current systems,
instrumentation, and electronics.
2. To operate, test, and maintain telecommunications
systems while applying a high level of skill and
knowledge of basic electronic principles.
3. To design, deploy, and manage information systems
infrastructure.
4. To demonstrate an acceptable level of workplace
safety practices and procedures.
5. To communicate effectively with customers and
fellow members of the engineering team.
6. To recognize the importance of continuing
education and professional affiliations.
Career Opportunities
Graduates of the Telecommunications Engineering
Technology program can find employment with
a large variety of companies involved in the
telecommunications industry. Typical GCC employers
include public and private sector telecommunications
companies and IT providers.
Among the types of work environments that may use
the services of graduates with these skills include,
among others, data and telecommunications service
providers, TV and satellite services organizations,
computer network sales and services organizations,
electronic systems R&D facilities and entertainment
industries.
Curriculum
General education consists of technical reading,
technical reporting, communication skills (oral and
written), mathematics, physics, and circuit analysis.
Specific technical training focuses on various aspects
of analog communication systems and digital/data
communications systems. Practical oriented activities
include cabling, circuit board fabrications, splicing,
and the installation, configuration and maintenance
of telecommunications equipment/systems used
in industry.
Entrance Requirements
1. High school graduation certificate with the
following:
Average
Minimum 60%
English Language
(Grade 12 level)
Minimum 60%
Academic Mathematics
(Grade 12 level)
OR
Advanced Mathematics
(Grade 12 level or equivalent)
Minimum 60%
Minimum 50%
Two Science courses selected from: Biology,
Chemistry, Geology, Physics. One must be Grade
12; the other may be Grade 11 level.
Chemistry and Physics are highly recommended.
2. Completion of the College of the North Atlantic –
Qatar mandatory placement assessment
examinations in English and Mathematics.
Note: Applicants who do not meet the entrance
requirements and are 19 years of age or older, may
be considered on an individual basis under the Mature
Student Clause. Page 23 refers to the Mature Student
Requirements in the Admissions section.
Telecommunications Engineering Technology
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
94
Further Studies
Graduates of the Telecommunications Engineering
Technology program may have the opportunity to
transfer credits to institutions such as:
• Cape Breton University, Canada
• Indiana University-Purdue University Indianapolis, USA
• Lakehead University, Canada
• Memorial University of Newfoundland, Canada
• Teesside University, UK
• University of Bradford, UK
• University of Leeds, UK
• University of Wales, Newport, UK
For more information, please refer to the Program
Articulation and Transfer Credit section in this
Academic Calendar.
Important Notes
• This program may not be suitable for applicants who
do not have normal colour perception.
• Students should be aware of the strenuous physical
dexterity required in this training program.
• Employers will normally demand that all applicants
undergo a physical capabilities assessment prior
to hiring.
Telecommunications Engineering Technology
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
95
Level 1
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
PH1140
Applied Physics
4
3
2
ET1150
Circuit Analysis I
5
4
3
MA1700
Mathematics
4
3
2
CE1140
Network Computer Essentials
4
3
2
CM1190
Technical Reading
3
3
0
EG1140
Electronic Circuit Simulation
2
1
2
ET1151
Circuit Analysis II
5
4
3
MA1101
Mathematics
5
5
0
CE1210
Basic Communications Networks I
4
3
3
DP1130
Digital Electronics
4
3
3
CI1320
Electrical/Electronic Fabrication Techniques
3
2
3
MA1530
Statistics
2
2
1
CE3430
Network Cabling
4
3
3
Telecommunications Engineering Technology
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
96
Level 2 – Telecommunications Engineering Technician Diploma
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
CM2180
Technical Reporting I
3
3
1
CE2270
Electronic Analog Communications
4
3
2
DP1170
Digital Microprocessors
5
4
3
CE2730
Electromagnetics for Electronic Communications
4
3
2
AE2350
Analog Electronics I
5
4
3
CM2181
Technical Reporting II
3
3
1
CE2130
IP Routing
5
4
3
CE2300
Telecommunications Networks
5
4
3
AE2351
Analog Electronics II
6
5
3
After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Telecommunications
Engineering Technician Diploma.
Telecommunications Engineering Technology
Level 3 – Telecommunications Engineering Technology Diploma
HRS/WK
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
97
CR
LEC
LAB
MA2100
Mathematics
5
5
0
PR3150
Project Management and Financial Analysis
4
4
0
DR2440
Electronic CAD
3
2
3
CT2300
Applied Programming
4
3
2
ET2150
Circuit Analysis III
5
5
0
PR3260
Capstone Project I (Telecommunications)
Pass/Fail
3
0
DP2230
Microcontrollers
4
3
3
CE2400
Switching and Wireless
4
3
3
CM2800
Oral/Written Communication Skills
3
3
0
PR3261
Capstone Project II (Telecommunications)
5
5
0
CE2500
Accessing the WAN
5
4
3
DP2460
Digital Signal Processing
4
3
2
CE3640
Unified Communications
5
4
3
CE3140
RF Communication Systems
4
3
2
CE3510
Microwave Circuit Design*
OR
IP Network Security*
OR
Broadcast Engineering Technology*
4
3
2
4
3
2
4
3
2
CE3230
CE3240
*Optional courses (one must be completed)
After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Telecommunications
Engineering Technology Diploma.
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
98
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
99
School of
Health Sciences
The School of Health Sciences offers education
in a variety of health professions designed to
meet Canada’s rigorous health standards, while
recognizing and respecting local cultural attributes.
The programs include comprehensive didactic
sessions, hands-on skills training and clinical
field rotations. Emphasis is placed on developing
effective communication skills, promoting
professional and ethical behaviour, and maintaining
up-to-date knowledge of the profession. Graduates
will be equipped with the knowledge and skills
necessary to provide world-class medical care not
only within Qatar, but globally as well.
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
100
School of Health Sciences
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
101
Objectives
1. To provide education in the health sciences
professions as considered necessary by the State,
the College and the community.
2. To graduate well-trained professionals who can
serve their employers and the community with the
highest degree of competence.
3. To develop in students the ability to effectively
communicate with the healthcare team in the
health sciences professions.
4. To promote professionalism and a high level of
responsibility in the student.
5. To impress on students the vital importance of
maintaining a high level of competence, at all times,
in the performance of their duties.
6. To foster in students the importance of maintaining
up-to-date knowledge in their profession.
Accreditation
The School of Health Sciences actively seeks
international accreditation for its programs. Currently,
the following programs have been accredited:
• Medical Radiography Technology – accredited by the
Canadian Medical Association (CMA)
• Pharmacy Technician – accredited by the Canadian
Council for Accreditation of Pharmacy Programs
(CCAPP)
• Respiratory Therapy – accredited by the Council
on Accreditation for Respiratory Therapy Education
(CoARTE)
Baccalaureate Degree Options
For those wishing to pursue a baccalaureate degree,
university transfer agreements are in place that make
it possible for College diploma graduates to attend
international universities. A variety of options are
available, including:
• Athabasca University, Canada
• Memorial University of Newfoundland, Canada
• Teesside University, UK
• University of Bradford, UK
• University of Wales, UK
For more information, please refer to the Program
Articulation and Transfer Credit section in this
Academic Calendar.
Program Options
One Year Certificate*
Emergency Medical Technician
Two Year Diploma*
Dental Assistant – Level ll
Emergency Medical Science
Environmental Health and Safety –
Food Safety and Inspection
Environmental Health and Safety –
Occupational Health and Safety
Pharmacy Technician
Three Year Diploma*
Environmental Health and Safety – Public Health
Medical Radiography Technology
Respiratory Therapy
* Total program length varies depending on language
proficiency, academic preparatory courses required
for entry, and academic performance throughout the
program of study.
Important Notes
Note: Course Pass Mark – Students must obtain
a minimum of 50% in all academic courses and a
minimum of 60% in all program-specific courses.
All students in Health Sciences programs must
complete a medical assessment and immunization
requirements specific to the program of study as
indicated in each course calendar description. Any
student not deemed to be medically fit to complete
the program will be required to withdraw. Any costs
associated with completing the medical assessment
will be the student’s responsibility. Students sponsored
by Hamad Medical Corporation will have the medical
completed as part of their contract obligations
with HMC. The College will assist other students to
complete the process during the first semester.
Students must possess a valid Standard First Aid
certificate and Cardiopulmonary (Level C) certificate
to be eligible for a Diploma from the School of
Health Sciences.
All students in Health Sciences programs will be
required to use a handheld device for competency
tracking in labs/clinical courses. Any costs associated
with this device are the students’ responsibility. For
more information regarding device requirements and
costs please visit http://www.studentlogbook.com/
home or contact the School of Health Sciences at
4495-2728.
Dental Assistant – Level II
Program
CNA-Q’s Dental Assistant – Level II Program is
consistent with the mission and vision of the College
in that it provides a quality program to ensure lifelong
learners are educated and highly skilled, and are
able to meet the demands of the labour market and
contribute to the social, economic and cultural
well-being of their communities. The Dental Assistant
program is committed to providing students with the
skills and knowledge necessary to become competent
and effective members of the healthcare team to
meet the needs of employers as determined by the
Commission on Dental Accreditation of Canada (CDAC).
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
102
CDAC goals encompass the attainment of the Domain
Description for Dental Assistant developed by the
Canadian Dental Assistants’ Association and the
National Dental Assistant Examination Board. Each
course in the revised Dental Assistant program is
outlined with accompanying objectives, and learning
outcomes are incorporated into the curriculum.
The program includes coursework, team-oriented
projects, clinical experience and a final 15-week
work term at different sites focusing on areas of
technical learning, interpersonal skills, team building,
communications and professionals practice. This
provides diverse opportunities for students to gain
confidence and improve competencies and enhance
skills in all facets of the dental assistant’s role.
Objectives
The goal statement and objectives are a
comprehensive list of job responsibilities for a
dental assistant and the learning required to
successfully carry out each job responsibility.
1. To provide the academic knowledge and
technical skills to meet the Commission on
Dental Accreditation of Canada’s standards
for accreditation.
2. To graduate individuals who will function
successfully as entry-level dental assistants.
3. To provide graduates with the skills to communicate
with patients and healthcare professionals
effectively, within the scope of their practice.
4. To prepare the graduates for employment in various
healthcare facilities, such as hospitals and private
dental clinics.
5. To give graduates the tools required to practice
competently and safely within a legal and ethical
framework.
6. To provide graduates with the ability to access
the latest technologies available.
7. To encourage graduates to recognize the
importance of continuing education and
professional affiliations.
8. To prepare graduates to contribute to the
application of effective business principles in the
dental practice setting.
9. To provide graduates with the skills to operate
dental software programs so they may assist in
providing optimal dental practice management
services.
10. To enable graduates to contribute to the working
environment, quality assurance and quality
improvement processes within the scope of
practice for dental assistants.
Career Opportunities
Program graduates may obtain employment in a
variety of dental practice areas such as:
• Hospital dental clinics
• Private dental and poly clinics
• Corporate dental units
• Dental health agencies
The work is extremely rewarding with emphasis on
patient interaction and care.
Dental Assistant – Level II
Entrance Requirements
1. High school graduation certificate with the
following:
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
103
Average
Minimum 60%
English Language
(Grade 12 level)
Minimum 60%
Academic Mathematics
(Grade 12 level)
OR
Advanced Mathematics
(Grade 12 level or equivalent)
Minimum 60%
*Two Science courses selected
from: Biology, Chemistry,
Geology, Physics
Minimum 60%
Minimum 50%
*Applicants who do not meet the Science requirement
may be admitted to the Pre-Health Sciences
curriculum, which is designed to provide upgrading
in the basic skills required for successful completion
of allied health training programs.
2. Completion of the College of the North Atlantic –
Qatar mandatory placement assessment
examinations in English and Mathematics.
Note: Applicants who do not meet the entrance
requirements and are 19 years of age or older, may
be considered on an individual basis under the Mature
Student Clause. Page 23 refers to the Mature Student
Requirements in the Admissions section.
Immunization Requirements:
1. Completed medical assessment by physician to
include past and present health history
2. Proof of current immunity to following diseases:
• Measles, Mumps, Rubella
• Varicella
• Hepatitis A, B (include all dates)
3. Proof of tetanus/diphtheria booster
(required every 10 years)
4. Hepatitis C and HIV screening
5. TB screening and BCG history – Mantoux 2-step
skin testing if status unknown
6. Chest x-ray if indicated by Mantoux skin test
7. Yearly seasonal flu vaccination strongly
recommended
Note: Students will be denied access to clinical
placements without medical verification of complete
immunization/screening requirements.
Further Studies
Graduates of the Dental Assistant program may have
the opportunity to transfer credits to institutions such
as the University of Bradford, UK.
For more information, please refer to the Program
Articulation and Transfer Credit section in this
Academic Calendar.
Dental Assistant – Level II – Diploma
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
104
Level 1
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
BL1200
Biology I
4
3
3
BL1250
Orofacial Anatomy
5
5
0
CM2180
Technical Reporting I
3
3
1
CM1190
Technical Reading
3
3
0
MR1280
Customer Service
2
2
0
SD1330
Professional Ethics of Dental Assisting
2
2
0
BL1280
Microbiology and Infection Control
3
2
2
DA1230
Dental Materials I
2
1
2
BL1210
Biology II
4
3
3
CM2181
Technical Reporting II
3
3
1
DA1300
Medical Emergencies
Pass/Fail
1
1
MX2170
Dental Radiography I
4
3
3
DA1320
Emergencies and Pharmacology
3
3
0
CM2200
Oral Communications
2
2
0
LS1000
CAEL Preparation
0
3
2
DA1260
Clinical I
6
4
6
Dental Assistant – Level II – Diploma
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
105
Level 2 – Dental Assistant – Level ll – Diploma
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
DA1231
Dental Materials II
2
1
2
DA1350
Preventative Dentistry
4
3
2
DA1261
Clinical II
6
4
6
HL2120
Dental Health Education
3
3
0
MX2171
Dental Radiography II
4
3
3
DA2261
Clinical III
4
0
12
DA2310
Dental Specialties
4
3
3
FH1130
Nutrition for Dental Assistants
2
2
0
OF2600
Dental Practice Management
4
3
2
Elective
Unspecified
3
3
0
WT1720
Clinical Placement
Pass/Fail
15 weeks
Note: The course and lab hours per week are based on a 15-week semester. In Intersession, the course
and lab hours will be increased to reflect the shorter semester length.
After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Dental Assistant
Level ll – Diploma.
Emergency Medical Science
Program
The Emergency Medical Science program will prepare
students to work internationally. The program is
modelled on the U.S. Department of Transportation’s
National Standard Curriculum. Two exit points
provide flexibility. Students exiting after successful
completion of the first level will receive a Certificate
in Emergency Medical Technician – Basic. Students
successfully completing both levels of the program
will receive a Diploma in Emergency Medical Science.
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
106
Objectives
1. To equip the student with the knowledge and life
support skills necessary to assess and treat the
sick and injured in a pre-hospital emergency care
setting.
2. To foster feelings of respect and genuine concern
for all individuals.
3. To develop in students the ability to communicate
and function cooperatively with team colleagues.
4. To develop problem solving skills that promote
logical thinking and independent decisions for
appropriate patient care.
The aims of the clinical training portion of the
program are:
1. To ensure that the student can accurately and
confidently perform the many and varied
examinations and procedures that are carried
out on a daily basis by the paramedic.
2. To ensure that the student has performed
the number and variety of examinations and
procedures required to complete the course.
3. To discipline the student to the working conditions
of the paramedic.
Students will receive instruction by the clinical
instructors in emergency medical procedures that can
best be demonstrated and observed under clinical
conditions. Students will review lectures and will be
evaluated academically and clinically.
Entrance Requirements
1. High school graduation certificate with the
following:
Average
Minimum 60%
English Language
(Grade 12 level)
Minimum 60%
Academic Mathematics
(Grade 12 level)
OR
Advanced Mathematics
(Grade 12 level or equivalent)
Minimum 60%
*Two Science courses selected
from: Biology, Chemistry,
Geology, Physics
Minimum 60%
Minimum 50%
*Applicants who do not meet the Science requirement
may be admitted to the Pre-Health Sciences
curriculum, which is designed to provide upgrading
in the basic skills required for successful completion
of allied health training programs.
2. Completion of the College of the North Atlantic –
Qatar mandatory placement assessment
examinations in English and Mathematics.
3. Passing mark and suitability interview conducted
by Health Sciences Emergency Medical Science
faculty and HMC representatives (when available)
prior to admission to the program.
Note: Applicants who do not meet the entrance
requirements and are 19 years of age or older, may
be considered on an individual basis under the Mature
Student Clause. Page 23 refers to the Mature Student
Requirements in the Admissions section.
Emergency Medical Science
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
107
Immunization requirements:
1. Completed medical assessment by physician to
include past and present health history
2. Proof of current immunity to following diseases:
• Measles, Mumps, Rubella
• Varicella
• Hepatitis A, B (include all dates)
3. Proof of tetanus/diphtheria booster
(required every 10 years)
4. Hepatitis C and HIV screening
5. TB screening and BCG history – Mantoux 2-step
skin testing if status unknown
6. Chest x-ray if indicated by Mantoux skin test
7. Yearly seasonal flu vaccination strongly
recommended
Note: Students will be denied access to clinical
placements without medical verification of complete
immunization/screening requirements.
Further Studies
Graduates of the Emergency Medical Science
program may have the opportunity to transfer credits
to institutions such as the University of Bradford, UK.
For more information, please refer to the Program
Articulation and Transfer Credit section in this
Academic Calendar.
Emergency Medical Science
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
108
Level 1 – Emergency Medical Technician Certificate
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
CM1190
Technical Reading
3
3
0
CM2180
Technical Reporting l
3
3
1
CM2181
Technical Reporting ll
3
3
1
PC1420
Emergency Medical Technician –
First Responder
4
3
2
MC1080
Introduction to Computers
2
2
0
BL1500
Biology
4
3
3
PC1320
Health and Wellness
2
1
3
PC1820
Clinical I
0
0
6
CM2200
Oral Communications
2
2
0
PC1460
Emergency Medical Technician – Basic I
9
9
0
PC1470
Emergency Medical Technician – Basic II
3
0
8
PC1821
Clinical II
0
0
6
PC2820
Clinical III
11
0
42
LS1000
CAEL Preparation
0
3
2
After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Emergency Medical
Technician Certificate.
Emergency Medical Science
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
109
Level 2 – Emergency Medical Science Diploma
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
CM1800
Technical Communication for Paramedics
3
3
0
PC2110
Emergency Medical Technician – Intermediate:
Preparatory
4
3
3
PC2120
Emergency Medical Technician – Intermediate:
Trauma
6
5
4
BL1501
Biology
4
3
3
PC2821
Clinical IV
0
0
6
BL2100
Biology
2
1
2
PC2130
Emergency Medical Technician – Intermediate:
Cardiac
6
5
4
PC2140
Emergency Medical Technician – Intermediate:
Medical
3
2
3
PC2150
Emergency Medical Technician – Intermediate:
Special Considerations
4
3
3
PC3820
Clinical V
0
0
6
PC3821
Clinical VI
11
0
42
After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Emergency Medical
Science Diploma.
Environmental Health and Safety –
Food Safety and Inspection
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
110
Program
Food safety inspectors play a vital role in promoting
the health and safety of the public food supply in
the country. Food safety officers utilize their skills to
assess and control foodborne hazards in the public
food service sector through inspection, enforcement
and health promotion activities. The objectives of
any national food safety program is to develop food
safety culture and to ultimately implement measures
which will reduce the risk associated with foodborne
illness in the community. Graduates are trained in the
application and enforcement of State legislation and
in the use of education as a means to promote safe
food handling. Food safety inspectors need strong
investigative skills, persuasion and negotiation skills,
together with good technical knowledge about safe
food handling and preparation.
Objectives
Upon successful completion of the program, students
will be able to:
1. Apply the knowledge and skills to effectively
inspect and assess public food service sector
facilities for potential health hazards.
2. Interpret and effectively apply government
legislation and policies with the goal of correcting
existing or potential health hazards.
3. Prepare and implement educational programs
designed to reduce the risk of foodborne illness in
the community.
4. Develop and promote food safety culture in the
food retail sector.
5. Demonstrate professionalism and responsibility.
6. Obtain FoodSafe Level I and II certification.
Career Opportunities
Graduates of this program are expected to gain career
opportunities primarily with government agencies
as food safety inspectors/officers or as health
promoters. However, employment opportunities
potentially exist with private consulting firms, the
hospitality industry and the healthcare sector as
quality assurance food safety supervisors.
In addition, this program provides a solid foundation
should students wish to pursue further education in
Food Sciences/Nutrition or Public Health.
Entrance Requirements
1. High school completion with an overall 60%
average in:
Average
Minimum 60%
English Language
(Grade 12 level)
Minimum 60%
Academic Mathematics –
Grade 12 level
OR
Advanced Math –
Grade 12 level
Minimum 60%
*Two Grade 12 level Science
courses selected from: Biology,
Chemistry, Geology, or Physics
Minimum 60%
Minimum 60%
*Applicants who do not meet the Science requirement
may be admitted to the Pre-Health Sciences
curriculum which is designed to provide upgrading
in the basic skills required for successful completion
of allied health training programs.
2. Completion of the College of the North Atlantic –
Qatar mandatory placement assessment
examinations in English and Mathematics.
Note: Applicants who do not meet the entrance
requirements and are 19 years of age or older, may
be considered on an individual basis under the Mature
Student Clause. Page 23 refers to the Mature Student
Requirements in the Admissions section.
Further Studies
Graduates of the Environmental Health and Safety –
Food Safety and Inspection Diploma program may
have the opportunity to transfer credits to institutions
such as the University of Wales - Newport, UK.
For more information, please refer to the Program
Articulation and Transfer Credit section in this
Academic Calendar.
Environmental Health and Safety –
Food Safety and Inspection
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
111
Level 1
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
MA1700
Mathematics
4
3
2
BL1200
Biology
4
3
3
CH1200
Chemistry
4
3
3
CM1190
Technical Reading
3
3
0
MC1240
Computer Applications l
3
2
2
HL1140
Principles of EHS
4
4
0
MA1670
Statistics
4
4
1
BL1130
Microbiology
4
3
3
CH1210
Chemistry ll
4
3
3
BL1210
Biology ll
4
3
3
CM2180
Technical Reporting I
3
3
1
SE1160
Principles of OHS
3
2
2
HM1300
Food Safety l
3
3
1
HL1910
FSI Practicum l
1
7 weeks
(2 days/
week)
1
Environmental Health and Safety –
Food Safety and Inspection
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
112
Level 2 – Environmental Health and Safety – Food Safety and Inspection Diploma
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
FH1380
Health and Wellness
3
3
0
EN2310
Environmental Health Law
3
3
0
HL1310
Communicable Disease Control I
5
4
3
EN1420
Environmental Sanitation
4
3
2
HM1301
Food Safety II
4
3
3
HL1210
Epidemiology
3
3
0
CM2181
Technical Reporting II
3
3
1
CM2200
Oral Communications
2
2
0
SE1350
Toxicology
4
3
2
HL1650
Health Education and Promotion
3
3
0
HL1430
Food Safety Inspection and Investigation
4
3
4
HM2310
Food Equipment and Processing
4
3
2
HL1911
FSI Practicum ll
3
7 weeks
0
After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Environmental Health and
Safety – Food Safety and Inspection Diploma.
Environmental Health and Safety –
Occupational Health and Safety
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
113
Program
Occupational health and safety professionals play
a vital role in preventing injuries and illnesses to the
workforce. The foundation of occupational health and
safety is to identify hazards in the workplace, assess
the risk of those hazards, and implement control
measures to minimize the risk of those hazards.
Students are trained in the application of this process,
through legislative requirements, international
standards and guidelines, and local company policy
and procedures. Occupational health and safety
professionals need effective investigative and
analytical skills, and good interpersonal skills.
Objectives
Upon successful completion of the program,
students will be able to:
1. Apply the knowledge and skills to effectively
inspect and assess workplace facilities for potential
occupational health and safety hazards.
2. Interpret and effectively apply government
legislation and policies.
3. Identify and rectify existing or potential
occupational health and safety hazards, perform
accident investigations and conduct risk
assessment.
4. Evaluate and monitor health and safety hazards.
5. Develop strategies for controlling risks and create
safety training programs for workers and for
handling and storage of hazardous substances in
the workplace.
6. Demonstrate professionalism and responsibility.
Career Opportunities
OHS professionals are employed in a variety of private
industries, including construction, manufacturing,
health care, and oil and gas. In private industry, OHS
professionals are responsible for preventing injuries
and illnesses by effectively identifying, assessing
and controlling OHS hazards and complying with
OHS legislation. Alternatively, OHS professionals
can be employed by government ministries who
are responsible for enforcing OHS legislation. In
both sectors, OHS professionals play a vital role in
protecting the health and safety of workers, which
ultimately leads to a more productive and effective
workforce. As industry continues to rapidly expand,
the need to protect workers from occupational risks
has never been greater.
Entrance Requirements
1. High school completion with an overall 60%
average in:
Average
Minimum 60%
English Language
(Grade 12 level)
Minimum 60%
Academic Mathematics –
Grade 12 level
OR
Advanced Math –
Grade 12 level
Minimum 60%
*Two Grade 12 level Science
courses selected from: Biology,
Chemistry, Geology, or Physics
Minimum 60%
Minimum 60%
*Applicants who do not meet the Science requirement
may be admitted to the Pre-Health Sciences
curriculum which is designed to provide upgrading
in the basic skills required for successful completion
of allied health training programs.
2. Completion of the College of the North Atlantic –
Qatar mandatory placement assessment
examinations in English and Mathematics.
Note: Applicants who do not meet the entrance
requirements and are 19 years of age or older, may
be considered on an individual basis under the Mature
Student Clause. Page 23 refers to the Mature Student
Requirements in the Admissions section.
Further Studies
Graduates of Environmental Health and Safety –
Occupational Health and Safety will also receive an
International Diploma from the National Examination
Board in Occupational Safety and Health (NEBOSH).
Graduates of Environmental Health and Safety –
Occupational Health and Safety Diploma will also
receive a International Diploma from the National
Examination Board in Occupational Safety and
Health (NEBOSH).
For more information, please refer to the Program
Articulation and Transfer Credit section in this
Academic Calendar.
Environmental Health and Safety –
Occupational Health and Safety
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
114
Level 1
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
MA1700
Mathematics
4
3
2
BL1200
Biology
4
3
3
CH1200
Chemistry
4
3
3
CM1190
Technical Reading
3
3
0
MC1240
Computer Applications l
3
2
2
HL1140
Principles of EHS
4
4
0
MA1670
Statistics
4
4
1
BL1130
Microbiology
4
3
3
CH1210
Chemistry II
4
3
3
BL1210
Biology ll
4
3
3
CM2180
Technical Reporting l
3
3
1
SE1160
Principles of OHS
3
2
2
HL1210
Epidemiology
3
3
0
HL1720
Emergency Management
5
5
0
Environmental Health and Safety –
Occupational Health and Safety
Level 2 – Environmental Health and Safety – Occupational Health and Safety Diploma
HRS/WK
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
115
CR
LEC
LAB
FH1380
Health and Wellness
3
3
0
EN2310
Environmental Health Law
3
3
0
SE1610
Workplace Hazards and Controls
3
3
0
SE2420
Inspection and Investigation
2
2
0
SE2350
Measurement and Analysis l
3
2
4
SE2360
Hazardous Material Management
3
3
0
SE2520
OHS Management Systems
4
4
0
CM2181
Technical Reporting ll
3
3
1
CM2200
Oral Communications
2
2
0
SE1350
Toxicology
4
3
2
SE2450
Ergonomics
3
3
0
SE1520
Fire Protection
3
3
0
SE2351
Measurement and Analysis II
3
2
4
Elective
Unspecified
3
3
0
HL1900
OHS Practicum
3
7 weeks
0
After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Environmental
Health and Safety – Occupational Health and Safety Diploma. Graduates of Environmental Health and
Safety – Occupational Health and Safety Diploma will also receives an International Diploma from the
National Examination Board in Occupational Safety and Health (NEBOSH).
Environmental Health and Safety – Public Health
Program
Public health is a field of applied science that requires
practitioners to monitor, control, manage, promote
and manipulate environmental factors that have an
impact on human health.
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
116
The environmental health officer/public health
inspector protects individual and community wellness
through health promotion activities, risk assessments,
inspections and the enforcement of State regulations.
Graduates of the Public Health program will provide
leadership and technical expertise in the development
of strategic plans to protect and improve public health
in the State of Qatar.
The curriculum is multidisciplinary, emphasizing
both academic and theoretical training. General and
specialized subject matter are integrated as much
as possible. Didactic training is supplemented with
practical laboratory sessions and supervised field
trips. Students are required to spend two semesters
in an approved field practicum, working closely with
a qualified environmental health officer.
Objectives
Upon successful completion of the program, students
will be able to:
1. Apply the knowledge and skills necessary to
conduct food, air, water, soil and infection control
health risk assessments, with the goal of identifying
and correcting potential health risks.
2. Identify health-related issues requiring public
awareness and prepare and implement educational
programs to specifically address
these issues.
3. Evaluate the effects of intervention strategies in
reducing health risks.
4. Provide a link between the general public and
State officials regarding environmental issues
that impact human health.
5. Obtain FoodSafe Level I and II Certification.
Career Opportunities
Graduates of the Environmental Health and
Safety – Public Health program are eligible for a
wide range of jobs in preventative health. Tougher
legislation regarding public health issues and a
recognized need for better trained professionals in
the field have created diverse and growing career
opportunities. Career possibilities exist with State
public health agencies as Environmental Health
Officers / Public Health Inspectors or with the
oil and gas sector as Health, Safety, Security and
Environment (HSEE) Officers.
Entrance Requirements
1. High school completion with an overall 60%
average in:
Average
Minimum 60%
English Language
(Grade 12 level)
Minimum 60%
Academic Mathematics –
Grade 12 level
OR
Advanced Math –
Grade 12 level
Minimum 60%
*Two Grade 12 level Science
courses selected from: Biology,
Chemistry, Geology, or Physics
Minimum 60%
Minimum 60%
*Applicants who do not meet the Science requirement
may be admitted to the Pre-Health Sciences
curriculum which is designed to provide upgrading
in the basic skills required for successful completion
of allied health training programs.
2. Completion of the College of the North Atlantic –
Qatar mandatory placement assessment
examinations in English and Mathematics.
Note: Applicants who do not meet the entrance
requirements and are 19 years of age or older, may
be considered on an individual basis under the Mature
Student Clause. Page 23 refers to the Mature Student
Requirements in the Admissions section.
Further Studies
For more information, please refer to the Program
Articulation and Transfer Credit section in this Academic
Calendar.
Environmental Health and Safety – Public Health
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
117
Level 1
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
MA1700
Mathematics
4
3
2
BL1200
Biology
4
3
3
CH1200
Chemistry
4
3
3
CM1190
Technical Reading
3
3
0
MC1240
Computer Applications l
3
2
2
HL1140
Principles of EHS
4
4
0
MA1670
Statistics
4
4
1
BL1130
Microbiology
4
3
3
CH1210
Chemistry ll
4
3
3
BL1210
Biology ll
4
3
3
CM2180
Technical Reporting l
3
3
1
SE1160
Principles of OHS
3
2
2
HL1210
Epidemiology
3
3
0
HL1720
Emergency Management
5
5
0
Environmental Health and Safety – Public Health
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
118
Level 2 – Environmental Health and Safety – Public Health
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
EY2120
Basic Ecology
5
4
2
EN2310
Environmental Health Law
3
3
0
HL1310
Communicable Disease Control I
5
4
3
EN1420
Environmental Sanitation
4
3
2
EN1545
Water Quality I
4
3
2
CM2181
Technical Reporting ll
3
3
1
CH2770
Environmental Chemistry
3
2
3
SE1350
Toxicology
4
3
2
HL1650
Health Education and Promotion
3
3
0
HM1560
Food Safety
7
6
2
HL1920
Public Health Practicum l
3
7 weeks
0
Environmental Health and Safety – Public Health
Level 3 – Environmental Health and Safety – Public Health Diploma
HRS/WK
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
119
CR
LEC
LAB
CM2200
Oral Communications
2
2
0
EV1830
Land and Sustainable Development
5
4
2
HL1610
Public Health Administration
3
3
0
EN1551
Water Quality II
4
3
2
EV1710
Indoor Air Quality
4
3
2
FH1380
Health and Wellness
3
3
0
Elective
Unspecified
3
3
0
HL1301
Communication Disease Control ll
4
3
2
HL1410
EH Inspection and Investigation
4
3
4
HL1800
Environmental Health Research
3
2
2
EV1711
Ambient Air Quality
3
2
2
Elective
Unspecified
3
3
0
HL1921
Public Health Practicum ll
3
7 weeks
0
After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Environmental Health
and Safety – Public Health Diploma (High Diploma).
Medical Radiography Technology
Program
Medical radiography technologists play a vital role
in the diagnosis and treatment of many injuries
and illnesses. At a physician’s request, medical
radiographers operate equipment that emits x-rays to
produce images of a body part or system. Their work
involves a broad variety of procedures and specialties
including: plain film radiography, mammography,
angiography, fluoroscopy and computed tomography.
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
120
The first phase of the program is academic, combining
general and specialized subject material. The second
phase is specialized, with emphasis upon medical
radiography. Classroom and laboratory sessions
are supplemented by weekly assignments at Hamad
Medical Corporation premises. The third phase of
the program is designed to train the student in all
the practical aspects of medical radiography and to
discipline the student to the working conditions of the
radiology department. This portion of the course is a
clinical training period during which the student will
apply, under supervision, the theories and principles
learned during the previous years of training. During
this portion students will be required to spend some
evenings and weekends at the training site.
The aims of this portion of the program are:
1. To ensure that the student can accurately
and confidently perform the many and varied
examinations that are carried out on a daily basis
in a radiology department.
2. To ensure that the student has performed the
number and variety of examinations required to
complete the course.
The clinical phase is conducted at sites of Hamad
Medical Corporation. Students will follow a rotation
schedule designed to provide broad clinical exposure.
Objectives
1. To provide the theoretical knowledge necessary
for the professional competencies for entry into
practice as outlined by the Canadian Association of
Medical Radiation Technologists (CAMRT).
2. To provide technical proficiency in all aspects of
medical radiography.
3. To develop a sense of professionalism and
responsibility.
4. To provide comprehensive knowledge of the
hazards involved and appropriate protection
methods.
5. To provide the community with trained personnel
who can serve their employers and patients with
the highest degree of competence.
Career Opportunities
Graduates of the Medical Radiography Technology
program are valued members of the paramedical
team. They are employed in hospitals and clinics,
where they operate sophisticated machinery to
produce and develop x-rays while providing quality
care to patients. Job opportunities also exist in
research centres, educational institutions and
medical equipment sales and services. Additionally,
advancement within the field is possible into specialized
imaging modalities such as magnetic resonance
imaging, ultrasound and echo cardiography.
Medical Radiography Technology
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
121
Entrance Requirements
1. High school graduation certificate with the
following:
Average
Minimum 60%
English Language
(Grade 12 level)
Minimum 60%
Academic Mathematics
(Grade 12 level)
OR
Advanced Mathematics
(Grade 12 level or equivalent)
Minimum 60%
*Two Science courses selected
from: Biology, Chemistry,
Geology, Physics
Minimum 60%
Minimum 50%
*Applicants who do not meet the Science requirement
may be admitted to the Pre-Health Sciences
curriculum, which is designed to provide upgrading
in the basic skills required for successful completion
of allied health training programs.
2. Completion of the College of the North Atlantic –
Qatar mandatory placement assessment
examinations in English and Mathematics.
Note: Applicants who do not meet the entrance
requirements and are 19 years of age or older, may
be considered on an individual basis under the Mature
Student Clause. Page 23 refers to the Mature Student
Requirements in the Admissions section.
Immunization requirements:
1. Completed medical assessment by physician
to include past and present health history
2. Proof of current immunity to following diseases:
• Measles, Mumps, Rubella
• Varicella
• Hepatitis A, B (include all dates)
3. Proof of tetanus/diphtheria booster
(required every 10 years)
4. Hepatitis C and HIV screening
5. TB screening and BCG history – Mantoux 2-step
skin testing if status unknown
6. Chest x-ray if indicated by Mantoux skin test
7. Yearly seasonal flu vaccination strongly
recommended
Note: Students will be denied access to clinical
placements without medical verification of complete
immunization/screening requirements
Accreditation
The Medical Radiography Technology Diploma
program at the College is accredited by the Canadian
Medical Association (CMA).
Further Studies
Graduates of the Medical Radiography Technology
Diploma program may have the opportunity to
transfer credits to institutions such:
• Athabasca University, Canada
• Memorial University of Newfoundland, Canada
• Teesside University, UK
• University of Bradford, UK
For more information, please refer to the Program
Articulation and Transfer Credit section in this
Academic Calendar.
Medical Radiography Technology
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
122
Level 1
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
CM1190
Technical Reading
3
3
0
CM2180
Technical Reporting l
3
3
1
CM2181
Technical Reporting ll
3
3
1
LS1000
CAEL Preparation
0
3
2
MA1700
Mathematics
4
3
2
PH1100
Physics
4
3
2
CH1200
Chemistry
4
3
3
BL1500
Biology
4
3
3
MA1670
Statistics
4
4
1
PH1200
Physics
4
3
2
CH1201
Chemistry
4
3
3
BL1501
Biology
4
3
3
BL2100
Biology
2
1
2
PS1100
Psychology I
2
2
0
PH1201
Physics
2
2
1
PS1420
Health Care Organization and Structure
3
3
0
SD1680
Ethics in Healthcare
3
3
0
CM2200
Oral Communications
2
2
0
Medical Radiography Technology
Level 2
HRS/WK
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
123
CR
LEC
LAB
MX2102
Radiographic Anatomy and Pathology
4
4
0
MX2110
Radiographic Technique
5
4
2
MX2200
Image Recording
4
3
2
MX2310
Apparatus and Accessories
3
3
0
MX2410
Patient Care and Safety
3
3
0
PH2200
Radiation Physics
3
3
0
SD1620
Clinical Orientation
Pass/Fail
0
3
MX2103
Radiographic Anatomy and Pathology
5
5
0
MX2120
Radiographic Technique
5
4
2
MX2201
Image Recording
4
3
2
MX2301
Apparatus and Accessories
5
4
4
MX2500
Radiation Protection and Radiobiology
3
3
0
SD1621
Clinical Orientation
Pass/Fail
0
3
Level 3 – Medical Radiography Technology Diploma
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
MX1510
Clinical Radiography Orientation
16
35 hrs/week for 16 weeks
MX3250
Clinical Radiography
16
35 hrs/week for 16 weeks
MX3260
Clinical Radiography
16
35 hrs/week for 16 weeks
Students rotate through the sites of Hamad Medical Corporation. Night, evening and/or weekend shifts may be
required. Students must wear a uniform during clinical experiences.
After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Medical Radiography
Technology Diploma.
Pharmacy Technician
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
124
Program
The Pharmacy Technician program meets the mission
and vision of the College by providing a quality
program to ensure lifelong learners are educated
and highly skilled, able to meet the demands of
the labour market, and able to contribute to the
social, economic and cultural well-being of their
communities. The Pharmacy Technician program
is committed to providing students with the skills
and knowledge necessary to become competent
and effective members of the healthcare team and
to meet the needs of employers as determined by
the Canadian Council for Accreditation of Pharmacy
Programs (CCAPP).
CCAPP’s goals encompass the attainment of
National Association of Pharmacy Regulatory
Authorities (NAPRA) Professional Competencies for
Canadian Pharmacy Technicians at Entry to Practice
and Canadian Pharmacy Technician Educators
Association (CPTEA) standards. Each course in
the Pharmacy Technician program is outlined with
accompanying objectives, and learning outcomes
are incorporated into the curriculum. The program
includes coursework, team-oriented projects and
a final 15-week clinical placement at different sites
focusing on areas of technical learning, interpersonal
skills, teambuilding, communications and professional
practice. This provides diverse opportunities
for students to gain confidence and improve
competencies and enhance skills in all facets of the
pharmacy technician’s role.
Objectives
1. To provide the academic knowledge and technical
skills required to meet the criteria stated in the
Canadian Council for Accreditation of Pharmacy
Programs.
2. To graduate individuals who will function
successfully as entry-level pharmacy technicians.
3. To provide graduates with the skills to communicate
with patients and healthcare professionals
effectively, within the scope of their practice.
4. To prepare graduates for employment in various
healthcare facilities, such as hospital and
community pharmacies, home healthcare
agencies, research facilities and pharmaceutical
manufacturing facilities.
5. To give graduates the tools required to practice
competently and safely within a legal and ethical
framework.
6. To provide graduates with the ability to access the
latest technologies available.
7. To encourage graduates to recognize the
importance of continuing education and
professional affiliations.
8. To prepare graduates to contribute to the application
of effective business principles in the pharmacy
practice setting.
9. To provide graduates with the skills to operate
pharmacy computer software programs and other
technological tools so they may assist in providing
optimal pharmaceutical care and pharmacy
services.
10. To enable graduates to contribute to the working
environment, quality assurance and quality
improvement processes within the scope of
practice for pharmacy technicians.
Career Opportunities
Program graduates may obtain employment in a
variety of pharmacy practice areas such as:
• Hospital pharmacy in a government or private setting
• Community pharmacy in a retail pharmacy or
government/private clinic
• Pharmaceutical manufacturing site (following
additional company training)
• Home healthcare agency
• Research facility
Pharmacy Technician
Entrance Requirements
1. High school graduation certificate with the
following:
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
125
Average
Minimum 60%
English Language
(Grade 12 level)
Minimum 60%
Academic Mathematics
(Grade 12 level)
OR
Advanced Mathematics
(Grade 12 level or equivalent)
Minimum 60%
*Two Science courses selected
from: Biology, Chemistry,
Geology, Physics
Minimum 60%
Minimum 50%
*Applicants who do not meet the Science requirement
may be admitted to the Pre-Health Sciences
curriculum, which is designed to provide upgrading
in the basic skills required for successful completion
of allied health training programs.
2. Completion of the College of the North Atlantic –
Qatar mandatory placement assessment
examinations in English and Mathematics.
Note: Applicants who do not meet the entrance
requirements and are 19 years of age or older, may
be considered on an individual basis under the Mature
Student Clause. Page 23 refers to the Mature Student
Requirements in the Admissions section.
Immunization requirements:
1. Completed medical assessment by physician to
include past and present health history
2. Proof of current immunity to following diseases:
• Measles, Mumps, Rubella
• Varicella
• Hepatitis A, B (include all dates)
3. Proof of tetanus/diphtheria booster
(required every 10 years)
4. Hepatitis C and HIV screening
5. TB screening and BCG history – Mantoux 2-step
skin testing if status unknown
6. Chest x-ray if indicated by Mantoux skin test
7. Yearly seasonal flu vaccination strongly
recommended
Note: Students will be denied access to clinical
placements without medical verification of complete
immunization/screening requirements.
Accreditation
The Pharmacy Technician Diploma program at the
College is accredited by the Canadian Council for
Accreditation of Pharmacy Programs (CCAPP).
Further Studies
Graduates of the Pharmacy Technician Diploma
program may have the opportunity to transfer credits
to institutions such as the University of Bradford, UK.
For more information, please refer to the Program
Articulation and Transfer Credit section in this
Academic Calendar.
Pharmacy Technician
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
126
Level 1
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
CM2180
Technical Reporting l
3
3
1
CM2181
Technical Reporting ll
3
3
1
CM1190
Technical Reading
3
3
0
LS1000
CAEL Preparation
0
3
2
BL1200
Biology
4
3
3
CH1200
Chemistry
4
3
3
MC1830
Fundamental Computer Applications
4
3
2
MA1700
Mathematics
4
3
2
MA1730
Mathematics for Pharmacy Technicians
4
4
1
BL1210
Biology II
4
3
3
CH1210
Chemistry II
4
3
3
RX1100
Pharmacy Regulations and Professionalism
3
3
0
RX1140
Pharmacy Management and Inventory Control
3
3
1
RX1210
Pharmaceutical Calculations
4
3
2
RX1250
Pharmacy Computer Systems
4
3
2
Pharmacy Technician
Level 2 – Pharmacy Technician Diploma
HRS/WK
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
127
CR
LEC
LAB
CM2200
Oral Communications
2
2
0
RX2100
Prescription Processing I
3
2
4
RX2120
Pharmacy Fundamentals
3
3
0
RX2160
Pharmacology I
4
3
2
RX2200
Community Pharmacy
4
3
2
MR1280
Customer Service
2
2
0
Elective
Unspecified
3
3
0
RX2101
Prescription Processing II
3
2
3
RX2121
Pharmacy Fundamentals Application
4
3
2
RX2161
Pharmacology II
3
3
1
RX2230
Hospital Pharmacy
4
3
3
RX2300
Aseptic Technique
3
2
3
Elective
Unspecified
3
3
0
WT1660
Community Pharmacy Clinical Placement
Pass/Fail
4 weeks
WT1670
Hospital Pharmacy Clinical Placement
Pass/Fail
11 weeks
After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Pharmacy
Technician Diploma.
Respiratory Therapy
Program
Respiratory therapists are healthcare professionals
who contribute to the diagnosis and treatment of
lung disorders. Most respiratory therapists work in
hospitals in neonatal nurseries, operating rooms,
intensive care units, general wards, pulmonary
function labs and emergency departments.
Respiratory therapists may also work in community
settings such as homecare, asthma clinics,
research, and medical equipment sales and service.
Respiratory therapists need good judgment, excellent
interpersonal skills and the ability to maintain their
composure in critical medical situations.
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
128
The first phase of the program is academic, combining
general and specialized subject material. The second
phase is specialized with emphasis upon respiratory
therapy. Classroom and laboratory sessions are
supplemented by weekly assignments at Hamad
Medical Corporation premises.
The third phase of the program is designed to train
the student in all the practical aspects of respiratory
therapy and to discipline the student to the working
conditions of the respiratory therapist. This portion
of the course is a clinical training period during which
the student will apply, under supervision, the theories
and principles learned during the previous training.
The aims of this portion of the program are:
1. To ensure that the student can accurately
and confidently perform the many and varied
procedures that are carried out on a daily basis by
the respiratory therapist.
2. To ensure that the student has performed the
number and variety of procedures required to
complete the course.
Objectives
1. Explain the theory behind all procedures as outlined
by the current National Alliance of Respiratory
Therapy Regulatory Bodies (NARTRB) National
Competency Profile.
2. Apply theoretical knowledge to clinical practice.
3. Perform all procedures outlined in the syllabus.
4. Use all equipment related to procedures outlined in
the syllabus.
5. Demonstrate understanding of the therapist’s role
in healthcare, and function with responsibility and
empathy as members of the healthcare team.
Career Opportunities
Most respiratory therapists work in hospitals,
where they perform a variety of functions such
as providing life support for patients who cannot
breathe on their own, assisting in high-risk births,
assisting anesthesiologists in the operating room and
conducting tests to measure lung function. In addition
to the hospital setting, job opportunities exist within
the community, in asthma clinics, sleep disorder labs,
research centres, homecare clinics and educational
institutions.
Respiratory Therapy
Entrance Requirements
1. High school graduation certificate with the
following:
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
129
Average
Minimum 60%
English Language
(Grade 12 level)
Minimum 60%
Academic Mathematics
(Grade 12 level)
OR
Advanced Mathematics
(Grade 12 level or equivalent)
Minimum 60%
*Two Science courses selected
from: Biology, Chemistry,
Geology, Physics
Minimum 60%
Minimum 50%
*Applicants who do not meet the Science requirement
may be admitted to the Pre-Health Sciences
curriculum, which is designed to provide upgrading
in the basic skills required for successful completion
of allied health training programs.
2. Completion of the College of the North Atlantic –
Qatar mandatory placement assessment
examinations in English and Mathematics.
Note: Applicants who do not meet the entrance
requirements and are 19 years of age or older, may
be considered on an individual basis under the Mature
Student Clause. Page 23 refers to the Mature Student
Requirements in the Admissions section.
Immunization requirements:
1. Completed medical assessment by physician to
include past and present health history
2. Proof of current immunity to following diseases:
• Measles, Mumps, Rubella
• Varicella
• Hepatitis A, B (include all dates)
3. Proof of tetanus/diphtheria booster
(required every 10 years)
4. Hepatitis C and HIV screening
5. TB screening and BCG history – Mantoux 2-step
skin testing if status unknown
6. Chest x-ray if indicated by Mantoux skin test
7. Yearly seasonal flu vaccination strongly
recommended
Note: Students will be denied access to clinical
placements without medical verification of complete
immunization/screening requirements.
Accreditation
The Respiratory Therapy Diploma program at the
College is accredited by the Council on Accreditation
for Respiratory Therapy Education (CoARTE).
Further Studies
Graduates of the Respiratory Therapy Diploma
program may have the opportunity to transfer credits
to institutions such:
• Athabasca University, Canada
• Memorial University of Newfoundland, Canada
• Teesside University, UK
• University of Bradford, UK
For more information, please refer to the Program
Articulation and Transfer Credit section in this
Academic Calendar.
Respiratory Therapy
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
130
Level 1
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
CM1190
Technical Reading
3
3
0
CM2180
Technical Reporting l
3
3
1
CM2181
Technical Reporting ll
3
3
1
CM2200
Oral Communications
2
2
0
LS1000
CAEL Preparation
0
3
2
MA1700
Mathematics
4
3
2
PH1100
Physics
4
3
2
CH1200
Chemistry
4
3
3
BL1500
Biology
4
3
3
MA1670
Statistics
4
4
1
PH1200
Physics
4
3
2
CH1201
Chemistry
4
3
3
BL1501
Biology
4
3
3
BL2100
Biology
2
1
2
PS1100
Psychology I
2
2
0
CH2200
Chemistry
2
3
3
PS1420
Health Care Organization and Structure
3
3
0
Respiratory Therapy
Level 2
HRS/WK
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
131
CR
LEC
LAB
BL2330
Cardiopulmonary Physiology
4
4
0
BL2340
Cardiopulmonary Pathophysiology
4
4
0
BL2410
Microbiology
3
3
0
RT2200
Gas Supply and Control
5
4
3
RT2300
Pharmacology
3
3
0
RT2450
Respiratory Therapy Procedures
4
3
3
SD1610
Clinical Orientation
Pass/Fail
0
3
RT2230
Mechanical Ventilators
4
3
3
RT2220
Mechanical Ventilation
4
3
3
RT2310
Anesthesia
3
3
0
RT2451
Neonatal/Pediatric Respiratory Care I
3
2
2
RT2500
Cardiopulmonary Diagnostics
4
3
4
SD1611
Clinical Orientation
Pass/Fail
0
3
RT3401
Comprehensive Respiratory Care
2
2
0
SD1680
Ethics in Healthcare
3
3
0
RT2452
Neonatal/Pediatric Respiratory Care II
3
2
2
RT3450
Clinical Skills III
3
8 hrs/week for
15 weeks
Respiratory Therapy
SCHOOL OF HE ALTH SCIENCES
132
Level 3 – Respiratory Therapy Diploma
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
RT1610
Respiratory Therapy Clinical Orientation
0
35 hrs/week for
1 week
RT3510
Clinical Practicum I
15
35 hrs/week for
15 weeks
RT3520
Clinical Practicum II
15
35 hrs/week for
15 weeks
RT3530
Clinical Practicum Elective
7
35 hrs/week for
7 weeks
The clinical phase is conducted at sites of Hamad Medical Corporation. Students will follow a rotation
schedule designed to provide broad clinical exposure. Night, evening and/or weekend shifts could be included.
Students must wear a uniform during clinical experiences.
After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may exit with the Respiratory
Therapy Diploma.
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
133
School of
Information Technology
Graduates of the Information Systems
diploma programs will play an integral role
in the continued growth of the information
technology industry in Qatar.
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
134
School of Information Technology
The courses in these programs have been carefully
selected and developed to assure learning outcomes
address technical and academic skills, and also
employability and soft skills specific to the information
technology industry.
Program Options
Three Year Diploma*
Information Systems – Web Developer
Information Systems – Network and Systems
Administration
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
135
Two Year Diploma*
Information Systems – Software
Information Systems – Hardware
* Total program length varies depending on language
proficiency, academic preparatory courses required
for entry, and academic performance throughout the
program of study.
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
136
Information Systems – Web Developer (IS-WD)
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
137
Program
Entrance Requirements
The Information Systems – Web Developer Diploma
program provides students with the knowledge
and skills needed for a career in web development.
The program begins with an emphasis on systems
analysis and design, programming languages, and
database management. When combined with work
experience, this skill set prepares students for a
career in information systems. The final stage of the
program teaches students to design, implement and
maintain advanced web applications. Students gain an
in-depth knowledge of web server management, web
security tools and techniques, and web application
development environments. This skill set, when
consolidated through the completion of a capstone
project, prepares students for an exciting career in a
web development environment.
1. High school graduation certificate with the
following:
Objectives
2. Completion of the College of the North Atlantic –
Qatar mandatory placement assessment
examinations in English and Mathematics.
Upon successful completion of the Information
Systems – Web Developer program, the student will
be able to:
1. Analyze, design, implement and maintain secure
web sites and web applications based on user
requirements.
2. Develop, maintain and deploy database
applications in an N-tier environment.
3. Interpret and effectively apply industry policies and
procedures.
4. Utilize social and interpersonal skills to function as
an effective team member in a web development
environment.
5. Communicate effectively with clients.
Career Opportunities
Given the current growth of the Internet, the
widespread use of computers in the workplace
and the advancement of information systems
technologies, Information Systems – Web Developer
graduates may find employment with informationbased businesses in both the public and private
sectors. Many businesses, schools, the oil and
entrepreneurial organizations, as well as the oil and
gas sector, need graduates from the Information
Systems – Web Developer program. Opportunities for
self-employment also exist.
Average
Minimum 60%
English Language
(Grade 12 level)
Minimum 60%
Academic Mathematics
(Grade 12 level)
OR
Advanced Mathematics (Grade
12 level or equivalent)
Minimum 60%
Minimum 50%
Three additional courses
at the Grade 12 level
Note: Applicants who do not meet the entrance
requirements and are 19 years of age or older, may
be considered on an individual basis under the Mature
Student Clause. Page 23 refers to the Mature Student
Requirements in the Admissions section.
Program Transferability
The Information Systems – Web Developer program
allows an exit point after completion of two years of
study with an Information Systems – Software Diploma.
Further Studies
Graduates of the Information Systems – Web
Developer (IS-WD) program may have the opportunity
to transfer credits to other academic institutions.
Information Systems – Web Developer (IS-WD)
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
138
Level 1
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
CM1400
Technical Report Writing I
3
3
0
SD1570
Effective Learning
4
4
0
EP1130
Business for Information Systems
3
3
0
MA1900
Problem Solving for Information Technology
4
4
1
CP1810
Fundamental Programming Constructs
5
4
4
MC1830
Fundamental Computer Applications
3
2
2
CM1401
Technical Report Writing II
3
3
0
CP1880
Computer Systems Architecture
4
4
1
CP3230
Object Oriented and Event-Driven Programming I
5
3
5
CP1932
Systems Analysis
5
4
3
MA1910
Introduction to Numerical Problem Solving
4
3
2
CR1260
Client Service for the Computer Industry
2
2
1
CM2200
Oral Communications
2
2
0
MC1820
Computer Applications
3
2
2
Information Systems – Web Developer (IS-WD)
Level 2 – Information Systems – Software (IS-S) Diploma
HRS/WK
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
139
CR
LEC
LAB
CR1510
Website Development
3
2
3
CP1953
Object Oriented Systems Analysis with UML
4
3
3
CP3231
Object Oriented and Event-Driven Programming II
5
3
5
CM2300
Report Writing
2
2
0
PR2155
Project Management
4
3
2
MM1950
Workplace Professionalism
3
3
0
CP3450
Database Design and Implementation
4
3
3
CP3300
Data Structures
4
3
3
EP1140
Business Operations in Information Systems
3
3
1
CP2870
Website and Database Project using Microsoft
Technology
4
3
3
WT1170
Work Term
P/F
8 weeks
After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may graduate with the Information
Systems – Software (IS-S) Diploma.
Information Systems – Web Developer (IS-WD)
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
140
Level 3 – Information Systems – Web Developer (IS-WD) Diploma
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
CP3320
Web Application Development I
5
3
5
CP3630
Web Server Management
3
2
3
CP4120
N-Tier Systems and Architecture
4
3
3
CP3170
Multimedia for the Web
4
3
3
CP3700
Web Application Architecture and Design
4
3
2
CP3351
Web Application Development II
5
3
5
CP4480
Emerging Trends in Web Development
3
2
2
CP3271
Web Security
3
2
2
CP3360
Web Application Development with ASP.NET
4
3
4
PR3520
Web Developer Capstone
5
3
7
After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may graduate with the Information
Systems – Web Developer (IS-WD) Diploma.
Information Systems –
Network and Systems Administration (IS-NaSA)
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
141
Program
Entrance Requirements
The Information Systems – Network and Systems
Administration program provides students with
the knowledge and skills needed for a career
in deployment and management of major IT
infrastructure installations.
1. High school graduation certificate with the
following:
The program begins with an emphasis in computer
hardware, troubleshooting, and basic networking
concepts. At the end of two years of study, when
combined with work experience, this skill set
prepares students for a career in information systems
hardware. The final stage of the program teaches the
students to design, deploy and maintain advanced
IT infrastructure projects. Students gain an in-depth
knowledge of LAN/WAN administration, server
room management, infrastructure security tools and
techniques, and enterprise computing environments.
This skill set, when consolidated through the
completion of a capstone project, prepares the
student for an exciting career in network and systems
administration.
Objectives
The goal of the Information Systems – Network and
Systems Administration program is to develop a
graduate with the ability to:
1. Design, deploy and manage information systems
infrastructure.
2. Interpret and effectively apply industry policies and
procedures.
3. Function as an effective member of a team.
4. Provide computer technical assistance, support,
and advice to customers and other users.
5. Support local-area networks (LAN), wide-area
networks (WAN), network segments, and Internet
and intranet systems.
6. Plan, coordinate, and implement the organization’s
information security policy.
7. Deploy and manage a help desk environment.
8. Maintain a server room environment.
Career Opportunities
Given the current growth of the Internet, the
widespread use of computers in the workplace and
the advancement of information systems technologies
and mobile computing, Information Systems –
Network and Systems Administration graduates may
find employment with information-based businesses
in both the public and private sectors. Opportunities
for self-employment also exist.
Average
Minimum 60%
English Language
(Grade 12 level)
Minimum 60%
Academic Mathematics
(Grade 12 level)
OR
Advanced Mathematics
(Grade 12 level or equivalent)
Minimum 60%
Minimum 50%
Three additional courses
at the Grade 12 level
2. Completion of the College of the North Atlantic –
Qatar mandatory placement assessment
examinations in English and Mathematics.
Note: Applicants who do not meet the entrance
requirements and are 19 years of age or older, may
be considered on an individual basis under the Mature
Student Clause. Page 23 refers to the Mature Student
Requirements in the Admissions section.
Program Transferability
The Information Systems – Network and Systems
Administration program allows an exit point after two
years of study with an Information Systems – Hardware
Diploma.
Further Studies
Graduates of the Information Systems – Network
and Systems Administration program may have the
opportunity to transfer credits to other academic
institutions.
Information Systems –
Network and Systems Administration (IS-NaSA)
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
142
Level 1
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
CM1400
Technical Report Writing l
3
3
0
SD1570
Effective Learning
4
4
0
EP1130
Business for Information Systems
3
3
0
CP1990
Computer Hardware
4
3
2
MA1900
Problem Solving for Information Technology
4
4
1
MC1830
Fundamental Computer Applications
3
2
2
CM1401
Technical Report Writing ll
3
3
0
CR1101
Network Foundations
4
3
3
CR2350
Introduction to Systems Analysis
4
3
2
CP1360
Programming for Computer Systems and
Networking
4
3
2
CR2510
Linux Server Administration I
3
2
3
CR1260
Client Service for the Computer Industry
2
2
1
CM2200
Oral Communications
2
2
0
MC1820
Computer Applications
3
2
2
Information Systems –
Network and Systems Administration (IS-NaSA)
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
143
Level 2 – Information Systems – Hardware (IS-H) Diploma
HRS/WK
CR
LEC
LAB
CR2700
Network Operating System Administration
4
3
3
CR2470
Wireless Networks
4
3
3
CP2921
Hardware and Software Troubleshooting
5
4
2
PR2155
Project Management
4
3
2
CM2300
Report Writing
2
2
0
MM1950
Workplace Professionalism
3
3
0
CR2210
Enterprise Mail Systems
5
4
2
CR2440
Network Implementation
5
4
2
CR1270
Hardware Security
4
3
2
CR2950
Emerging Trends in IT Infrastructure
3
2
2
WT1160
Work Term
Pass/Fail
8 weeks
After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may graduate with the Information
Systems – Hardware (IS-H) Diploma.
Information Systems –
Network and Systems Administration (IS-NaSA)
Level 3 – Information Systems – Network and Systems Administration (IS-NaSA) Diploma
HRS/WK
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
144
CR
LEC
LAB
CR3100
Advanced Networking I
4
3
3
CR3230
Enterprise Technology I
4
3
3
CR3320
Advanced IT Hardware
3
2
3
CR3420
Infrastructure Security
4
3
2
CR3450
Scripting
2
1
2
CR3101
Advanced Networking II
4
3
4
CR3231
Enterprise Technology II
4
3
4
CP4490
Emerging Trends in Network and Systems
Administration
3
2
2
CR3160
IT Service Management
4
3
2
Elective (minimum 3 credits)
3
3
0
Network and Systems Administration Capstone
6
4
6
PR3530
After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student may graduate with the Information
Systems – Network and Systems Administration (IS-NaSA) Diploma.
SECURIT Y ACADEMY
145
Security
The Security training programs at the College
provide students with the opportunity to acquire
and develop the skills that will allow them to work
as security officers in a wide range of businesses,
organization and government departments and
agencies. We have the ability to address all security
specialization fields in our training offerings.
SECURIT Y ACADEMY
146
Security
Program Options
The aim of the Security program is to provide pathway
opportunities for students wishing to pursue careers
as security professionals and practitioners in the
security industry. The program is supported by
modern facilities for instruction, highly qualified
instructors and leading-edge technology. Our
teaching strategies are student centered and enhance
the learning experience. We emphasize student
participation in all aspects of classroom activities.
Our programs are in the field of:
SECURIT Y ACADEMY
147
1. Security Operations
2. Emergency Management
3. Maritime Security
4. Aviation Security
5. X-ray Image Interpretation, Baggage and People
Screening
6. Security Control Room Operations
7. Other Specialization courses
The Security programs presented are based on best
emerging security industry practices and technologies.
We maintain a close relationship with the various
security stakeholders in Qatar to ensure that we meet
their training requirements and needs.
Course Development
We pride ourselves on our ability to develop
tailor-made training programs to meet the special
needs of Qatar’s security stakeholders. We have
developed training courses in the field of guard force
management, maritime and aviation security as well
as emergency management. We have also developed
a series of courses tailored specifically for law
enforcement agencies.
Objectives
1. To provide students with specific knowledge and
skills at the different required performance levels,
ensuring professional execution of duties and
responsibilities in the security industry.
2. To assist the student in development of personal
skills that are in demand by employers, including
the ability to manage information, solve problems,
be professional workers, work well in teams and
produce quality work.
3. To assist the student in developing the personal
leadership and management skills in order to be
highly successful in security management.
4. To provide an internationally recognized security
training program.
5. To provide students with the opportunity to follow
a career path in security.
6. To demonstrate the team skills necessary for being
part of a security contingent.
7. To provide students with the knowledge and
skills necessary for further continuation in
post-secondary studies.
The security studies programs prepare candidates
from entry level up to be able to enter into diploma
and degree levels. All career possibilities are catered
to. Courses are generic but application and
instructional activities can be made applicable to
the roles and responsibilities of the client’s scope
of security activities.
Security
SECURIT Y ACADEMY
148
Equipment
The Security Academy has state-of-the-art training
facilities and equipment. We have four specialized
training classrooms. Two are dedicated to security
control room operations and emergency management
training. We provide training in basic security control
room operations such as dispatch protocols and
practices. Both rooms have a disaster management
software program to provide training in managing
the response and the consequences of a critical
incident. The other rooms are dedicated to x-ray
image interpretation and baggage and people search
using x-ray technology. One room is equipped with a
Computer-Based Training (CBT) program to simulate
baggage search to develop the ability of security
personnel to detect threat and prohibited items. The
last room has three x-ray machines as well as a
Walk-Through Metal Detector (WTMD) and Hand-Held
Metal Detectors (HHMDs) for practical training.
We have a series of simulated threat items and
components of their items to insert into bags to make
the training as real as possible.
We have invested in a car lift so that security
personnel assigned to search vehicles are able
to examine and familiarize themselves with the
underside of various vehicles.
Security
SECURIT Y ACADEMY
149
Certificate I – Security Operations
CPPSEC2001A
Communicate Effectively in the Security Industry
CPPSEC2002A
Follow Workplace Safety Procedures in the Security Industry
CPPSEC2003A
Work Effectively in the Security Industry
Certificate II – Security Operations
CPPSEC2001A
Communicate Effectively in the Security Industry
CPPSEC2002A
Follow Workplace Safety Procedures in the Security Industry
CPPSEC2003A
Work Effectively in the Security Industry
CPPSEC2004A
Respond to Security Risk Situation
CPPSEC2005A
Work as Part of a Security Team
CPPSEC2006A
Provide Security Services to Clients
HLTFA301B
Apply First Aid
CPPCMN2001A
Control and Direct Traffic
CPPSEC2007A
Screen People
CPPSEC2008A
Screen Items
CPPSEC2011A
Control Access To and Exit From Premises
CPPSEC2015A
Patrol Premises
TLIB407C
Carry Out Vehicle Inspection
TLIE707B
Use Communication Systems
Security
SECURIT Y ACADEMY
150
Certificate III – Security Operations
BSBFLM303C
Contribute to Effective Workplace Relationships
BSBWOR301A
Organize Personal Work Priorities and Development
CPPSEC3001A
Maintain Workplace Safety in the Security Industry
CPPSEC3002A
Manage Conflict Through Negotiation
CPPSEC3003A
Determine Response to Security Risk Situation
CPPSEC3005A
Prepare and Present Security Documentation and Reports
CPPSEC3006A
Coordinate a Quality Security Service to Customers
CPPSEC3007A
Maintain Security of Environment
CPPSEC3004A
Lead Small Teams in the Security Industry
CPPSEC3012A
Store and Protect Information
CPPSEC3017A
Plan and Conduct Evacuation of Premises
CPPSEC3020A
Monitor Security from Control Room
Security
SECURIT Y ACADEMY
151
Certificate IV – Security and Risk Management
BSBWOR401A
Establish Effective Workplace Relationships
BSBWOR402A
Promote Team Effectiveness
BSBWOR404A
Develop Work Priorities
CPPSEC4001A
Manage a Safe Workplace in the Security Industry
CPPSEC4002A
Implement Effective Communication Techniques
CPPSEC4003A
Advise on Security Needs
CPPSEC4004A
Monitor and Review Security Operations
CPPSEC4005A
Facilitate Workplace Briefing and Debriefing Processes
CPPSEC4006A
Assess Risks
CPPSEC4007A
Assess Threat
CPPSEC4012A
Identify and Assess Security of Assets
BSBCUS401A
Coordinate Implementation of Customer Service Strategies
BSBINN301A
Promote Innovation in a Team Environment
BSBMGT403A
Implement Continuous Improvement
CPPSEC4010A
Manage Monitoring Centres
152
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
153
Technician Preparatory
Program
The Technician Preparatory Program (TPP) at College
of the North Atlantic – Qatar is designed to prepare
students to work at the technician (certificate) level
in the industries of Qatar. Emphasis is placed on
developing practical skills and competencies,
problem solving skills, technical communication
skills and the ability to work as part of a team. The
College has world-class shops and labs equipped
with the latest industrial equipment to deliver the
TPP training at the highest possible level.
The Technician Preparatory Program options are
delivered in an alternating model consisting of six
semesters of College learning and five semesters
of on-the-job workplace learning. The students will
complete Certificate l and ll, over a three semester
period, at the College before going to the workplace.
The Technician Preparatory Programs presented
are part of a Technical and Further Education (TAFE)
training package endorsed by the Australian
Qualification Framework.
Program Options
• Electrical Technician
• Instrumentation Technician
• Mechanical Technician
• Process Operator Technician
154
Technician Preparatory Program
Electrical Technician
Program
This program is designed to prepare students for
entry into an electrical environment. Further training
in the electrical field would qualify the student as an
electrical technician in Qatar’s oil and gas industry.
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
155
2. To develop an awareness of, and concern for, good
safety practices and procedures in the workplace.
3. To develop skills to work independently or as
a memeber of a team on a variety of different
projects and tasks and to communicate effectively
with co-workers and supervisors.
An electrical technician installs, maintains, tests,
troubleshoots and repairs electrical equipment and
other types of electrical and electronic controls on
various types of equipment. Electrical technicians
generally work in the maintenance departments of
factories, plants, refineries, petrochemical plants
and other industrial establishments. This program is
designed to cover theory and practical components
necessary for a student preparing to become an
electrical technician. Emphasis will be on developing
the relevant hands-on skills necessary to perform the
duties associated with this occupation. The training
consists of alternating semesters of in-class and
shop training at the College and workplace learning
assignments.
Objectives
1. To develop the basic knowledge and practical skills
required to meet initial performance standards
needed by the electrical industry. This would
include knowledge and practical skills in:
• Reading and interpreting drawings, blueprints and
schematics
• Installing, examining, replacing or repairing
electrical wiring, receptacles, switch boxes,
conduits, feeders, fibre-optic and coaxial cable
assemblies, etc.
• Testing electrical and electronic equipment
• Maintaining, repairing, installing and testing
switchgear, transformers, switchboard metres,
regulators, reactors, electric motors, generators,
alternators, hydraulic and pneumatic electrical
control systems
• Troubleshooting, maintaining and repairing
industrial, electrical and electronic control
systems
• Conducting preventative maintenance programs
• Installing, maintaining and calibrating industrial
instrumentation and related devices
Career Opportunities
Electrical technicians find employment with oil
refineries, petrochemical and chemical companies,
electrical power companies, oil and natural gas
companies, electrical construction firms and primary
steel producers.
Curriculum
The curriculum is designed to reflect competencies
throughout the program.
Support units will include language studies,
communications, mathematics, science and
computer applications.
Discipline-specific courses include hand tools, power
tools, fasteners, electrical theory, electrical codes,
single-phase and three-phase theory, conduit, tubing
and fittings, wiring, protective devices, distribution
equipment, raceways, wireways and busways, lighting
and controls, instrumentation, motor starters and
controllers, power supply and rectifiers, solid state
devices, programmable logic controller, fundamental
programming, AC units, fibre optics, occupational
health and safety, and technical drawing.
Workplace learning semesters alternate with College
shop and classroom semesters as part of the training
program. These semesters provide students the
opportunity to gain valuable related work experience.
Electrical Technician
Certificate I
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
156
MEM05001B
Perform manual soldering/de-soldering – electrical/electronic components
MEM12002B
Perform electrical/electronic measurement
MEM12024A
Perform computations
MEM13014A
Apply principles of occupational health and safety in the work environment
MEM14004A
Plan to undertake a routine task
MEM15024A
Apply quality procedures
MEM16007A
Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment
MEM18001C
Use hand tools
MEM18002B
Use power tools/hand-held operations
MSAENV272B
Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
Certificate II
MEM09002B
Interpret technical drawing
MEM10002B
Terminate and connect electrical wiring
MEM12023A
Perform engineering measurements
MEM15002A
Apply quality systems
MEM16008A
Interact with computing technology
MEM18055B
Dismantle, replace and assemble engineering components
Certificate III
MEM10003B
Install and test electrical wiring and circuits up to 1000 volts AC and 1500 volts DC
MEM10004B
Enter and change programmable controller operational parameters
MEM12004B
Perform precision electrical/electronic measurement
MEM14005A
Plan a complete activity
MEM16006A
Organize and communicate information
MEM17003A
Assist in the provision of on-the-job training
MEM18011C
Shut down and isolate machines/equipment
MEM18046B
Fault find/repair electrical equipment/components up to 1000 volts AC/1500 volts DC
MEM18048B
Fault find and repair/rectify basic electrical circuits
MEM18049B
Disconnect/reconnect fixed wired equipment up to 1000 volts AC/1500 volts DC
MEM18051B
Fault find and repair/rectify complex electrical circuits
MEM18057B
Maintain/service analog/digital electronic equipment
Instrumentation Technician
Program
This program is designed to prepare students for entry
into an instrumentation environment. Further training
in the instrumentation field would qualify the student
as an instrumentation technician in Qatar’s oil and
gas industry.
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
157
An instrumentation technician repairs, maintains,
calibrates, adjusts and installs industrial measuring
and controlling instrumentation. This instrumentation
makes sure that all machines in a plant are safe and
running correctly. This program is designed to cover
theory and practical components necessary for a
student preparing to become an instrumentation
technician. Emphasis will be on developing the
relevant hands-on skills necessary to perform the
duties associated with this occupation. The training
consists of alternating semesters of in-class and
shop training at the College and workplace learning
assignments.
Objectives
1. To develop the basic knowledge and practical skills
required to meet initial performance standards
needed by the oil and gas, petrochemical, and
power generation industries. This would include
knowledge and practical skills in:
• Reading and interpreting drawings, blueprints
and schematics
• Consulting manufacturers’ manuals to determine
testing and maintenance procedures
• Using pneumatic, electrical and electronic testing
devices to inspect and test instrument and
system operation, and diagnose faults
• Consulting with and advising of process operators
• Repairing, maintaining and adjusting of system
components or remove and replace
defective parts
• Calibrating and maintaining of components
and instruments used to control or measure
level, temperature, pressure, flow, or chemical
composition
• Installation and maintainance of instruments on
new or existing plant equipment and processes
• Theory of operation of pneumatic devices,
final control elements, digital logic devices and
computer based process control systems and
the fundamentals of level, pressure, flow and
temperature
• Conducting preventative maintenance programs
Career Opportunities
With industry becoming increasingly automated,
instrumentation technicians are needed virtually
anywhere there are control and metering systems.
They are employed in the following industries:
petrochemical, oil and natural gas companies,
industrial chemicals manufacturers, electricity power
generating companies, primary steel producers,
industrial instrument and other manufacturing
companies, fertilizer production companies, and
industrial instrument servicing.
Curriculum
The curriculum is being designed to reflect
competencies throughout the program.
Support units will include language studies,
communications, mathematics, science and
computer applications.
Discipline-specific courses include hand tools,
power tools, fasteners, electrical theory, instrument
measurement, process systems and equipment,
controls, digital automation, occupational health
and safety, electronics and analyzers.
Workplace learning semesters alternate with College
shop and classroom semesters as part of the training
program. These semesters provide students the
opportunity to gain valuable related work experience.
Instrumentation Technician
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
158
Certificate I
MEM05001B
Perform manual soldering/de-soldering – electrical/electronic components
MEM12002 B
Perform electrical/electronic measurements
MEM12024A
Perform computations
MEM13014A
Apply principles of occupational health and safety in the work environment
MEM14004A
Plan to undertake a routine task
MEM15024A
Apply quality procedures
MEM16006A
Organize and communicate information
MEM16007A
Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment
MEM18001C
Use hand tools
MEM18002B
Use power tools/hand-held operations
MSAENV272B
Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
Instrumentation Technician
Certificate II
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
159
MEM09002B
Interpret technical drawing
MEM12004B
Perform precision electrical/electronic measurement
MEM12023A
Perform engineering measurements
MEM15002A
Apply quality systems
MEM16008A
Interact with computing technology
MEM18018C
Maintain pneumatic system components
MEM18055B
Dismantle, replace and assemble engineering components
MEM18064B
Maintain instrumentation system components
Certificate III
MEM10004B
Enter and change programmable controller operational parameters
MEM10005B
Commission programmable controller programs
MEM14005A
Plan a complete activity
MEM17003A
Assist in the provision of on-the-job training
MEM18054B
Fault find, test and calibrate instrumentation systems and equipment
MEM18057B
Maintain/service analog/digital electronic equipment
MEM18060B
Maintain, repair control instrumentation – single and multiple loop control systems
MEM18062B
Install, maintain and calibrate instrumentation sensors, transmitters and final control elements
MEM18067B
Tune control loops – multi controller or multi element systems
MEM18069B
Maintain, repair instrumentation process control analyzers
Mechanical Technician
Program
This program is designed to prepare students for
entry into a mechanical environment. Further training
in the mechanical field would qualify the student as a
mechanical technician in Qatar’s oil and gas industry.
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
160
A mechanical technician installs, maintains,
troubleshoots and repairs stationary industrial
machinery, mechanical equipment, and automated
and robotic systems. Mechanical technicians are
most often involved with installing, maintaining,
repairing, and removing machinery and equipment
in industrial plants and factories. This program is
designed to cover theory and practical components
necessary for a student preparing to become
a mechanical technician. Emphasis will be on
developing the relevant hands-on skills necessary to
perform the duties associated with this occupation.
The training consists of alternating semesters of
in-class and shop training at the College and
workplace learning assignments.
Objectives
1. To develop basic skills and knowledge required for
work as a mechanical technician focusing on areas
such as:
• Installing, aligning, dismantling and moving
stationary industrial machinery and mechanical
equipment
• Operating hoisting and lifting devices
• Inspecting, adjusting, maintaining and
troubleshooting machinery, power transmission,
vacuum, and hydraulic and pneumatic systems
• Assembling machinery and equipment using hand
and power tools and welding equipment
• Constructing foundations for machinery
• Operating machine tools such as lathes and
milling machines
2. To develop an awareness of, and concern for, good
safety practices and procedures in the workplace.
3. To develop skills to work independently or as a
member of a team on a variety of different projects
and tasks and to communicate effectively with
co-workers and supervisors.
Career Opportunities
The competencies acquired in this program will
prepare the graduate for careers in a wide variety
of occupational settings such as oil refineries,
petrochemical and chemical companies, electrical
power companies, oil and natural gas companies,
industrial processing plants, primary steel producers,
and machinery and equipment manufacturers.
Curriculum
The curriculum is being designed to reflect
competencies throughout the program.
Support units will include language studies,
communications, mathematics, science, and
computer applications.
Discipline-specific courses include hand tools, power
tools, power transmission, lubrication, bearings,
rigging, welding, thermal cutting, prime movers,
layout and machine foundations, alignment, pumps
and valves, seals and gaskets, hydraulics, pneumatics,
compressors, maintenance planning and scheduling,
material handling systems, occupational health and
safety, and technical drawing.
Workplace learning semesters alternate with College
shop and classroom semesters as part of the training
program. These semesters provide students the
opportunity to gain valuable related work experience.
Mechanical Technician
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
161
Certificate I
MEM11011B
Undertake manual handling
MEM13014A
Apply principles of occupational health and safety in the work environment
MEM14004A
Plan to undertake a routine task
MEM15002A
Apply quality systems
MEM15024A
Apply quality procedures
MEM16007A
Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment
MEM18001C
Use hand tools
MEM18002B
Use power tools/hand-held operations
MSAENV272B
Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
Mechanical Technician
Certificate II
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
162
MEM05005B
Carry out mechanical cutting
MEM05006B
Perform brazing and/or silver soldering
MEM06007B
Perform basic incidental heat/quenching, tempering and annealing
MEM07001B
Perform operational maintenance of machines/equipment
MEM09002B
Interpret technical drawing
MEM12023A
Perform engineering measurements
MEM12024A
Perform computations
MEM16006A
Organize and communicate information
MEM16008A
Interact with computing technology
Certificate III
MEM07032B
Use workshop machines for basic operations
MEM10010B
Install pipework and pipework assemblies
MEM11022B
Operate fixed/moveable load shifting equipment
MEM12006B
Mark off/out (general engineering)
MEM14005A
Plan a complete activity
MEM17003A
Assist in the provision of on-the-job training
MEM18003C
Use tools for precision work
MEM18004B
Maintain and overhaul mechanical equipment
MEM18005B
Perform fault diagnosis, installation and removal of bearings
MEM18006B
Repair and fit engineering components
MEM18007B
Maintain and repair mechanical drives and mechanical transmission assemblies
MEM18009B
Perform leveling and alignment of machines and engineering components
MEM18011C
Shut down and isolate machines/equipment
MEM18012B
Perform installation and removal of mechanical seals
MEM18013B
Perform gland packing
MEM18033B
Perform engine bottom-end overhaul
MEM18034B
Perform engine top-end overhaul
MEM18055B
Dismantle, replace and assemble engineering components
Process Operator Technician
Program
This program is designed to prepare students for
entry into a process operations environment.
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
163
Process operators monitor, adjust, operate, and
maintain processing units and equipment in a variety
of industrial plants. They diagnose and solve problems
related to systems operations in petroleum and
natural gas processing, pipeline and petrochemical
companies, and industrial, agricultural and specialty
chemical and pharmaceutical companies. This
program is designed to cover theory and practical
components necessary for a student preparing to
become a process operator. Emphasis will be on
developing the relevant hands-on skills necessary to
operate and maintain processing units. The training
consists of alternating semesters of in-class and
shop training at the College and workplace learning
assignments.
Objectives
1. To develop skills to operate electronic or
computerized control panels, read a variety
of instruments to gauge pressure, flow, level,
concentration, density, etc., adjust equipment,
valves, pumps and controls, and troubleshoot
process operations.
2. To provide a basic knowledge of chemistry and
chemical reactions.
3. To develop operator skills to monitor and
troubleshoot process operations.
4. To develop an awareness of, and concern for, good
safety practices and procedures in the workplace.
5. To develop skills to work independently or as a
member of a team on a variety of different projects
and tasks and to communicate effectively with
co-workers and supervisors.
Career Opportunities
The competencies acquired in this program will
prepare the graduate for careers in a wide variety of
industries where manufacturing and processing are
key elements in their operations. Companies involved
with petroleum, petrochemical, gas producing, and
industrial and agricultural manufacturing processes
have an ever-increasing need for skilled process
operators.
Curriculum
The curriculum is designed to reflect competencies
throughout the program.
Support units will include language studies,
communications, mathematics, science, and
computer applications.
Discipline-specific courses include hand tools,
piping, pipe fittings and valves, process static
equipment, process rotating equipment, electricity,
instrumentation, oil, gas, GTL processes, utilities and
operator duties, occupational health and safety, and
technical drawing.
Workplace learning semesters alternate with College
shop and classroom semesters as part of the training
program. These semesters provide students the
opportunity to gain valuable related work experience.
Process Operator Technician
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
164
Certificate II
MSAENV272B
Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSAPMOHS100A
Follow OHS procedures
MSAPMOHS110A
Follow emergency response procedures
MSAPMOHS200A
Work safely
MSAPMPER200B
Work in accordance with an issued permit
MSAPMSUP100A
Apply workplace procedures
MSAPMSUP102A
Communicate in the workplace
MSAPMSUP172A
Identify and minimize environmental hazards
MSAPMSUP292A
Sample and test materials and products
PMAOPS101C
Read dials and indicators
PMAOPS201B
Operate fluid flow equipment
PMAOPS204B
Use utilities and services
PMAOPS205B
Operate heat exchangers
PMAOPS216B
Operate local control systems
PMAOPS221B
Operate and monitor prime movers
PMAOPS222B
Operate and monitor pumping systems and equipment
PMAOPS280A
Interpret process plant schematics
Process Operator Technician
Certificate III
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
165
MSAPMSUP240A
Undertake minor maintenance
PMAOPS223B
Operate and monitor valve systems
PMAOPS300B
Operate a production unit
PMAOPS301B
Produce product by distillation
PMAOPS302B
Operate reactors and reaction equipment
PMAOPS303B
Operate furnaces to induce reaction
PMAOPS304B
Operate and monitor compressor systems and equipment
PMAOPS305B
Operate process control systems
PMAOPS307B
Transfer bulk fluids into/out of storage facility
PMAOPS308B
Organize storage and logistics of general materials
PMAOPS309B
Operate particulates handling/storage equipment
PMAOPS312B
Undertake ship loading/unloading operations
PMAOPS320B
Conduct artificial lift
PMAOPS321B
Undertake well management
PMAOPS323A
Operate and monitor heating furnace
PMAOPS324A
Operate a gas turbine
PMAOPS325B
Generate electrical power
PMAOPS326B
Produce product using gas absorption
PMAOPS327B
Produce product using fixed bed dehydration
PMAOPS329B
Produce product using liquid extraction
PMAOPS330B
Communicate pipeline control centre operations
PMAOPS335A
Conduct pipeline pigging
PMAOPS340B
Operate cryogenic process
166
Technician Preparatory Program (TPP)
Course Descriptions
Electrical Technician
MEM05001B PERFORM MANUAL SOLDERING/
DE-SOLRDERING – ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC
COMPONENTS
Students will learn to perform manual soldering/
disordering for the installation and fabrication of
electrical/electronic components.
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
167
MEM09002B INTERPRET TECHNICAL DRAWINGS
Students will learn to interpret technical drawing
relating to any of the full range of engineering
disciplines. Technical drawings may utilize perspective,
exploded views or hidden view techniques.
Interpretation may require guidance particularly
in respect to any geometric tolerancing.
MEM10002B TERMINATE AND CONNECT
ELECTRICAL WIRING
Prerequisite: MEM18001C
This unit applies to the connection of wiring and
includes termination and connection of all types
of cords and cables, excluding specialist cables.
All testing is undertaken on completed circuits
where these are not connected to main supply,
using appropriate methods such as continuity and
resistance checks. Specifications are obtained from
electrical/electronic circuit drawings and data sheets.
MEM10003B INSTALL AND TEST ELECTRICAL
WIRING AND CIRCUITS UP TO 1000 VOLTS AC
AND 1500 VOLTS DC
Prerequisite: MEM18049B
Students will cover the installation of electrical
wiring/systems and/or enclosures, including
specialist cables, using the full range of installation
materials and technique to any wiring circuits that
are directly or indirectly connected to a power
supply system. The scope of work includes electrical
installation work and electrical equipment work.
MEM10004B ENTER AND CHANGE
PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLER OPERATIONAL
PARAMETERS
Prerequisite: MEM16008A
This unit covers entering and changing programmable
controller operational parameters, including
specifications and procedures gained from a range of
circuit drawings, engineering data sheets, step
print out, manufacturers’ procedure and data books.
Students will undertake work autonomously or as part
of team environment using predetermined standards
of quality, safety and workplace procedures. Work
is generally undertaken at location of programmable
controller but could be undertaken with data link
offsite. Programmable controllers include PLC and
DCS or similar devices.
MEM12002B PERFORM ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC
MEASUREMENT
Prerequisite: MEM13014A
This unit applies to the measurement of voltage,
current, resistance, power, frequency etc. and DC
circuits up to 1000 volts, using appropriate measuring
devices and for a range of general applications.
MEM12004B PERFORM PRECISION ELECTRICAL/
ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT
This unit applies to the identification of measuring
requirements, the selection of appropriate measuring
devices, and calibration and care of devices to obtain
accurate, precision measurements.
MEM12023A PERFORM ENGINEERING
MEASUREMENTS
Students will use a variety of measuring tools and
measuring techniques appropriate and necessary
to make non-precision and precision measurements
in either imperial or metric standard in a range of
manufacturing, engineering and related environments.
It includes, where required, adjustment of measuring
devices through simple means and typically includes
zeroing or scale adjustment.
MEM12024A PERFORM COMPUTATIONS
This unit covers estimating approximate answers
to arithmetical problems, carrying out basic
calculations involving percentages and proportions,
and determining simple ratios and averages. The unit
includes producing and interpreting simple charts
and graphs.
Technician Preparatory Program (TPP)
Course Descriptions
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
168
MEM13014A APPLY PRINCIPLES OF
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY IN THE
WORK ENVIRONMENT
Prerequisite: MEM16008A
This unit covers following occupational health and
safety procedures in an engineering or similar work
environment. This unit and these standards do
not cover the skills of emergency teams such as
firefighting, first aid officer etc.
MEM16006A ORGANIZE AND COMMUNICATE
INFORMATION
Students will organize and communicate information
related to production, maintenance or associated
processes in manufacturing, engineering and related
environments. Information may be drawn from a
variety of sources. Students will demonstrate the
ability to communicate using common workplace
terminology.
MEM14004A PLAN TO UNDERTAKE A
ROUTINE TASK
Prerequisite: MEM13014A
Co-requisite: MEM18001C
This unit covers a person planning their own work
where tasks involve one or more steps or functions
and are carried out routinely on a regular basis.
It includes the concepts of following routine
instructions, specifications and requirements under
supervision.
MEM16007A WORK WITH OTHERS IN A
MANUFACTURING, ENGINEERING OR RELATED
ENVIRONMENT
This unit applies to work-related group activities
that typically occur in and between sections or
departments of an enterprise. Employees would
normally be working together to achieve a common
purpose, e.g. manufacture of a product, maintenance
of plant and equipment.
MEM14005A PLAN A COMPLETE ACTIVITY
This unit covers planning activities that, while
following established procedures, may require a
response and modification of procedures or choice
of different procedures to deal with unforeseen
developments. Activities are normally performed
by the individual undertaking the planned activity,
and associated reports are completed as required.
Planning will be related to familiar work tasks and
environments and performed to standard operating
procedures.
MEM15002A APPLY QUALITY SYSTEMS
Co-requisite: MEM12023A
This unit covers working within a quality improvement
system, either individually or in a team situation in a
manufacturing, engineering or related environment.
Application may include quality inspection of one’s
own or another employee’s work up to the level of the
employee’s technical competence.
MEM15024A APPLY QUALITY PROCEDURES
Prerequisite: MEM13014A
Co-requisite: MEM18002B
This competency covers applying established quality
procedures to an employee’s own work within a
manufacturing, engineering or related environment.
It includes concepts of meeting customer needs
to achieve outcomes that are ‘fit for purpose.’ This
includes following quality procedures to conform to
specifications and requirements.
MEM16008A INTERACT WITH COMPUTING
TECHNOLOGY
This unit covers accessing, inputting and storing
information used in manufacturing, engineering or
related environments, using computing technology.
MEM17003A ASSIST IN THE PROVISION OF
ON-THE-JOB TRAINING
This unit covers assisting in the provision of
on-the-job training to others while undertaking normal
duties. This may involve the replacement of normal
duties with training duties for limited periods of time.
Typical applications could include the provision of on
the job guidance by a production workers/trainees.
MEM18001C USE HAND TOOLS
Prerequisite: MEM13014A
Co-requisite: MEM14004A
Students will develop basic hand skills that are the
foundation for becoming a mechanical technician.
They will complete shop projects using metal cutting
tools, holding tools, striking tools and assembling
tools. The course will help students develop
knowledge and skill in tool identification, tool
selection, tool maintenance and tool use.
Technician Preparatory Program (TPP)
Course Descriptions
MEM18002B USE POWER TOOLS/HAND-HELD
OPERATIONS
Prerequisite: MEM13014A • Co-requisite: MEM15024A
Students will develop basic hand skills that are the
foundation for becoming a mechanical technician.
They will complete shop projects using power hand
and pedestal tools, such as drills, grinders and
saws used in industrial applications. The course will
help students develop knowledge and skill in tool
identification, tool selection, tool maintenance and
tool use.
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
169
MEM18011C SHUT DOWN AND ISOLATE
MACHINE/EQUIPMENT
Students will learn how to appropriately shut down
and isolate machines/equipment in situations that
require extensive system knowledge that exclude
the straightforward starting/stopping of machinery/
equipment through the use of simple switching,
including use of emergency switches. Shut-down/
isolation is undertaken autonomously or as part of
teamwork.
MEM18046B FAULT FIND/REPAIR ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT/COMPONENTS UP TO 1000 VOLTS
AC AND1500 VOLTS DC
Prerequisite: MEM18002B
Students will locate and rectify faults in equipment
and components using up to 1000 volts AC/1500
DC single and multi-phase power where these are
disconnected from the electrical supply. This course
includes basic mechanical disconnection, dismantling
and re-assembly of equipment components,
enclosures, drives etc.
MEM18048B FAULT FIND AND REPAIR/RECTIFY
BASIC ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS
Prerequisite: MEM18049B
Students will find fault and repair/rectify basic
electrical circuits. In this course, students will work on
basic circuit, which is defined as a single circuit with
a single output. A single circuit may be controlled by
one or more devices and the output may control one
or more devices.
MEM18049B DISCONNECT/RECONNECT FIXED
WIRED EQUIPMENT
Prerequisite: MEM18001C
Students will learn and practice appropriate ways
of connecting and disconnecting equipment, which
applies to all voltage levels up to 1000 volts AC/1500
volts DC. Students will learn disconnection of
equipment including electric motors, modular sensing
devices and limit switches. Work may include the
original connection of fixed wire equipment. All work
and work practices are undertaken to local regulatory
and legislative requirements.
MEM18051B FAULT FIND AND REPAIR/RECTIFY
COMPLEX ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS
Prerequisites: MEM18049B
Students will fault find and repair/rectify complex
electrical circuits covering interconnected electrical
circuits where electrical equipment and or
components are connected electrically. The course
addresses multiple electrical power supplies or
sources, voltages or circuits that are found in the
control or switching of the circuit.
MEM18055B DISMANTLE, REPLACE AND
ASSEMBLE ENGINEERING COMPONENTS
Prerequisite: MEM18002B
This unit covers dismantling and identifying faulty
components, selecting replacements, and
assembling engineering components into assemblies
or sub-assemblies in accordance with standard
operating procedures.
MEM18057B MAINTAIN/SERVICE ANALOG/
DIGITAL ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
Prerequisites: MEM18001C
Students will maintain/service analog/digital
electronic equipment and carry out the testing and
maintenance of electronic equipment and systems,
where a series of checks and pre-determined tests
is applied in accordance with workshop manuals,
testing procedures etc. Checks, tests and calibrations
apply to a wide range of electronic systems and
sub-assemblies used in engineering environments
including telecommunication, process control,
computer systems, security monitoring and alarm
systems etc. This course also covers the replacement
of faulty components identified during these tests.
Technician Preparatory Program (TPP)
Course Descriptions
MSAENV272B PARTICIPATE IN ENVIRONMENTALLY
SUSTAINABLE WORK PRACTICES
This competency covers the outcomes required to
effectively measure current resource use and carry
out improvements including those reducing negative
environmental impacts of work practices.
Instrumentation Technician
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
170
MEM05001B PERFORM MANUAL SOLDERING/
DE-SOLRDERING – ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC
COMPONENTS
Student will learn to perform manual soldering/
desoldering for the installation and fabrication of
electrical/electronic components.
MEM09002B INTERPRET TECHNICAL DRAWING
Students will learn to interpret technical drawing
relating to any of the full range of engineering
disciplines. Technical drawings may utilise perspective
exploded views or hidden view techniques.
Interpretation may require guidance particularly in
respect to any geometric tolerancing.
MEM10004B ENTER AND CHANGE PROGRAMMABLE
CONTROLLER OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS
Prerequisites: MEM16008A
This unit covers entering and changing programmable
controller operational parameters, including
procedures gained from a range of circuit
drawings, engineering data sheets, step print out,
manufacturers’ procedure and data books.
MEM10005B COMMISSION PROGRAMMABLE
CONTROLLER PROGRAMS
Prerequisites: MEM16008A
This unit covers adjusting and commissioning the
programmable controller program to specification only.
MEM12002B PERFORM ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC
MEASUREMENT
Prerequisites: MEM13014A
This unit applies to the measurement of voltage,
current, resistance, power, frequency etc. on a.c.
circuits up to 1000 volts, using appropriate measuring
devices and for a range of general applications.
MEM12004B PERFORM PRECISION ELECTRICAL/
ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT
This unit applies to the identification of measuring
requirements, selection of appropriate measuring
devices and calibration, and care of devices to obtain
accurate, precision measurements.
MEM12023A PERFORM ENGINEERING
MEASUREMENTS
This unit covers performing measurement skills
requiring straightforward use of mechanical
measuring devices and associated calculations.
MEM12024A PERFORM COMPUTATIONS
This unit covers estimating approximate answers
to arithmetical problems, carrying out basic
calculations involving percentages and proportions,
and determining simple ratios and averages. The
unit includes producing and interpreting simple
charts and graphs.
MEM13014A APPLY PRINCIPLES OF
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY
IN THE WORK ENVIRONMENT
Prerequisite: MEM12024A
This unit covers following occupational health and
safety procedures in an engineering or similar
work environment. This unit and these standards
do not cover the skills of emergency team such as
firefighting, first aid officer etc.
MEM14004A PLAN TO UNDERTAKE A
ROUTINE TASK
Prerequisite: MEM13014A
This unit covers a person planning their own work
where tasks involve one or more steps or functions
and are carried out routinely on a regular basis.
It includes the concepts of following routine
instructions, specifications and requirements under
supervision.
MEM14005A PLAN A COMPLETE ACTIVITY
This unit covers planning activities that, while
following established procedures, may require a
response and modification of procedures or choice
of different procedures to deal with unforeseen
developments. Activities are normally performed
by the individual undertaking the planned activity,
and associated reports are completed as required.
Planning will be related to familiar work tasks and
environments and be performed to standard
operating procedures.
Technician Preparatory Program (TPP)
Course Descriptions
MEM15002A APPLY QUALITY SYSTEMS
This unit covers working within a quality improvement
system, either individually or in a team situation in a
manufacturing, engineering or related environment.
Application may include quality inspection of one’s
own or another employee’s work up to the level of the
employee’s technical competence.
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
171
MEM15024A APPLY QUALITY PROCEDURES
Prerequisite: MEM13014A
This competency covers applying established quality
procedures to an employee’s own work within a
manufacturing, engineering or related environment.
It includes concepts of meeting customer needs
to achieve outcomes that are ‘fit for purpose.’ This
includes following quality procedures to conform to
specifications and requirements.
MEM16006A ORGANIZE AND COMMUNICATE
INFORMATION
Students will organize and communicate information
related to production, maintenance or associated
processes in manufacturing, engineering or related
environments. Information may be drawn from a
variety of sources. Students will demonstrate the
ability to communicate using common workplace
terminology.
MEM16007A WORK WITH OTHERS IN A
MANUFACTURING, ENGINEERING OR RELATED
ENVIRONMENT
This unit applies to work-related group activities
that typically occur in and between sections or
departments of an enterprise. Employees would
normally be working together to achieve a common
purpose, e.g. manufacture of a product, maintenance
of plant and equipment.
MEM16008A INTERACT WITH COMPUTING
TECHNOLOGY
This unit covers accessing, inputting and storing
information used in manufacturing, engineering or
related environments, using computing technology.
MEM17003A ASSIST IN THE PROVISION OF
ON-THE-JOB TRAINING
This unit covers assisting in the provision of
on-the-job training to others while undertaking
normal duties.
MEM18001C USE HAND TOOLS
Prerequisite: MEM13014A
Students will develop basic hand skills that are the
foundation for becoming a mechanical technician.
They will complete shop projects using metal
cutting tools, holding tools, striking tools, and
assembling tools. The course will help students
develop knowledge and skill in tool identification, tool
selection, tool maintenance and tool use.
MEM18002B USE POWER TOOLS/HAND-HELD
OPERATIONS
Prerequisite: MEM13014A
Co-requisite: MEM15024A
Students will develop basic hand skills that are the
foundation for becoming a mechanical technician.
They will complete shop projects using power hand
and pedestal tools, such as drills, grinders and
saws used in industrial applications. The course will
help students develop knowledge and skill in tool
identification, tool selection, tool maintenance and
tool use.
MEM18018C MAINTAIN PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
Prerequisite: MEM18055B
This unit covers checking pneumatic system
components, and identifying and repairing or
replacing faulty components. Pneumatic system
components are identified, inspected and assessed
using fluid power principles to predetermined
specifications interpreted from data sheets and
circuits diagrams. Correct operational function
of equipment components is confirmed and
commissioned in conformance with specification,
using standard operating procedures.
MEM18054B FAULT FIND, TEST AND CALIBRATE
INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
Prerequisites: MEM18064B
This unit covers testing instrumentation systems and
equipment; applying data collection techniques and
localizing fault conditions; analyzing and reporting
test results; and calibrating instrumentation systems
and components.
Technician Preparatory Program (TPP)
Course Descriptions
MEM18055B DISMANTLE, REPLACE AND
ASSEMBLE ENGINEERING COMPONENTS
Prerequisite: MEM18002B
Co-requisite: MEM18064B
This unit covers dismantling and identifying faulty
components, selecting replacements, and assembling
engineering components into assemblies or
sub-assemblies in accordance with standard
operating procedures.
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
172
MEM18057B MAINTAIN/SERVICE ANALOG/
DIGITAL ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
Prerequisites: MEM18001C
This unit covers maintaining/servicing analog/digital
electronic equipment.
MEM18060B MAINTAIN, REPAIR CONTROL
INSTRUMENTATION – SINGLE AND MULTIPLE
LOOP CONTROL SYSTEMS
Prerequisites: MEM18062B
This unit covers determining control loop
characteristics, monitoring and recording the
operation of a control loop, localizing the fault
condition, and replacing or repairing the faulty
condition.
MEM18062B INSTALL, MAINTAIN AND CALIBRATE
INSTRUMENTATION SENSORS, TRANSMITTERS
AND FINAL CONTROL ELEMENTS
Prerequisites: MEM18057B
This unit covers selecting and installing appropriate
sensors and signal transmitters, maintaining and
diagnosing correct operation of sensors and signal
transmitters, and completing fault documentation.
MEM18064B MAINTAIN INSTRUMENTATION
SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Prerequisite: MEM18055B
This unit covers maintaining instrument system
components of a primarily mechanical nature. An
understanding of instrumentation principles is
required.
MEM18067B TUNE CONTROL LOOPS – MULTI
CONTROLLER OR MULTI ELEMENT SYSTEMS
Prerequisites: MEM18062B
This unit covers determining and recording control
loop characteristics, tuning control loops and
completing service records.
MEM18069B MAINTAIN, REPAIR
INSTRUMENTATION PROCESS CONTROL
ANALYZERS
Prerequisites: MEM18062B
This unit covers performing preventative maintenance
on process control analyzers; completing fault
documentation; planning corrective action; repairing,
replacing, overhauling, calibrating and testing; and
re-installing and decommissioning process control
analyzers.
MSAENV272B PARTICIPATE IN ENVIRONMENTALLY
SUSTAINABLE WORK PRACTICES
This competency covers the outcomes required to
effectively measure current resource use and carry
out improvements including those reducing negative
environmental impacts of work practices.
Mechanical Technician
MEM05005B CARRY OUT MECHANICAL CUTTING
Prerequisites: MEM11011B
This unit applies to sawing, shearing, cropping and/
or holing and includes setting up and operating a
range of equipment. Examples of machines that could
be covered include guillotines, croppers, cold saws,
band saws, automatic saws etc. Typical applications
of this unit include cutting ferrous and non-ferrous
metals and non-metallic products in a maintenance
environment.
MEM05006B PERFORM BRAZING AND/OR
SILVER SOLDERING
Prerequisite: MEM11011B
Students will learn and practice procedures,
terminology and appropriate safety precautions, as
applied to oxy-acetylene use in brazing and soldering
processes. Work includes the preparation of materials
and equipment and the inspection of the
completed work.
MEM06007B PERFORM BASIC INCIDENTAL HEAT/
QUENCHING, TEMPERING AND ANNEALING
Prerequisite: MEM11011B
This unit covers performing straightforward heating/
quenching, tempering and annealing of ferrous and
non-ferrous metals to specifications.
Technician Preparatory Program (TPP)
Course Descriptions
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
173
MEM07001B PERFORM OPERATIONAL
MAINTENANCE OF MACHINES/EQUIPMENT
Prerequisites: MEM11011B
This unit covers carrying out programmed safety
and maintenance checks on machines/equipment
including manual, semi-automatic and automatic
machines of a stand-alone continuous production or
process nature.
MEM12006B MARK OFF/OUT (GENERAL
ENGINEERING)
Prerequisite: MEM12023A
This unit applies to marking off/out techniques used
for the transfer of dimensions from engineering
drawings, prints or plans. Marking off/out is
undertaken using appropriate tools and equipment;
templates are produced as required.
MEM07032B USE WORKSHOP MACHINES FOR
BASIC OPERATIONS
Prerequisite: MEM18001C
This unit covers basic machining in a maintenance
or jobbing environment and applies to machines that
include but are not limited to lathes, radial arm drills,
mills etc., and covers the sharpening of tools
as required.
MEM12023A PERFORM ENGINEERING
MEASUREMENTS
This unit covers performing measurement skills
requiring straightforward use of mechanical
measuring devices and associated calculations.
MEM09002B INTERPRET TECHNICAL DRAWING
Students will learn to interpret technical drawing
relating to any of the full range of engineering
disciplines. Technical drawings may utilize
perspective, exploded views or hidden view
techniques. Interpretation may require guidance
particularly in respect to any geometric tolerancing.
MEM10010B INSTALL PIPEWORK AND PIPEWORK
ASSEMBLIES
This unit applies to installation of ferrous, non-ferrous
and PVC pipes and fittings. Pipework and installation
is performed to established practices and standards.
MEM11011B UNDERTAKE MANUAL HANDLING
Co-requisite: MEM13014A
This unit covers lifting and moving materials manually
and/or using basic manual handling equipment in a
wide range of environments.
MEM11022B OPERATE FIXED/MOVEABLE LOAD
SHIFTING EQUIPMENT
This unit applies to the operation of fixed/
moveable load shifting equipment within the limits
of manufacturers’ recommended procedures and
safe working loads. It applies to load shifting/lifting
activities where knowledge of codes and signals is
not required.
MEM12024A PERFORM COMPUTATIONS
This unit covers estimating approximate answers
to arithmetical problems, carrying out basic
calculations involving percentages and proportions,
and determining simple ratios and averages. The
unit includes producing and interpreting simple charts
and graphs.
MEM13014A APPLY PRINCIPLES OF
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY IN THE
WORK ENVIRONMENT
Prerequisite: MEM16008A
Co-requisite: MEM11011B
This unit covers following occupational health and
safety procedures in an engineering or similar work
environment. This unit and these standards do
not cover the skills of emergency teams such as
firefighting, first aid officer etc.
MEM14004A PLAN TO UNDERTAKE
A ROUTINE TASK
Prerequisites: MEM11011B
This unit covers a person planning their own work
where tasks involve one or more steps or functions
and are carried our routinely on a regular basis.
It includes the concepts of following routine
instructions, specifications and requirements
under supervision.
Technician Preparatory Program (TPP)
Course Descriptions
MEM14005A PLAN A COMPLETE ACTIVITY
This unit covers planning activities that, while
following established procedures, may require a
response and modification of procedures or choice
of different procedures to deal with unforeseen
developments. Activities are normally performed
by the individual undertaking the planned activity,
and associated reports are completed as required.
Planning will be related to familiar work tasks and
environments and performed to standard operating
procedures.
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
174
MEM15002A APPLY QUALITY SYSTEMS
This unit covers working within a quality improvement
system, either individually or in a team situation, in a
manufacturing, engineering or related environment.
Application may include quality inspection of one’s
own or another employee’s work up to the level of the
employee’s technical competence.
MEM15024A APPLY QUALITY PROCEDURES
Prerequisite: MEM11011B
This competency covers applying established quality
procedures to an employee’s own work within a
manufacturing, engineering or related environment.
It includes concepts of meeting customer needs
to achieve outcomes that are ‘fit for purpose.’ This
includes following quality procedures to conform to
specifications and requirements.
MEM16006A ORGANIZE AND COMMUNICATE
INFORMATION
Students will organize and communicate information
related to production, maintenance or associated
processes in manufacturing, engineering or related
environments. Information may be drawn from a
variety of sources. Students will demonstrate the
ability to communicate using common workplace
terminology.
MEM16007A WORK WITH OTHERS IN A
MANUFACTURING, ENGINEERING OR RELATED
ENVIRONMENT
This unit applies to work-related group activities
that typically occur in and between sections or
departments of an enterprise. Employees would
normally be working together to achieve a common
purpose, e.g. manufacture of a product, maintenance
of plant and equipment.
MEM16008A INTERACT WITH COMPUTING
TECHNOLOGY
This unit covers accessing, inputting and storing
information used in manufacturing, engineering or
related environments, using computing technology.
MEM17003A ASSIST IN THE PROVISION OF
ON-THE-JOB TRAINING
This unit covers assisting in the provision of
on-the-job training to others while undertaking normal
duties. This may involve the replacement of normal
duties with training duties for limited periods of time.
Typical applications could include the provision of
on the job guidance by a production worker to other
production workers/trainees.
MEM18001C USE HAND TOOLS
Prerequisite: MEM11011B
Students will develop basic hand skills that are the
foundation for becoming a mechanical technician.
They will complete shop projects using metal cutting
tools, holding tools, striking tools and assembling
tools. The course will help students develop
knowledge and skill in tool identification, tool
selection, tool maintenance and tool use.
MEM18002B USE POWER TOOLS/HAND-HELD
OPERATIONS
Prerequisites: MEM11011B
Students will develop basic hand skills that are the
foundation for becoming a mechanical technician.
They will complete shop projects using power hand
and pedestal tools such as drills, grinders and saws
used in industrial applications. The course will
help students develop knowledge and skill in tool
identification, tool selection, tool maintenance and
tool use.
MEM18003C USE TOOLS FOR PRECISION WORK
Prerequisite: MEM12023A
This unit involves using a variety of tools, instruments
and power equipment to perform precision tasks on
a range of metallic and non-metallic materials. The
types of precision work covered by this unit could
include: scraping machine beds to precise tolerances,
broaching a tapered keyway, hand reaming the bore of
a spigot or bush to a positive transition fit with shaft,
core drilling (finishing) a blind locating hole to receive
a mating pin, lapping a mechanical seal to fine finish,
filing complex angles and mating edges, precision
grinding using flex-drive attachment or similar.
Technician Preparatory Program (TPP)
Course Descriptions
MEM18004B MAINTAIN AND OVERHAUL
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
Prerequisite: MEM18055B
This unit covers diagnosing, locating faults, repairing,
overhauling, fitting and adjusting mechanical systems
and equipment. This unit integrates the application
of prerequisite diagnostic, maintenance and overhaul
competencies.
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
175
MEM18005B PERFORM FAULT DIAGNOSIS,
INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF BEARINGS
Prerequisite: MEM18055B
This unit covers performing routine bearing checks
during operations and non-operation, diagnosing
bearing faults, identifying bearing requirements
for replacement or installation, and removing and
installing bearings.
MEM18006B REPAIR AND FIT ENGINEERING
COMPONENTS
Prerequisite: MEM18055B
This unit covers fault finding, repairing faulty
components, manufacturing new parts/components,
and fitting mechanical engineering components into
assemblies or sub-assemblies.
MEM18007 MAINTAIN AND REPAIR MECHANICAL
DRIVES AND MECHANICAL TRANSMISSION
ASSEMBLIES
This unit covers diagnosing faults and repairing drives
and transmission assemblies, and undertaking final
adjustment and commissioning.
MEM18009B PERFORM LEVELING AND
ALIGNMENT OF MACHINES AND ENGINEERING
COMPONENTS
Prerequisite: MEM18006B
This unit covers undertaking leveling and alignment
measurements/readings and performing leveling
and/or alignment tasks.
MEM18011C SHUT DOWN AND ISOLATE
MACHINES/EQUIPMENT
This unit covers isolating and shutting down machines
and equipment. The unit applies to situations that
require extensive system knowledge that exclude
the straightforward starting/stopping of machinery/
equipment through the use of simple switching,
including use of emergency switches. Shut-down/
isolation is undertaken autonomously or as part of
teamwork.
MEM18012B PERFORM INSTALLATION AND
REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL SEALS
Prerequisite: MEM18055B
Skills covered by this unit include the knowledge of
appropriate applications for a range of mechanical
seals and the ability to remove, select, repair or
replace all component parts of the seal. Lubrication
requirements are completed according to suppliers’
instructions and recommendations or specifications.
MEM18013B PERFORM GLAND PACKING
Prerequisite: MEM12023A
This unit covers inspecting glands and gland packing,
and removing and replacing or topping up gland
packing. The unit applies to, but is not limited to,
packing for high or low temperatures and pressures,
solids, gases and liquids.
MEM18033B PERFORM ENGINE
BOTTOM-END OVERHAUL
Prerequisite: MEM18055B
This unit covers dismantling, cleaning and assessing
parts, recording and interpreting measurements, and
reconditioning components.
MEM18034B PERFORM ENGINE TOP-END
OVERHAUL
Prerequisites: MEM18055B
This unit covers dismantling, clearing and assessing
parts, recording and interpreting measurements, and
reconditioning the cylinder head.
MEM18055B DISMANTLE, REPLACE AND
ASSEMBLE ENGINEERING COMPONENTS
Prerequisite: MEM18002B
This unit covers dismantling and identifying faulty
components, selecting replacements and assembling
engineering components into assemblies or
sub-assemblies in accordance with standard
operating procedures.
Technician Preparatory Program (TPP)
Course Descriptions
MSAENV272B PARTICIPATE IN ENVIRONMENTALLY
SUSTAINABLE WORK PRACTICES
This competency covers the outcomes required to
effectively measure current resource use and carry
out improvements including those reducing negative
environmental impacts of work practices.
Process Operator Technician
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
176
MSAENV272B PARTICIPATE IN ENVIRONMENTALLY
SUSTAINABLE WORK PRACTICES
This competency covers the outcomes required to
effectively measure current resource use and carry
out improvements including those reducing negative
environmental impacts of work practices.
MSAPMOHS100A FOLLOW OHS PROCEDURES
This competency unit relates to the worker’s ability
to recognize hazards commonly occurring at the
workplace and follow health and safety instructions
and procedures in the workplace.
MSAPMOHS110A FOLLOW EMERGENCY
RESPONSE PROCEDURES
Prerequisite: MSAPMOHS100A
This competency unit relates to the appropriate
response to emergency situations for any new
workers at the workplace, possibly delivered as part
of an induction program.
MSAPMOHS200A WORK SAFELY
Prerequisites: MSAPMSUP102A
This competency unit relates to the worker’s ability to
identify occupational health and safety (OHS) hazards,
and assess workplace with minimal supervision. The
worker will also be capable of participating in and
contributing to OHS management issues.
MSAPMPER200B WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH
AN ISSUED PERMIT
Prerequisite: MSAPMOHS200A
This competency unit aims to ensure that people
working under a permit to work understand the
system, know the limitations of the permit under
which they are working and comply with all the
requirements of the permit.
MSAPMSUP100A APPLY WORKPLACE
PROCEDURES
Prerequisite: MSAPMOHS110A
This competency unit covers the skills and knowledge
required to complete one’s own work activities.
MSAPMSUP102A COMMUNICATE IN THE
WORKPLACE
Prerequisite: PMAOPS101C
This competency unit covers receiving, relaying and
recording written and oral messages and providing
relevant information in response to requests, within
timelines.
MSAPMSUP172A IDENTIFY AND MINIMUM
ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS
Prerequisite: MSAPMSUP100A
This competency unit covers the skills and knowledge
required to complete one’s own work activities.
MSAPMSUP240A UNDERTAKE MINOR
MAINTENANCE
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This unit applies to operators who are involved in
providing basic maintenance and the resolving of
routine problems to procedures. It does not cover
activities normally requiring traditional trade training.
MSAPMSUP292A SAMPLE AND TEST MATERIALS
AND PRODUCTS
Prerequisite: PMAOPS205B
This competency unit covers the taking of routine
samples and the conducting of simple tests.
PMAOPS101C READ DIALS AND INDICATORS
Prerequisite: MSAPMSUP172A
This competency unit covers making (or taking)
readings/measurements in a variety of sites
and locations, using common types of plant
instrumentation. It also covers recording
measurement results in a prescribed format,
according to procedures and with the appropriate
level of detail included in all reports.
PMAOPS201B OPERATE FLUID FLOW EQUIPMENT
Prerequisite: PMAOPS216B
This competency unit covers the operation of the
range of pumps and valves typically encountered in
the fluid flow system monitoring and troubleshooting
these items.
Technician Preparatory Program (TPP)
Course Descriptions
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
177
PMAOPS204B USE UTILITIES AND SERVICES
Prerequisite: MSAPMPER200B
This competency unit covers the use of a range of
utilities and services in the plant. It includes the
selection of the appropriate utility/service from those
provided to the plant and recognizing and responding
to operational problems as required.
PMAOPS223B OPERATE AND MONITOR VALVE
SYSTEMS
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This unit covers the adjustment and monitoring of
valves and ancillary equipment as part of controlling
a process, e.g. hydrocarbons transport pipeline, gas
distribution network.
PMAOPS205B OPERATE HEAT EXCHANGERS
Prerequisite: PMAOPS204B
This competency unit is typically performed by an
operator and covers the operation of heat exchangers,
including heat exchangers that form part of heating,
cooling or refrigeration systems, and solving of heat
exchanger problems.
PMAOPS280B INTERPRET PROCESS PLANT
SCHEMATICS
Prerequisite: PMAOPS222B
This competency unit covers the interpretation of
process plant schematics for a range of operations
uses. It includes a wide range of schematics.
PMAOPS216B OPERATE LOCAL CONTROL
SYSTEMS
Prerequisite: MSAPMSUP292A
This competency unit covers the operation of a local
control panel. These controllers use simple control
algorithms and only a limited number of control loops.
Typically it will be located on the plant, but may also
be located offplant and include simple panels in a
control room that are not part of the main control panel.
PMAOPS221B OPERATE AND MONITOR
PRIME MOVERS
Prerequisite: PMAOPS201B
This competency unit covers the operation of a prime
mover and its ancillary equipment, which is used to
drive a highpressure pump or compressor. The prime
mover may be a large highvoltage/current electrical
motor, a turbine or a diesel engine. It is a complex,
independent item of equipment with a specialized
start up and shut down procedure.
PMAOPS222B OPERATE AND MONITOR PUMPING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
Prerequisite: PMAOPS221B
This competency unit covers prime movers used to
drive a complete pumping system including pumps
and ancillary equipment (e.g. vibration monitors,
lubrication pumps and equipment, gear boxes and
barring gear). The pumps covered by this unit typically
are used for hydrocarbon transmission lines.
PMAOPS300B OPERATE A PRODUCTION UNIT
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This competency covers the operation of an
enterprisespecific unit of a production plant where
the operations technician would operate
independently in a plant with local control or in
liaison with the control room operator in a plant with
distributed control system (DSC) type controls.
PMAOPS301B PRODUCE PRODUCT BY
DISTILLATION
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This unit covers the monitoring and controlling of
a distillation unit, which is separating two or more
components to achieve finished product. The process
may or may not be controlled from a central control
room.
PMAOPS302B OPERATE REACTORS AND
REACTION EQUIPMENT
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This unit covers the operation of a production unit
that, as its prime function, causes and controls
a chemical reaction. It includes the operation of
equipment ancillary to the main reactor. The reactor
or reaction equipment includes types of reactors such
as batch, continuous, catalytic and fluidized bed.
PMAOPS303B OPERATE FURNACES TO INDUCE
REACTION
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This unit covers the operation of furnaces for the
primary purpose of causing, inducing or facilitating a
chemical reaction such as cracking, smelting or other
very high temperature processes. The furnace will
typically be directly fired, or may use the feed as the
fuel. It does not apply to steamheated reactors.
Technician Preparatory Program (TPP)
Course Descriptions
PMAOPS304B OPERATE AND MONITOR
COMPRESSOR SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This unit covers the operation and monitoring of
a complex compressor system and associated
equipment.
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
178
PMAOPS305B OPERATE PROCESS CONTROL
SYSTEMS
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This unit covers the operation of a centralized control
panel. These controllers use a range of control
algorithms and multiple control loops. The panel will
control multiple vessels/plant items and/or products.
It will typically be located offplant in a control room.
PMAOPS307B TRANSFER BULK FLUIDS INTO/OUT
OF STORAGE FACILITY
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This unit covers landbased tank farms or tankers at
sea. The control room operator, from the main panel,
will monitor and control the transfer of product into
storage facilities including controlling product levels,
flows, temperatures and pressures.
PMAOPS308B ORGANIZE STORAGE AND
LOGISTICS OF GENERAL MATERIALS
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This competency covers the operation of the materials
storage and retrieval system. In a typical scenario,
an operations technician organizes the storage and
logistics of general materials for the plant or work area.
PMAOPS309B OPERATE PARTICULATES
HANDLING/STORAGE EQUIPMENT
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This competency covers the skills needed to
manage a complex storage facility. This requires the
operations technician to utilize the storage capacity
efficiently, and to ensure particulates are stored in
the appropriate containers. The operations technician
also needs to monitor the quality and quantity of
stock held in each container, and to ensure all
containers are free of contamination.
PMAOPS312B UNDERTAKE SHIP LOADING/
UNLOADING OPERATIONS
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This unit covers the transfer of materials/products
from the loading area to vessels or from vessels to
storage areas. The operations technician will report
the state of readiness of the loading facilities before
starting transfer to the loading master and to the
terminal operator.
PMAOPS320B CONDUCT ARTIFICIAL LIFT
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This unit covers the artificial lift of fluids from
operating wells either on land or offshore using
pumps, valves and compressors. The operations
technician is also responsible for conducting tests and
analyses of the product and the operating condition of
the equipment.
PMAOPS321B UNDERTAKE WELL MANAGEMENT
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This unit includes operating and monitoring the
performance of well equipment, making adjustments
to and reporting on product flows, identifying and
reporting operational problems, and being aware of
and contributing to a safe working environment and
the safe and productive operation of the system.
PMAOPS323A OPERATE AND MONITOR HEATING
FURNACE
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This unit covers performing startup, takeover/
handover, monitoring, shut down and storage of
a heating furnace and associated equipment to
legislative requirements, standards and codes
of practice.
PMAOPS324A OPERATE A GAS TURBINE
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This unit covers the operation of a stationary gas
turbine in a typical power generation or compression
operation. This unit includes starting up/shutting
down and monitoring the performance of the
equipment, as well as a full understanding of OHS
requirements, including emergency situations.
PMAOPS325B GENERATE ELECTRICAL POWER
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This unit includes operating and monitoring the
performance of the power generation plant and
making appropriate changes to meet power demand.
PMAOPS326B PRODUCE PRODUCT USING GAS
ABSORPTION
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This unit involves the operation and monitoring of
gas absorption units and ancillary equipment such
as glycol dehydration or CO2 absorption units.
Technician Preparatory Program (TPP)
Course Descriptions
PMAOPS327B PRODUCE PRODUCT USING FIXED
BED DEHYDRATION
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This unit covers the operation and monitoring of fixed
bed dehydration units and ancillary equipment. The
operations technician learns to identify and report
operational problems, be aware of and contribute to
a safe working environment, contribute to the safe
and productive operation of the system, and operate,
monitor and maintain the equipment using relevant
procedures.
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
179
PMAOPS329B PRODUCE PRODUCT USING LIQUID
EXTRACTION
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This unit covers liquid extraction occurring in a natural
gas processing plant and contains an absorber,
deethanizer tower, turbo expander compressor,
cold separator vessel and various plate fintype heat
exchangers.
PMAOPS330B COMMUNICATE PIPELINE CONTROL
CENTRE OPERATIONS
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This unit covers the operation of a pipeline control
centre. The centre will be the hub for pipeline
activities in order to achieve minimum risk to
continued safe and efficient operation of the pipeline
system.
PMAOPS335A CONDUCT PIPELINE PIGGING
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This unit covers the monitoring of the pig launching
and receiving operations in/on a large plant/platform.
The type of pigs used may include batching, cleaning,
gauging, intelligent and foam pigs.
PMAOPS340B OPERATE CRYOGENIC PROCESS
Prerequisite: PMAOPS280B
This competency covers the skills needed to
operate and maintain complex refrigeration/
cryogenic systems that involve multistage centrifugal
compressor (or similar) and associated equipment,
including computer control and monitoring systems.
TPP Language Studies
TPP-GL-103
This course is designed for learners with very low
proficiency in English. Using an integrated skills
approach, listening, speaking, reading and writing
are taught with a focus on routine, non-demanding,
personal contexts of language use. Grammar,
vocabulary and pronunciation are embedded within
the teaching of the four skills. Success strategies for
the classroom and the workplace form an integral part
of the course. Upon completion, learners will have
attained initial basic proficiency in English.
TPP-GL-104
This course is designed for learners with Initial Basic
Proficiency in English. Using an integrated skills
approach, listening, speaking, reading and writing
are taught with a focus on routine, non-demanding,
daily work-related contexts of language use within
the energy and other industry sectors. Grammar,
vocabulary and pronunciation are embedded within
the teaching of the four skills. Success strategies for
the classroom and the workplace form an integral part
of the course. Upon completion, learners will have
attained Developing Basic Proficiency in English.
TPP-GL-105
This course is designed for learners with Developing
Basic Proficiency in English. Using an integrated skills
approach, listening, speaking, reading and writing are
taught with a focus on routine, non-demanding,
work-related contexts of language use within the
energy and other industry sectors. Grammar,
vocabulary and pronunciation are embedded within
the teaching of the four skills. Success strategies for
the classroom and the workplace form an integral part
of the course. Upon completion, learners will have
attained Adequate Basic Proficiency in English.
TPP-GL-106
This course is designed for learners with Adequate
Basic Proficiency in English. Using an integrated
skills approach, listening, speaking, reading and
writing are taught with a focus on routine, familiar,
moderately demanding, work-related contexts of
language use within the energy and other industry
sectors. Grammar, vocabulary and pronunciation
are embedded within the teaching of the four skills.
Success strategies for the classroom and the
workplace form an integral part of the course. Upon
completion, learners will have attained Fluent Basic
Proficiency in English.
Technician Preparatory Program (TPP)
Course Descriptions
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
180
TPP-GL-1071
This course is designed for learners with Fluent Basic
Proficiency in English and is part one of a three-part
course. Using an integrated skills approach, listening,
speaking, reading and writing are taught with a focus
on routine, demanding, work-related contexts of
language use within the energy and other industry
sectors. Grammar, vocabulary and pronunciation are
embedded within the teaching of the four skills. It
is designed to support competency-based learning
skills needed for success at the Technical and
Further Education (TAFE) Certificate II level. Success
strategies for the classroom and the workplace form
an integral part of the course. Upon completion of
the three-part course, learner will have attained Initial
Intermediate Proficiency in English.
TPP-GL-1072
This course is designed for learners with Fluent Basic
Proficiency in English and is part two of a three-part
course. Using an integrated skills approach, listening,
speaking, reading and writing are taught with a focus
on routine, demanding, work-related contexts of
language use within the energy and other industry
sectors. Grammar, vocabulary and pronunciation are
embedded within the teaching of the four skills. It
is designed to support competency-based learning
skills needed for success at the Technical and
Further Education (TAFE) Certificate II level. Success
strategies for the classroom and the workplace form
an integral part of the course. Upon completion
of all three parts, learners will have attained Initial
Intermediate Proficiency in English.
TPP-GL-1073
This course is designed for learners with Fluent Basic
Proficiency in English and is part three of a three-part
course. Using an integrated skills approach, listening,
speaking, reading and writing are taught with a focus
on routine, demanding, work-related contexts of
language use within the energy and other industry
sectors. Grammar, vocabulary and pronunciation are
embedded within the teaching of the four skills. It
is designed to support competency-based learning
skills needed for success at the Technical and
Further Education (TAFE) Certificate lI level. Success
strategies for the classroom and the workplace form
an integral part of the course. Upon completion,
learners will have attained Initial Intermediate
Proficiency in English.
TPP-GL-107A
This course is designed for learners with Fluent Basic
Proficiency in English. This is a GL1071 and GL1072
remedial course. As well, it fulfills the requirements of
GL1073. Using an integrated skills approach, listening,
speaking, reading and writing are taught with a focus
on routine, demanding, work-related contexts of
language use within the energy and other industry
sectors. Grammar, vocabulary and pronunciation
are embedded within the teaching of the four skills.
This course is designed to support competencybased learning skills needed for success for the
Technical and Further Education (TAFE) Certificate
II level. Success strategies for the classroom and
the workplace form an integral part of the course.
Upon completion, learners will have attained Initial
Intermediate Proficiency in English.
TPP-GL-107B
This course is designed for learners with Fluent Basic
Proficiency in English. This is a GL1073 remedial
course. Using an integrated skills approach, listening,
speaking, reading and writing are taught with a focus
on routine, demanding, work-related contexts of
language use within the energy and other industry
sectors. Grammar, vocabulary and pronunciation
are embedded within the teaching of the four skills.
This course is designed to support competencybased learning skills needed for success for the
Technical and Further Education (TAFE) Certificate
II level. Success strategies for the classroom and
the workplace form an integral part of the course.
Upon completion, learners will have attained Initial
Intermediate Proficiency in English.
TPP-WC-301
This course is designed for learners with Initial
Intermediate Proficiency in English. Using an
integrated skills approach, listening, speaking, reading
and writing are taught with a focus on nonroutine,
demanding, work-related contexts of language use
within the energy and industry sector. Grammar,
vocabulary and pronunciation are embedded within
the teaching of the four skills. It is designed to
support competency-based learning skills needed
for success at the Technical and Further Education
(TAFE) Certificate III level. Success strategies for the
classroom and the workplace form an integral part
of the course. Upon completion, learners will have
attained Developing Intermediate Proficiency
in English.
Technician Preparatory Program (TPP)
Course Descriptions
TECHNICIAN PREPAR ATORY PROGR AM
181
TPP-WC-302
This course is designed for learners with Developing
Intermediate Proficiency in English. Using an
integrated skills approach, listening, speaking, reading
and writing are taught with a focus on nonroutine,
demanding, work-related contexts of language use
within the energy and industry sector. Grammar,
vocabulary and pronunciation are embedded within
the teaching of the four skills. It is designed to
support competency-based learning skills needed
for success at the Technical and Further Education
(TAFE) Certificate III level. Success strategies for the
classroom and the workplace form an integral part
of the course. Upon completion, learner will have
attained Adequate Intermediate Proficiency in English.
TPP-WC-303
This course is designed for learners with Adequate
Intermediate Proficiency in English. Using an
integrated skills approach, listening, speaking, reading
and writing are taught with a focus on nonroutine,
demanding, work-related contexts of language use
within the energy and industry sector. Grammar,
vocabulary and pronunciation are embedded within
the teaching of the four skills. It is designed to
support competency-based learning skills needed
for success at the Technical and Further Education
(TAFE) Certificate III level. Success strategies for the
classroom and the workplace form an integral part
of the course. Upon completion, learners will have
attained Fluent Intermediate Proficiency in English.
TPP Math, Science and Computers
TPP-MA-103 TECHNICIAN PREPARATORY
PROGRAM (TPP) FOUNDATION MATHEMATICS I
Prerequisite: Appropriate score on the CNA-Q General
Math Placement (GMP) test
Co-requisite: TPP-GL-105
This is a course in Foundation Mathematics designed
to help alleviate specific weakness in students’
basic mathematical skills and thereby increase their
chances for success in further courses. It is the first
of two foundation mathematics courses designed to
provide the fundamentals of mathematics.
TPP-MA-104 TECHNICIAN PREPARATORY
PROGRAM (TPP) FOUNDATION MATHEMATICS ll
Prerequisites: TPP-MA-103 and TPP-GL-105
Co-requisite: TPP-GL-106
This is a course in foundation mathematics designed
to help alleviate specific weaknesses in students’
basic mathematical skills and thereby increase their
chances for success in further courses. It is the
second of two foundation mathematics courses
designed to provide the fundamentals of mathematics.
TPP-MA-105 TECHNICIAN PREPARATORY
PROGRAM (TPP) MATHEMATICS lll
Prerequisites: Appropriate score on the CNA-Q
General Math Placement (GMP) test or TPP-MA-104
and TPP-GL-106 • Co-requisite: TPP-GL-1071
This is a course in basic mathematics for TPP
students. Its focus is on geometric and trigonometric
mathematical functions and their application in
industrial processes.
TPP-MA-301 TECHNICIAN PREPARATORY
PROGRAM (TPP) PREPARATORY MATHEMATICS I
Prerequisites: TPP-MA-105 and TPP-GL-1071
This is a course in basic mathematics for TPP
students. Its focus is on mathematical functions and
their application required in industrial processes.
TPP-MA-302 TECHNICIAN PREPARATORY
PROGRAM (TPP) PREPARATORY MATHEMATICS II
Prerequisites: TPP-MA-301 and TPP-GL-1071
This is a course in basic mathematics for TPP
students. Its focus is on mathematical functions and
their application required in industrial processes.
TPP-MC-105 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTERS
This course is designed to give the student an
introduction to computer systems. Upon successful
completion of this course, students will have a
basic understanding of computer systems and their
operation, popular software packages and their
applications, and security issues associated with the
use of computers.
TPP-SI-101 GENERAL SCIENCE FOR TECHNICIANS
Prerequisite: TPP-WC-302 or equivalent
Co-requisite: TPP-MA-302 or equivalent
This is a course in Science Foundations for Technician
and Arts students. It serves to introduce core physics
and chemistry vocabulary and science concepts
qualitatively. Basic quantitative computations will be
introduced for select topics.
182
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
183
Course Descriptions
184
Course Descriptions
185
AC1100 BOOKKEEPING I
Bookkeeping I is a study of the fundamental principles,
the mechanics of bookkeeping, recording, classifying,
and the summarizing of financial data for a service
business. It involves the control of cash, petty cash,
banking procedures, and payroll accounting.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
AC1260 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING I
This course introduces the student to accounting
concepts, including: the basics of the double-entry
accounting system including adjusting entries;
financial statement preparation; accounting for
payroll; accounting for a merchandising company,
and the basics of internal control of cash. This course
emphasizes the national accounting standards
(private enterprise GAAP).
AC1350 INCOME TAX
Prerequisites: AC2220
The student is introduced to the basic principles
of the Canadian Income Tax. Emphasis is placed
on computing taxable income and taxes payable
for individuals and corporations. The course
includes basic tax planning ideas for individuals and
corporations.
AC2100 BOOKKEEPING II
Prerequisite: AC1100
Bookkeeping II involves the application of accounts
receivable, accounts payable and the study and
application of the generally accepted accounting
principles within merchandising firms using
special journals, end-of-the-year adjustments for
depreciation, accruals, bad debts, closing entries,
and financial statements.
AC2220 INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING I
Prerequisite: AC2260, MC1241
This course is designed to build on the knowledge
obtained in Financial Accounting I and II. Its focus is
on the asset side of the balance sheet, providing an
in-depth study of current assets, property, plant and
equipment and intangible assets. The recognition
and measurement of revenues and expenses are
also covered.
AC2230 COMPUTERIZED ACCOUNTING I
Prerequisites: Either AC2100, AC1260 or equivalent
introductory accounting course, and either CP1450
or MC1240
This course introduces the student to the elements
of integrated computerized financial accounting
software (such as Simply Accounting by Sage). The
student will explore integrated software systems,
general ledger, payables, receivables, payroll, and
inventory. The student will have the opportunity to
apply the skills through various applications.
AC2231 COMPUTERIZED ACCOUNTING ll
Prerequisite: AC2230
This course completes the study of computerized
accounting systems started in AC2230 Computerized
Accounting I. The student will learn how to use
computerized accounting software to: perform
bank reconciliation, enter foreign currency
transactions, and perform project allocations,
budgeting, departmental accounting, timing and
billing. Furthermore, the student will learn to use
spreadsheets for analyzing, planning and decision
making for intermediate accounting, and managerial
accounting content through the use of comprehensive
case studies and simulations.
AC2250 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING I
Prerequisite: AC2260, MC1241
This course is designed to provide the student with
knowledge in accounting techniques required by
management for planning and control, decision
making, performance evaluation, and preparation of
internal reports.
AC2260 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING II
Prerequisite: AC1260
This course introduces the student to the principles
and procedures needed to account for long-term
assets (including capital assets, intangible assets,
and investments), liabilities, and equities, and to the
concepts of financial reporting and decision making
for both partnerships and corporations. In this course
the student will explore property, plant, equipment
and intangibles; current and long-term liabilities;
partnership accounting; corporate organizations,
transactions and reporting; bonds as liabilities and
investments; equity investments; statement of cash
flows; and analyzing financial statements. This course
emphasizes the national accounting standards
(private enterprise GAAP).
AC1025 – AC2260
AC1025 PREPARATORY FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
This course introduces accounting concepts
beginning with the recording of transactions. The
student is led through the basic of the double-entry
system of accounting from adjusting entries to
financial statements. In additions, there is a strong
emphasis on using and understanding accounting
terminology.
AC2340 PRINCIPLES OF AUDITING
Prerequisite: AC3220
This course is designed to further students’
knowledge of auditing by introducing them to the
principles of external auditing. The course is a
practical guide to external auditing and practice.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
186
AC2360 PRINCIPLES OF INTERNAL AUDITING
Prerequisite: AC2220
Co-requisite: AC3220
This course is designed to provide an introduction
to auditing for accounting students who do not have
significant auditing or accounting experience. The
course is a practical guide to both auditing theory
and practice. The course will introduce students
to the practice of internal audit and the auditor’s
decision-making process.
AC2370 PRINCIPLES OF TAXATION
Prerequisites: AC2260, MA2400
This course will provide students with an introduction
to taxation. It focuses on the theory behind taxation
rather than the practical application so that students
gain an understanding of how and why taxes exist.
By taking this course, the students will recognize the
major tax issues inherent in business and financial
transactions. The main focus will be on corporate
taxation and corporate tax planning, especially in
an international environment. Additional topics such
as individual taxation, value-added taxes (VAT), and
custom duties will be covered in a depth relative to
their presence in the local tax environment.
AC2540 OIL AND GAS PRODUCTION ACCOUNTING
Prerequisites: AC2260
This course will provide students with an overview
of the development of the oil and gas industry,
from inception to modern practices and from the
reservoir to refining, and the role that the production
accountant plays in accounting for oil and gas. This
will enable students to understand and communicate
effectively with professionals in the oil and gas
industry and to understand and apply the accounting
concepts.
AC2600 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING FOR HUMAN
RESOURCE MANAGERS
Prerequisite: AC2260
This course is designed to introduce the learner to
the accounting techniques needed by management for
planning and control, decision making, performance
evaluation, and preparation of internal reports. The
learner will explore basic concepts of managerial
accounting; departmental, project and program cost
allocation; budgeting and control; control through
standard costs; flexible budgets and overhead
analysis; control of decentralized operations; and
pricing of products and services. The learner will
have the opportunity to apply their skills through
practical learning.
AC2640 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING FOR
NON-ACCOUNTING MAJORS
Prerequisite: AC2260
This course introduces the student to accounting
needed by management for planning and control,
decision making, performance evaluation and
preparation of internal reports.
AC3220 INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING II
Prerequisite: AC2220
This course is a continuation of the study of the
principles and procedures covered in the previous
semester of Intermediate Financial Accounting. The
contents present an in-depth study of the liabilities
and owner’s equity side of the statement of financial
position, as well as an in-depth study of the statement
of cash flows.
AC3230 COMPUTERIZED ACCOUNTING II
Prerequisites: AC2100 or AC1260 and CP1450
or equivalent
This is a more advanced computerized accounting
course. Students will be introduced to a computerized
accounting package such as Accpac, NewViews or
System II.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
AC3250 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING II
Prerequisite: AC2250
This course is designed to build on the knowledge
gained in Management Accounting I by taking the
students’ previous knowledge of cost behaviour
and applying it to specialized areas of cost and
management accounting including budgeting,
standard costing, relevant cost analysis, pricing of
products and services, and capital budgeting.
AC3251 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING III
Prerequisite: AC3250
This course is designed to provide the student with
knowledge in accounting techniques required by
management for planning and control, decision
making, performance evaluation and preparation
of internal reports. Topics include organizational
structure, cost terminology, job order and process
costing, cost-volume-profit analysis, cost allocation,
and segment analysis. The emphasis of the course
is on modern cost management and performance
measurement techniques and application to
real-world examples and cases.
C3260 PAYROLL AND COMMODITY TAXES
Prerequisites: AC2260, AC2230
This course introduces the basic principles of payroll
administration and commodity taxes. The student will
be able to account for and file the required reports for
payroll and commodity taxes.
AE1130 ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS FOR
INSTRUMENTATION
Prerequisite: ET1101
This is a second-year course that is intended to teach
students semiconductor theory as well as the theory
of operation of a number of electronic devices used in
the area of industrial instrumentation.
AE1260 POWER ELECTRONICS
Prerequisite: ET1130
This course introduces the student to solid state
electronics for industrial power supplies and on/off
control of high current devices.
AE2250 POWER ELECTRONICS
Prerequisite: AE1200
This course introduces the student to practical
circuit design and applications of electronic devices
and circuits.
AE2350 ANALOG ELECTRONICS I
Prerequisite: ET1151
This course provides comprehensive study of the
basic principles of electromagnetic wave propagation
as they are applied to transmission lines, waveguides
and antennas with applications in wired and wireless
communications systems.
AE2351 ANALOG ELECTRONICS II
Prerequisite: AE2350
This course provides a study of analog applications
of advanced transistor circuits and operational
amplifiers, with emphasis on circuit analysis,
applications, circuit simulation and troubleshooting.
Also included is a study of IC power supply linear
and switching regulators, as well as thyristors and
representative power control circuits.
AE3110 ANALOG INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
Prerequisite: AE2321
The purpose of this course is to provide the student
with an understanding of the theory relating to
operational amplifier circuits, analog and other filters,
and advanced power supplies. The theory covered
in class will be applied and validated during the
laboratory periods.
BK1100 BANKING OPERATIONS I
This course is designed to familiarize students
first with the main principles and guidelines that
characterize the banking industry and then to
provide them with a basic understanding of,
and hands-on exposure to, the operations and
transactions conducted in a bank setting. This course
will also emphasize the importance of teamwork,
discipline, and sound work ethics. Students will be
evaluated on their class participation, punctuality,
teamwork, and overall attitude.
AC2340 – BK1100
187
AC3240 INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING
Prerequisite: AC3220
Co-requisite: FN2110
In recognition of the increasing presence of
multi-nationals, this course is designed to provide
senior students with an introduction to accounting in
an international business environment. The course
will start with an overview of the major national
accounting bodies, the significant differences in their
current standards, and the history of how and why
they developed different accounting approaches.
Students will subsequently gain an understanding
of the increasing need for harmonization of
accounting approaches and the increasing role of the
International Accounting Standards Board in today’s
global context.
BL1010 BIOLOGY
Prerequisite: FL1080
This is a foundation course designed for the student
with a weak background in biology. This laboratory
course introduces the student to principles of
biology and includes the following major topics:
basic microscopy, cellular structure and function,
biological organization, biological compounds, cellular
processes, and genetics.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
188
BL1011 BIOLOGY
Prerequisite: BL1010
This is a foundation course designed for the student
with a weak background in biology. This course is
designed to introduce the student to the principles of
human biology. The major topics include systems of
the human body.
BL1130 MICROBIOLOGY
This is an introductory microbiology course
designed to introduce students to the diversity of
microorganisms, their relationship to environmental
technology, and the basic lab techniques used to
identify and enumerate them. This course prepares
students to apply microbiological techniques to
monitor water and air quality, domestic and industrial
water and wastewater treatment systems, and site
remediation projects.
BL1200 BIOLOGY
Prerequisite: CH1011 or equivalent
This is an introductory biology course designed to
develop scientific literacy and prepare students for
entry into Health Sciences programs. The course
focuses on the fundamental concepts of biology
and provides introduction to the study of human
systems with particular emphasis on the skeletal
and nervous systems.
BL1210 BIOLOGY II
Prerequisite: BL1200
BL1210 is a continuation of BL1200, with emphasis
being placed on the anatomy and physiology of
the following human systems: integumentary, the
sensory organs, endocrine, lymphatic, urinary, and
reproductive systems.
BL1240 GENERAL AND ORAL MICROBIOLOGY
Prerequisite: BL1200
This course provides the student with an introduction
to general and oral microbiology. An overview of
microbiological classification, ecology, transmission,
and control will be presented as well as an
introduction to host factors affecting health and
disease. This will provide the rationale for the student
to apply principles of sterilization and infection
control in pre-clinical and clinical experiences. The
oral microbiology of dental plaque and its function in
the development of caries and periodontal disease
will be studied. This course will be applied in the
development of effective preventive therapies for
relevant case studies and clients.
BL1250 OROFACIAL ANATOMY
This course provides the student with basic dental
knowledge and terminology, anatomy of the head,
oral cavity and individual teeth, as well as anomalies
and pathology of the oral cavity. Emphasis is placed
on theoretical knowledge that will be applied in a
clinical setting.
BL1270 OROFACIAL ANATOMY
This course provides the student with detailed study
of the anatomy of the head and neck. Primary topics
are skeletal and muscular or facial anatomy and the
nerve and vascular supply to the region. In addition,
the anatomy of the oral cavity and primary and
permanent dentition will be studied.
BL1280 MICROBIOLOGY AND
INFECTION CONTROL
This course is designed to provide students with
the rationale for proper infection control and the
knowledge and ability to implement policies and
procedures necessary to protect themselves as well
as prevent the transmission of disease in the dental
office. The microbiology component of this course
provides students with the necessary foundation to
understand the organisms that cause disease and the
approaches necessary to destroy them. Diseases of
concern to dentistry are the main focus.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
189
BL1501 BIOLOGY
Prerequisite: BL1500
This is a course in human anatomy and physiology,
with emphasis being placed on the following systems:
cardiovascular, lymphatic, respiratory, endocrine,
nervous and sensory organs, and related medical
terminology.
BL2100 BIOLOGY
Prerequisite: BL1501
This six-week course is a continuation of the second
semester anatomy and physiology course with
emphasis on the following systems: digestive, urinary
and reproductive, and related medical terminology.
BL2330 CARDIOPULMONARY PHYSIOLOGY
Prerequisites: Successful completion of third semester
This course is an in-depth study of the anatomy
and physiology of the cardiopulmonary and other
body systems, which have an impact on respiratory
medicine. Included will be the analysis of various
disease conditions that affect the human body,
especially the cardiopulmonary components.
BL2340 CARDIOPULMONARY PATHOPHYSIOLOGY
Prerequisites: Successful completion of third semester
This course will enable the student to describe the
pathophysiologic manifestations, clinical signs,
symptoms, and therapeutic management of the major
cardiopulmonary diseases, in order to facilitate the
development of treatment protocols.
BL2410 MICROBIOLOGY
Prerequisites: Successful completion of third semester
This is an introductory course covering the basic
aspects of microbiology, with emphasis on the role
of microorganisms in disease and methods of control
utilized in respiratory care.
CE1140 NETWORK COMPUTER ESSENTIALS
This course introduces learners to the fundamentals
of computer hardware and software with an emphasis
on the requirements for a networked environment.
The early course covers the hardware (HW) of network
computing systems (PC), servers, remote computing
devices and peripherals. As the course develops,
learners are introduced to the operating systems
(OS) that are installed on these devices. Learners
will be able to describe the internal components of
a computer, assemble a computer system, install an
operating system, and troubleshoot using system
tools and diagnostic software. Learners will also be
able to connect the Internet and share resources
in a network environment. In addition to the above,
learners will look at PC security and the role of good
communications in the troubleshooting process.
Essential knowledge and skills will be developed using
a combination of classroom instruction and hands-on
practical experience.
CE1210 BASIC COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS I
This course introduces learners to the concept of
networking using a top-down approach. Throughout
this course learners will examine the role and
operation of networks including applications,
protocols, devices and media. Learners will also be
introduced to wireless networks. This course provides
the student with significant practical experience in
networking. Upon completion of this course, the
student should have a reasonable understanding of
topics such as how local area networks function,
the role of IP addressing, and how data is reliably
transported between hosts across the Internet.
Learners will be expected to construct a simple
network, apply appropriate IP addresses, and to
configure connectivity between a wireless LAN client
and a wireless access point.
BL1010 – CE1210
BL1500 BIOLOGY
This is an introductory biology course, with emphasis
being placed on the following: a study of the cell,
its structure and function; a comparison between
animal and plant cells; a brief study of selected
organisms of the Protista kingdom and a comparison
between eukaryotes and prokaryotes; a study of DNA,
RNA and protein synthesis; an introductory study
of gene regulation in prokaryotes and eukaryotes;
the principles of heredity; an introductory study of
biotechnology; a study of tissues; an introduction to
anatomical and medical terminology; and a study of
the skeletal system.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
190
CE2130 IP ROUTING
Prerequisite: CE1210
This course introduces learners to the technology and
design of IP networks at Layer 3 of the OSI and TCP/IP
models. Throughout this course, learners will examine
the role and operation of routing protocols as they are
applied to networks. The specific routing protocols
examined are RIP, RIPv2, EIGRP and OSPF. This
course provides the learner with significant practical
experience in the design and configuration of multiple
touring protocols to achieve network implementation.
Upon completion of this course, the learner should
have an excellent understanding of routing protocols,
their behaviour, and design considerations for
the selection of the correct implementation for
specific network requirements. Learners will be
expected to construct multiple networks and apply
appropriate configurations to establish network
connectivity within the LAN as well as provide Internet
connectivity. Students enrolled in this course are also
registered in the Cisco Networking Academy Program.
Successful completion of Basic Communications
Networks, IP Routing, Switching and Wireless, and
Accessing the WAN will qualify students to write the
Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) industry
certification exam.
CE2270 ELECTRONIC ANALOG COMMUNICATIONS
Prerequisite: MA1101
Co-requisites: AE2320 or AE2350
This is an intermediate-level electronics course
designed to provide students with an introduction to
the signals and processes of analog communications.
CE2300 TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS
Prerequisite: AE2350
Co-requisite: CE2130
This course is designed to provide a detailed
understanding of the design and technologies used by
telecommunication service providers to deliver voice
and data services. Emphasis is placed on the currently
deployed switching, transmission and signalling
systems technologies. Specific topics include
the architecture of the public switched telephone
network (PSTN) and the use of this network construct
to provide data services. Technology emphasis is
on local loop, digital switch network including the
ITU-T E.164 international public telecommunication
numbering plan, Integrated Services Digital Network
(ISDN), time-division multiplexing (TDM), Frame
Relay (FR), Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM),
and synchronous optical networking (SONET). The
roadmap to evolve these facilities in support of mobile
and Internet Protocol services will be explained.
CE2400 SWITCHING AND WIRELESS
Prerequisite: CE1210
This course introduces learners to Layer 2 switching
of the OSI TCP/IP. Upon completion of this course,
the student will be familiar with concepts such as
VLANs, VTP and STP. Throughout the course the
student is presented with opportunities to apply
the covered concepts and to construct converged
switched networks. The student will also learn how
switching technology is implemented in wireless
networks (IEEE 802.11) and how LAN switching is
modelled, planned, and deployed in the local area
network (LAN), metropolitan area network (MAN), and
wide area network (WAN). Students enrolled in this
course are also registered in the Cisco Networking
Academy Program. Successful completion of Basic
Communications Networks, IP Routing, Switching and
Wireless, and Accessing the WAN will qualify students
to write the Cisco Certified Network Associate
(CCNA) industry certification exam.
CE2500 ACCESSING THE WAN
Prerequisites: CE2130, CE2400
This course provides learners integrated and
comprehensive instruction on wide area network
(WAN) technologies and network services required
by converged applications in enterprise networks.
The student is also introduced to other WAN
technologies such as Digital Subscriber Line (DSL)
and virtual private networks (VPNs) as well as network
addressing using IPv6. Throughout the course the
student is presented with practical labs to apply
the covered concepts and to construct converged
network solutions. The student will also learn how to
assess the impact of advanced service on the WAN,
like Data and VoIP, and then create the required
design to meet these requirements. Additionally
students use the layered model approach to isolate,
identify, and correct common network problems
at layers 1, 2, 3 and 7. Students enrolled in this
course are also registered in the Cisco Networking
Academy Program. Successful completion of Basic
Communications Networks, IP Routing, Switching and
Wireless, and Accessing the WAN will qualify students
to write the Cisco Certified Network Associate
(CCNA) industry certification exam.
CE2700 ANTENNAS AND MICROWAVES
This course provides a comprehensive study of
transmission lines, waveguides, and antennas with
application in radio systems. Topics covered include
transmission line parameters, waveguides and
components, antennas, antenna measurements,
and impedance matching with Smith charts.
CE3140 RF COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
Prerequisites: CE2270, CE2730
This is an advanced electronic communications
course. It provides a solid background for
understanding and analyzing the modern
communications systems.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
191
CE3160 L2 – L4 SWITCHING
Prerequisite: DP3410
Co-requisite: CR2430
The course will provide the student with the skills to
design and configure new Layer 2 to Layer 4 hardware
(ASIC) based campus switching and its applications,
that are poised to improve and/or replace CPUbased routing. The course also supplies students with
knowledge of Ethernet over SONET complementary
technology to carry switched Layer 2, plus Ethernet
switching over omnipresent SONET WAN (Ethernet
over SONET or EOS) carrier.
CE3200 DIGITAL DATA CARRIER NETWORKS
Prerequisites: DP3410, AE2320
This course provides a detailed and practical
discussion of the system theory leading to the design
and operation of the telephone communications
network. Emphasis is placed on the digital facilities
in current use by local telecommunications utilities.
Lectures are supplemented by projects, field trips,
and laboratory experiments.
CE3230 IP NETWORK SECURITY
Prerequisite: CE2500
Security is of paramount importance in today’s
business world. Not only is the number of security
threats increasing, but the sophistication of threats
is increasing as well. This course looks at the various
types of threats and how to mitigate them. Students
will focus on securing the different elements of a
network. Students will look at tunneling technologies
used for remote user connections. They will also
look at the various encryption schemes used.
Students will engage in ethical hacking to become
familiar with some of the more common threats to
network security.
CE3240 BROADCASTING ENGINEERING
TECHNOLOGY
Prerequisite: CE2500
Co-requisite: CE3140
This course provides learners with a basic
understanding of broadcast technology and
systems. The course first introduces the student to
the capture of video and audio media as it applies
to broadcast signals using analog technology as
well as the regional standards required. This is
followed with a comprehensive understanding of
the transition to digital broadcast and the new
standards required. Students will be able to explain
the difference between analog and digital broadcast
technology and systems. They will also understand
the transport solutions for broadcast media using
satellite technology, cable technology, and Internet
protocol technology and the important similarities
and differences for each in the distribution of
the broadcast content. Learners will acquire a
comprehensive understanding through the use of
course materials, broadcast industry reference
materials, and practical laboratory skills training.
CE3430 NETWORK CABLING
Prerequisite: CE1210
This course will provide the student with the
necessary skills to design and implement
high-performance cabling systems. The performance
level of the system determines the type of cabling
and hardware to be used, the rules to be followed
(i.e. TIA/EIA-568A standard), and the type of testing
and documentation required to certify performance
and troubleshoot the installation. It focuses on the
physical layer of the Open Systems Interconnection
(OSI) network model and includes the electrical and
mechanical aspects of interfacing to the transmission
medium and impact on performance they may have.
This includes analysis of copper cabling, fibre-optics,
connectors and interconnection hardware, electrical
code requirements for installation, performance
certification, and documentation of best practices.
CE3510 MICROWAVE CIRCUIT DESIGN
Prerequisites: CE2270, CE2730, plus either AE2321
or AE2351
This course involves design and simulation of radio
frequency amplifier circuits. It provides the students
with the analytical and modelling skills to analyze
and assist in the development of radio frequency
microwave communications subsystems.
CE2130 – CE3510
CE2730 ELECTROMAGNETICS FOR ELECTRONIC
COMMUNICATIONS
Prerequisites: MA1101, MP2140 or ET1151
This course provides a comprehensive study of the
basic principles of electromagnetic wave propagation
as they are applied to transmission lines, waveguides
and antennas, with applications in wired and wireless
communications systems.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
192
CE3640 UNIFIED COMMUNICATIONS
Prerequisites: CE3160 and CE1210 or CE2130
and CE2400
This course provides students with an understanding
of unified communications topics such as Voice
over Internet Protocol (VoIP). Topics include unified
communications components and technologies,
PSTN architecture, VoIP, protocols and signalling,
and unified communications deployment. Upon
completion of this course, students may choose to
pursue professional certification such as CCNA Voice.
CH1010 CHEMISTRY
Prerequisite: FL1070 or equivalent
Co-requisite: MA1025
This is a course in preparatory chemistry designed
to help alleviate specific weaknesses in students’
science skills and thereby increase their chances
for success in further courses. It is the first of
two preparatory courses designed to provide the
fundamentals of chemistry. Its focus is on chemical
basics and terminology with an introduction to
chemical reactions and stoichiometry.
CF1120 MATERIALS AND PROCESSES
Prerequisites: CF1100 or CF1160 (in Qatar)
The purpose of this course is to familiarize the
student with production and fabrication processes
and practices used in the industrial environment. A
continuation of the CF1100 Materials and Processes,
this course will give an overview of non-metal
materials used in engineering processes and an
understanding of surface treatments, coatings, and
corrosion. Manufacturing processes include metal
removal, joining processes, casting processes,
forming and shaping processes.
CH1011 CHEMISTRY
Prerequisite: CH1010
This is a course in preparatory chemistry designed
to help alleviate specific weaknesses in students’
science skills and thereby increase their chances
for success in further courses. It is the second of
two preparatory courses designed to provide the
fundamentals of chemistry. Its focus is on chemical
bonding, solution chemistry, chemical equilibrium,
and acids and bases.
CF1160 MATERIALS PRACTICES
Prerequisite: CH1120
This introductory course characterizes industrial
materials, with an emphasis on metals. Students
will have opportunity to handle samples of different
materials and to conduct tests that highlight material
characteristics. The emphasis in this course is to
ensure students understand why specific materials
are considered for industrial application.
CF2240 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS
Prerequisites: FM2160, CF1160 or CF1120
This is a course in the mechanics of solids. Of
principal concern are the deformation of materials
under applied loads and the associated stress
distributions. Emphasis will be placed on elementary
strength of materials theory with the associated
approximations. This course provides a basis for
machine element design and structural analysis.
CF2520 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
Prerequisites: PH1101, MA1101
This course is included in the petroleum
technology program curriculum as an engineering
science. It forms part of the core of courses
that introduce students to the fundamentals of
applied problem solving.
CH1120 CHEMISTRY
This is an introductory course designed to give
students knowledge and understanding of the
fundamental chemical concepts that will form the
basis for further studies in science and technology.
CH1121 CHEMISTRY
Prerequisite: CH1120
This course will further develop the fundamental
concepts of chemistry, with emphasis on those
relevant to the chemistry of materials and to the
processes of polymer chemistry, thermochemistry,
chemical reaction rates and equilibrium,
electrochemistry, metals and alloys.
CH1200 CHEMISTRY
This is an introductory course in chemistry dealing
with the fundamental laws of chemistry, the nature of
matter and structure of the atom, the periodic table,
chemical bonding, stoichiochemistry, and the physical
states of matter and solutions. The quantitative
aspects of chemistry are stressed.
CH1201 CHEMISTRY
Prerequisite: CH1200
This is a continuation of CH1200. Major topics include
gas laws, oxidation-reduction, electrochemistry,
chemical nomenclature, chemical kinetics, nuclear
chemistry, and chemical equilibrium. The quantitative
aspects of chemistry are stressed.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CH2460 INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY
Co-requisite: CH1120
This course will introduce students to chemical
industries generally on a global perspective with
focus specifically on local industries. The student
will also get to perform a detailed case study on
local industries.
CH2200 CHEMISTRY
Prerequisite: CH1201
This six-week course is a continuation of the second
semester course. Major topics include various types
of chemical equilibria such as gaseous equilibria,
solubility equilibria, and acid-base equilibria. The
quantitative aspects are stressed.
CH2540 CHEMICAL LABORATORY TECHNIQUES I
Co-requisite: CH1120
This course will introduce laboratory safety, basic
laboratory equipment, and techniques used to
measure basic properties. Laboratory management
and quality will be a major emphasis. These
principles will be reinforced in laboratory periods
using discovery, demonstration, participation, and
teamwork techniques.
CH2230 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Prerequisite: CH1120
This is an introductory course in chemical equilibrium
and analysis. It will introduce the students to chemical
equilibria as well as classical methods of quantitative
chemical analysis such as gravimetry and titrimetry
and simple instrumental techniques used for field
measurement (pH, colorimetry, conductivity, and
dissolved oxygen).
CH2370 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Prerequisite: CH1120
This is an introductory course in organic chemistry
for Chemical Laboratory Technician students.
Major topics studied are the study of basic organic
compounds including alkanes, alkenes, aromatic
hydrocarbons, alcohols, and other functional groups.
The course also focuses on an introduction to the
properties of petroleum and polymer chemistry.
CH2420 HYDROCARBON CHEMISTRY
Prerequisite: CH1121
This is a course in organic chemistry designed to give
petroleum students a knowledge and understanding
of the fundamental chemical concepts of organic
products and derivatives which are prominent in the
hydrocarbon processing industry.
CH2430 INDUSTRIAL PROCESS OVERVIEW
This course will introduce students to the chemical
processes specific to local industry, focusing on
feedstocks, derivatives, and final products. They
will also be studied in relation to their impact on the
global economy. Process efficiency calculations such
as material balances will be introduced as well.
CH2541 CHEMICAL LABORATORY TECHNIQUES II
Co-requisite: CH1120
This course will introduce instrumental techniques
and procedures in the chemistry laboratory. A
focus on quality control and assurance as well as
standardized test procedures will be a key focus of
the course.
CH2740 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY
This course will expand on the general chemistry
studied in first year courses with a significant portion
of the course devoted to an introduction to organic
chemistry. The course will incorporate information
and techniques studied in the first year courses to
detail the interaction between chemicals and the
environment. Specific attention will be placed on
interactions and reactions that take place in the
atmosphere and in water bodies when these are
exposed to chemicals. Of particular interest will
be areas concerned with toxicological chemistry.
Monitoring and ecological/health effects will also
be studied.
CH2770 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY
Prerequisites: CH1120 or CH1200
This is an introductory course in environmental
chemistry. Major topics studied are the study of
basic environmental chemistry, water chemistry, and
atmospheric chemistry, as well as waste and waste
management and its relationship to the environment.
The laboratory component focuses on field and
sampling techniques.
CH2830 INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS
Prerequisites: CH1120, CH2230
This is an introductory course in instrumentation. It
will introduce the students to both spectroscopy and
chromatographic techniques and apply principles to
industrially related experiments.
CE3640 – CH2830
193
CH1210 CHEMISTRY II
Prerequisite: CH1200
This course is designed as a continuation of CH1200.
Major topics include gas laws, chemical kinetics,
equilibrium, and acid-base chemistry, as well as
introductions to organic, descriptive, and nuclear
chemistry.
CH2860 ANALYSIS AND SAMPLING TECHNIQUES
Prerequisites: Successful completion of all
courses to date
This is a final semester course in analysis and
sampling techniques. Students learn proper sampling
methods and chain-of-command for obtaining and
testing of field samples. Emphasis is placed on
both qualitative and chemical analysis techniques
developed throughout the program.
CH3100 CHEMISTRY FOR PROCESS ANALYZERS
This course will provide students the knowledge and
understanding of the fundamental chemical concepts
that will form the basis for further studies of process
analyzers.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
194
CI1100 ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION
Prerequisite: ET2100
Co-requisites: DP1100, AE2300 or AE2301
This is a practical course in which students become
acquainted with the variety of laboratory and test
equipment that could be encountered in a working
environment. The course focuses on applications of
the concepts learned.
CI1120 INTRODUCTION TO PROCESS
INSTRUMENTATION
Prerequisite: ET1100
This is a first-year course in basic industrial
instrumentation and its purpose is to introduce
students to new terms, symbols, and industrial
pressure measurement.
CI1121 PROCESS FIELD INSTRUMENTATION
Prerequisite: CI1120
This is a second-year course in industrial process
measurement. Its purpose is to introduce students
to the methods used by the processing industries to
measure various physical properties such as pressure,
level/density, flow, temperature, and humidity.
CI1140 INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL AND
INSTRUMENTATION TECHNOLOGY
This is a hands-on course that will enable students to
read existing electrical and instrumentation drawings
so they can identify the physical components within
the College. It includes an overview of electrical
distribution, the three line diagrams for the College’s
distribution system and a motor control centre. For
electrical control, the as-built electrical drawings for
the pilot plant will be used. For the instrumentation
section of the course, participants will use the piping
and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs), process flow
diagrams (PFDs), and loop drawings for the various
processes in the College to identify the physical
locations of the various components in the process.
CI1180 BASIC INSTRUMENTATION
Prerequisite: ET1101
This course provides a comprehensive treatment
of sensors and methods of measuring automated
process variables. The student will be introduced to
the underlying concepts and operation of industrial
measurement devices and control systems.
CI1260 INSTRUMENTATION WORKSHOP I
Prerequisite: CI1120
This is a first-year course that is intended to provide
students with many of the mechanical skills required
in the field of industrial instrumentation. Hazardous
materials handling and safe work practices will also be
stressed.
CI1261 INSTRUMENTATION WORKSHOP II
Prerequisites: CI1260, CI1121
This is a second-year course that is intended to
provide students with many of the skills required to
work in a hazardous area. A major practical project
will also be completed by the student working as a
member of a team of individuals.
CI1310 ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC FABRICATION
TECHNIQUES
Prerequisite: ET1101 or ET1131
This is a practical electrical/electronics course for
students entering the primary electrical/electronics
technical intersession. This course enables the
student to obtain practical knowledge in soldering,
wiring, fabrication, and proper use of test equipment
as related to accepted procedures found in industry.
CI1320 ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC FABRICATION
TECHNIQUES
Prerequisite: ET1101, ET1131 or ET1151
This is a practical electrical/electronics course for
students entering their program discipline. This
course enables the student to obtain practical
knowledge in soldering, wiring, fabrication, and
proper use of test equipment as related to accepted
procedures found in industry.
CI1330 INSTRUMENT TUBE AND FITTINGS
Prerequisite: CI1120
Co-requisite: CI1260
This course will introduce the student to various
types of mechanical fittings and tubing used in
industry. Mechanical skills will be taught that will
enable the student to plan and perform a tubing
installation project.
CI1540 INDUSTRIAL PROCESS OPERATIONS
Co-requisite: CI1120
This course will introduce the student to a number
of industrial process unit operations. The intention
is to provide the student an overview of how various
industrial systems operate and how the controls
systems are integrated with those operations.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
195
CI1600 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS I
Prerequisite: CI1120
Co-requisite: CI1121
The purpose of this course is to familiarize the student
with electronic and digital controllers as well as basic
feedback control. This is a second year course that
is intended to provide the student an opportunity
to learn how various types of processing industries
regulate such things as pressure, level, flow etc.
CI1601 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS II
Prerequisites: CI1600, CI1121
The purpose of this course is to familiarize the student
with the various control strategies implemented by the
processing industries.
CI1660 INTRODUCTION TO CONTROL SYSTEMS
Prerequisite: CI1180
This is an introduction to process control systems,
designed to provide the students with the basics
of proportional-integral-derivative (PID) control
as well as an overview of more advanced systems
and strategies. An overview of programmable logic
controllers (PLCs) and distributed control systems
(DCSs) will also be provided. Fire and gas detection/
emergency shutdown will also be covered.
CI1700 DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
Prerequisites: CI1600, DP1110, CI1121
The purpose of this course is to familiarize the
student with computerized process control systems
commonly referred to as distributed control
systems (DCSs).
CI1820 INTRODUCTION TO PROCESS ANALYZERS
Prerequisites: CH1120, CI1120
This course will introduce the student to various
types of process analysis. Methods of calibration
and applications of statistical methods (mean,
standard deviation, control charts, tests, and linear
regression analysis) will be applied to measurements.
Electrochemical principles will be applied to the
study of corrosion, conductivity, oxidation reduction
potential (ORP), and pH.
CI2100 PRESSURE AND LEVEL MEASUREMENT
AND CONTROL
Prerequisite: CI1350
This is the second core instrumentation course
designed to reinforce the basic instrumentation
concepts previously covered. The various types
of transmitters used to measure pressure and level
will be covered in detail. The control section of the
course will show how the transmitters are used in
a control loop.
CI2120 FINAL CONTROL ELEMENTS AND
INSTRUMENT AIR SYSTEMS
This course focuses on the various types of valves
and damper operators as well as the auxiliary devices
used to position and supply power to the actuator. The
final section of the course covers how instrument air
is produced for an industrial plant.
CI2230 FLOW AND TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT
AND CONTROL
Prerequisite: CI2100
This course develops further understanding of types
of control strategies and introduces students to the
principles and operation of flow and temperature
control systems, with an introduction to cascade and
feed forward control systems.
CI2240 INSTRUMENTATION (HYDRAULICS AND
PNEUMATICS)
This introductory course is designed to acquaint the
student with the design and operation of industrial
hydraulic and pneumatic systems. It includes a review
of the selection and integration of the components
used to build and control hydraulic and pneumatic
circuits. Operational control and troubleshooting of
basic circuits is an integral component of the course.
CI2300 ADVANCED CONTROL STRATEGIES
Prerequisite: CI2230
This course covers advanced proportional-integralderivative (PID) control strategies with an emphasis
on boiler control.
CH2860 – CI2300
CI1350 BASIC PROCESS AUTOMATION
Prerequisite: CM1190, CI1140
In this course the participants will run existing
process to determine the types of the devices used
to measure level, flow, and other parameters within a
plant and how the final control elements interact with
the automation control system.
CI2560 PROCESS ANALYZERS
Prerequisites: CI1180, CI1120
This course will provide basic instrumentation
techniques for chemical analysis in the chemical
process industries, including analytical equipment in
a process laboratory setting using on-line equipment.
Techniques covered include ultraviolet/visible
and infrared spectrophotometry, gas and liquid
chromatography, mass spectrometry, conductivity
and potentiometry.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
196
CI3310 PROCESS OPTIMIZATION AND ASSET
MANAGEMENT
Prerequisite: CI3230
This course uses software tools to evaluate process
loop characteristics and determine the best strategies
for optimizing the control loop and determining
interactions within the process that negatively impact
control strategies. Asset management tools can
improve maintenance and calibration documentation,
and provide a preventive maintenance tool for
troubleshooting process equipment.
CI2850 FINAL CONTROL ELEMENTS
Prerequisite: CI1601
This is a second-year course and its purpose is to
teach students about various types of control valves
and damper operators as well as the auxiliary devices
that are used with them.
CI3320 FOUNDATION FIELDBUS
Prerequisites: DP2360
This course will provide the student with an
understanding of Foundation Fieldbus technology
and how to apply this technology in a plant.
CI3110 SAFETY SHUTDOWN AND MACHINE
MONITORING SYSTEMS
Prerequisite: CI2300
This course covers basic shutdown systems on
boilers and then covers the safety shutdown systems
found in the oil and gas industry. The course also
introduces software that can be used for process
and optimization.
CI3330 PROCESS ANALYZERS
Prerequisite: CI3160
This course will provide basic instrumentation
techniques for chemical analysis in the chemical
process industries, including analytical equipment
in a process laboratory setting using on-line
equipment. Techniques covered include gas and liquid
chromatography and mass spectrometry.
CI3160 INTRODUCTION TO PROCESS ANALYSIS
Prerequisite: CH3100
This course will introduce the student to process
analysis. Methods of calibration and applications
of statistical methods (mean, standard deviation,
control charts, t-tests and linear regression analysis)
will be applied to measurements. Electrochemical
principles will be applied to the study of conductivity,
oxidation reduction potential (ORP), pH and other
electrochemical analyzers. The course also introduces
students to the use of statistics in monitoring quality
control in industrial processes. The course reviews
electrochemical principles as they apply to corrosion
and corrosion control in industry. The student
will learn how control of industrial processes by
electrochemical methods is accomplished.
CI3600 INDUSTRIAL PROCESS CONTROL
Prerequisite: CI1210
This is an introduction to process control systems,
designed to provide students with the basics of
proportional-integral-derivative (PID) control as well
as an overview of more advanced systems.
CI3230 ADVANCED PROCESS CONTROL
APPLICATIONS
Prerequisite: CI2300
The purpose of this course is to provide students with
the knowledge to maximize process unit productivity
while minimizing operating costs.
CI3720 INDUSTRIAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
Prerequisite: CI1601
The purpose of this course is to provide students with
the knowledge of how to choose, connect, program
and configure emergency shutdown, fire and gas,
vibration monitoring, and pH control systems.
CI3840 ADVANCED CONTROL THEORY
Prerequisite: CI1601
Co-requisite: MA2101
Advanced control system theory will be studied in the
lab. Application of industrial process systems control,
using instrumentation software such as MATLAB for
the design modification and analysis of industrial
process control systems will also be studied.
CI3850 ADVANCED PROCESS CONTROL
OPERATIONS
Prerequisites: CI1601, CI1700
The purpose of this course is to provide students with
the knowledge to maximize process unit productivity
while minimizing operating costs.
CM1190 TECHNICAL READING
This course is designed for Engineering and Applied
Science students and focuses on reading to learn
technical texts by interpreting and analyzing
information and data. It develops reading skills and
strategies with emphasis on vocabulary development.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
197
CM1240 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS I
Business Communications I is designed to introduce
students to the writing requirements of business
environments. The course is intended to provide
ample in-class opportunities to review writing
fundamentals and improve writing skills using
common business applications.
CM1241 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS II
Prerequisite: CM1240
Business Communications II is designed to further
students’ knowledge and competence in preparing
business documents for the workplace. The course is
intended to provide opportunities to improve writing
skills using various business applications.
CM1400 TECHNICAL REPORT WRITING I
This course is designed to teach technology students
the fundamentals of technical reporting in both
oral and written forms. Emphasis is on strategies
of technical reporting, research techniques, and
organizational skills.
CM1401 TECHNICAL REPORT WRITING II
Prerequisite: CM1400 or equivalent
This course is designed to help students formulate
criteria for structuring informal and semi-formal
reports. Various report formats will be examined with
emphasis on statistical data analysis, documentation,
and illustration methods. Oral reporting techniques
will be enhanced through problem-solving reports and
the technical sales presentation.
CM1430 TECHNICAL COMMUNICATIONS
This course is designed to teach lab technician
students the fundamentals of technical reporting
in written form. Emphasis is on strategies of
technical reporting, technical language usage, and
organizational skills.
CM1800 TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION FOR
PARAMEDICS
Prerequisite: CM1400
This course is designed to teach paramedic students
the fundamentals of oral and written communications
used in medicine, with an emphasis on how to
communicate with other medical professionals.
Terminology will be strongly emphasized throughout
the course.
CM2110 BUSINESS WRITING FUNDAMENTALS
Business Writing Fundamentals gives students the
opportunity to apply the principles of effective
business writing. Applications include letters, memos,
e-mail and informal business report writing. This
course also allows students to explore job search
techniques.
CM2180 TECHNICAL REPORTING I
Prerequisite: CM1190
This course is designed to teach technology and
applied science students the fundamentals of
technical reporting in both oral and written forms.
Emphasis is on types of reports based on purpose,
appropriate formats, strategies of technical reporting,
maintaining work records, and the writing and
editing process that leads to effective workplace
communication.
CM2180 TECHNICAL REPORTING I
Prerequisite: CM1190
This course is designed to teach technology and
applied science students the fundamentals of
technical reporting in both oral and written forms.
Emphasis is on types of reports based on purpose,
appropriate formats, strategies of technical reporting,
maintaining work records, and the writing and editing
process that leads to effective workplace
communication.
CM2181TECHNICAL REPORTING II
Prerequisite: CM2180
This course is designed to help students structure
a semi-formal report, using solid research methods
for a problem-based topic. Emphasis will be on
secondary research: finding sources, summarizing
source material, evaluating material, and maintaining
work records/research portfolios. Students will also
acquire skills of analyzing and editing written work.
CM2200 ORAL COMMUNICATIONS
This course is designed to help students develop
interpersonal, oral communication, and presentation
skills in a team-based environment.
CI2560 – CM2200
CM1100 WRITING FUNDAMENTALS
Writing Fundamentals is an introductory course
designed to review writing fundamentals. It includes
an introduction to reference tools and a review of
grammar, punctuation, spelling, and usage. Students
will apply principles of writing in sentence and
paragraph construction.
CM2300 REPORT WRITING
This process will stress skill development in
planning, searching and documenting, preparing
graphic aids, proofreading and editing, and
completing formal reports.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
198
CM2800 ORAL/WRITTEN COMMUNICATION
SKILLS
Prerequisites: CM1401 or CM2181
This course will provide students with instruction in
the areas of writing technical reports and the delivery
of oral presentations. Emphasis will be placed on the
processes involved in effective writing and effective
presentations as they pertain to specific technologies.
Students will learn relevant skills for researching,
organizing, writing, and presenting technical
information.
CP1120 FUNDAMENTALS OF PROGRAMMING I
Co-requisite: MA1900
This course is designed to give the student the logic
involved in the computing process and the ability
to develop an algorithm to describe the solution
to a given problem. The student will analyze,
design, choose an algorithm, code, test, and debug
applications. Algorithms will be implemented using
an object-oriented programming language.
CP1360 PROGRAMMING FOR COMPUTER
SYSTEMS AND NETWORKING
This course is designed to give the student the logic
involved in the computing process and the ability
to develop algorithms to describe the solution
to a given problem, with implementation using a
scripting language. This course uses object oriented
technologies to aid the student in developing solutions
to computer support related problems. The intent of
this course is for the student to become familiar with
object oriented techniques and programming logic
and to practice that logic using a scripting language.
CP1810 FUNDAMENTAL PROGRAMMING
CONSTRUCTS
Co-requisite: MA1900
This course will introduce the student to skills and
concepts that are essential to good programming
practice and problem solving. The course will focus
on programming structures and concepts that are
common to conventional programming languages
(such as C) and object-oriented languages (Java, C++,
Python etc.) Topics will include, but are not limited
to: basic syntax and semantics of programming
languages; variables; primitive types; sequential,
decision and iterative programming structures;
simple input/output (I/O); functions and subroutines;
structured decomposition; strings; and arrays. Ideally,
this course should be taught using a scripting language.
CP1880 COMPUTER SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE
This is an introductory course in computer
architecture focusing on the high-level components
and interconnections in a computer system. The major
topics to be covered are: CPU organization, primary
memory, secondary memory, I/O components and
networking. The focus of the course will be the effect
of the components on the development of software.
CP1932 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
Prerequisites: CP1810
This course is intended to introduce students to
the concepts of systems analysis using both the
traditional and object-oriented methodology. Its
emphasis is on the methods and products of each
phase of the SDLC rather than on a formalized
methodology. Discussion of structured and
object-oriented methods is interwoven. All phases
of the life cycle are dealt with emphasis on an
object-oriented approach using UML. This course
covers the topics: data models, the relational
database model, E-R modelling, and relational and
foreign key concepts.
CP1953 OBJECT-ORIENTED SYSTEMS
ANALYSIS WITH UML
Prerequisites: CP1932, CP3230
This course is a continuation of the Introduction to
Systems Design course with the introduction of more
extensive object-oriented concepts. The focus of this
is to provide the student with a practical, hands-on
skill set of the latest object-oriented design method
using Unified Modelling Language (UML) and the
Unified Process. The course is laboratory oriented,
allowing the student to develop real design for use
with object-oriented and traditional programming
languages.
CP1990 COMPUTER HARDWARE
This course is designed to expose the students to the
basic components of a computer system. It will teach
the student how to evaluate, install, configure, and
specify all basic computer components such as CPU,
memory, and hard and floppy drives. It will also cover
such topics as operating systems, CPU theory and
expansion slots, disk caching, memory management,
and printers.
CP2310 ELECTRONIC SPREADSHEET
APPLICATIONS
Prerequisites: CP1450 or MC1050 or MC1100 or
MC1800 or MC1220
The goal of this course is to introduce students to the
concepts and applications of electronic spreadsheets.
CP2410 MICRO DATABASE APPLICATIONS
Prerequisites: CP1450 or MC1050 or MC1100 or
MC1800 or MC1220
This course introduces the student to the concepts
and applications of databases.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
199
CP2870 WEBSITE AND DATABASE PROJECT USING
MICROSOFT TECHNOLOGY
Prerequisites: CP3231, PR2155, CP1932, CR1510
This course will introduce the intermediate-level
programmer to an ASP.NET language, developing
business applications that rely on the browser as user
interface and SQL Server database interaction and
connectivity. It will culminate in a sizeable project
involving a professional and user-friendly front-end
and an SQL Server database back-end.
CP2921 HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE
TROUBLESHOOTING
Prerequisite: CR1101, CP1990
This course is designed to further expose the students
to the basic components of a computer system. It will
teach the students how to construct/configure and
trouble shoot PC hardware and software. Instructors
will assign assignments using a helpdesk system
in order to acquaint the student with ticketing,
documenting, and prioritizing multiple hardware/
software issues.
CP3170 MULTIMEDIA FOR THE WEB
Co-requisite: CP3320
This course introduces students to the basic concepts
and techniques used in multimedia systems, media
formats, communication of multimedia, and the
publication of multimedia-filled websites. This course
encourages students to be creative and original
when developing their work. At the end of the
course, students will have a professional portfolio of
multimedia, and a client website.
CP3231 OBJECT-ORIENTED AND EVENT-DRIVEN
PROGRAMMING ll
Prerequisite: CP3230
This course is designed to teach the student
intermediate-level concepts of object-based and
object-oriented programming in an object-oriented
language. The students will write object-oriented
programs using inheritance and polymorphism that
conform to the open-closed principle of software
engineering. Topics include, but are not limited to,
exception handling, file Input/output, advanced
graphical user interface concepts, interfaces,
polymorphism, database connectivity, and
collections.
CP3271 WEB SECURITY
Prerequisite: CP3630
This course introduces students to network and
website security considerations to deploy secure
websites including security policy, secure remote
access, common web vulnerabilities, exploit countermeasures, creating and testing secure web sites.
CP3300 DATA STRUCTURES
Prerequisites: CP3231, MA1910
This course is designed to expose the student to the
basic methods of structuring data in programs. The
basic theory of the data structures will be presented
as well as algorithms which can be used to create
static and dynamic implementations. Common
applications of each data structure will be discussed.
The standard collections will be discussed relating
the collection classes back to the fundamental data
structures. Topics include, but are not limited to:
searching and sorting, lists, stacks, queues, trees
and collections.
CM2300 – CP3300
CP2640 DESKTOP PUBLISHING
Prerequisites: DM1200 or MC1240
Using desktop publishing software, students will
prepare newsletters, flyers, and other publications
that require professional design elements such as
columns, boxes, tables, various font faces and styles,
rules, and graphic pictures.
CP3230 OBJECT-ORIENTED AND EVENT-DRIVEN
PROGRAMMING l
Prerequisite: CP1810
This course is designed to teach the student the
fundamentals of object-based and object-oriented
programming in an object-oriented language such as
Java, C# or Visual Basic. Students will be shown how
to write event-driven object-based programs using
the GUI widget libraries of the language. The students
will be shown how to write object oriented programs
using inheritance and polymorphism that conform to
the open-closed principle of software engineering.
Topics include, but are not limited to, object-based
programming, object-oriented design, classes,
composition, inheritance and polymorphism.
CP3320 WEB APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT I
Prerequisite: CP3300, CP2870
Co-requisite: CP4120
This course introduces students to different
technologies used in web application development.
Students will be able to create interactive and
dynamic web applications using XHTML/CSS,
JavaScript/DOM, JSP, and JDBC. At the end of the
course, students will be able to write simple
three-tier web applications incorporating all of
these technologies.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
200
CP3351 WEB APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT II
Prerequisite: CP3320
This course introduces students to multi-tier web
application development. The focus is on developing
web applications with distinct presentation,
application, and storage tiers through project-based
course work. The course will build upon user interface
and database development concepts learned in
previous courses, and teach how to add business
logic to the application tier for large-scale application
development.
CP3360 WEB APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
WITH ASP.NET
Prerequisite: CP3320
Co-Requisite: CP3351
This course introduces students to multi-tier web
application development using ASP.NET. The focus
is on developing web applications with distinct
presentation, application, and storage tiers through
project-based course work. The course will build upon
user interface and database development concepts
learned in previous courses and how to add business
logic to the application tier for large-scale application
development.
CP3450 DATABASE DESIGN AND
IMPLEMENTATION
Prerequisite: CP1810, CP1953
This course introduces students to methods used
in the logical and physical design of a database.
As well, the students will be introduced to SQL as
a language for manipulating a database. The PL/
SQL language will be used to create a programming
project. Also the tools like iSQLPlus, SQL Developer,
etc. will be examined so the student is familiar
with many programming interfaces. The course will
first install several different levels of databases on
different operating systems. Finally, the students will
be exposed to the techniques used to manipulate a
database from a program.
CP3630 WEB SERVER MANAGEMENT
Prerequisite: CP2870
This course uses a hands-on approach to web server
management using Microsoft Internet Information
Server and Apache Web Server. Topics covered
include installation procedures, configuration of
virtual hosts and redirects, web server hardening and
e-commerce security considerations, and web server
administration.
CP3700 WEB APPLICATION ARCHITECTURE
AND DESIGN
Prerequisite: CP3320
This course is an advanced study of the architecture
of web applications and common design issues.
Students will gain an understanding of the different
components that make up a web application with a
multi-tier flavour, the purpose of each component,
and how the components interact. This course
introduces students to theory and rationale behind 1
to n-tier infrastructure, common design patterns and
frameworks. As well, the students will be introduced
to a rapid application development (RAD) tool and
will be exposed to the architecture and design of
leading-edge web applications. Finally, students will
design their own web application given a case study
and will need to justify their design decisions in the
form of a final report and unified modelling language
(UML) diagrams.
CP4120 N-TIER SYSTEMS AND ARCHITECTURE
Prerequisite: CP3450, CP3300
Co-requisite: CP3320
This is a course in the theory and application of n-tier
concepts using current industry-leading software. This
course enables the student to develop efficient n-tier
systems. Students learn about n-tier theory and put
it to practice using current industry-leading products
to create and link the front-end (client) and back-end
application and database (server) components of an
n-tier system. Students learn about design issues
and deal with them in practice, as well as examining
current product offerings.
CP4480 EMERGING TRENDS IN WEB
DEVELOPMENT
This course covers trends in software development
that arise from the natural evolution of the field.
Topics are selected with the aim of exposing the
student to the new and evolving techniques and/or
technologies used in web development.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
201
CR1101 NETWORK FOUNDATIONS
Students should know the layers of the Open Systems
Interconnection (OSI) model and be able to describe
the features and functions of network devices.
Students will have a basic understanding of network
protocols and most networking standards as well as
the different types of networking topologies.
CR1260 CLIENT SERVICE FOR THE COMPUTER
INDUSTRY
This course focuses on the role of an information
technology employee in providing quality technical
client service in any given situation. Students will
develop the skills they need to interact effectively
with clients, either face-to-face, on the telephone, in
writing or on the web. Some of the topics covered will
be quality client service; communicating with clients;
handling difficult clients; solving and preventing
problems; working as a team; and managing stress
and burnout.
CR1270 HARDWARE SECURITY
Prerequisite: CR2700
This course introduces information security
concepts including common threats and effective
counter-measures. Topics include: privacy laws
and regulations, security operations, physical
security, access control, the basics of cryptography,
contingency planning, designing and testing
information systems security. In the lab students will
be exposed to the techniques and tools that can be
used to protect personal computers from attacks.
CR1500 WEBSITE DEVELOPMENT
This course is designed to provide students with
the skills required to develop a comprehensive
website. The course is targeted at a non-technical
end-user who will not be involved in installing and
configuring network applications. As such, this course
emphasizes the creative use of the technologies.
CR1510 WEBSITE DEVELOPMENT
After completing this course the student will be
trained in the essential concepts of XHTML and
JavaScript. The student will begin with developing a
basic web page and move on to developing a basic
website. Then the student will create web page forms,
and work with cascading style sheets. Next, the
student will work with JavaScript to create dynamic
web pages and websites.
CR2210 ENTERPRISE MAIL SYSTEMS
Prerequisite: CR2700
The focus of this course is on the planning,
installation, configuration, and support of enterprise
mail systems. This would include mail systems/server
overview, site planning, server installation, server
management/configuration, servers in a multiple-site
environment, troubleshooting, server security and
communication, and forms.
CR2350 INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
This course presents an overview of the systems
development life cycle with a particular focus
on needs analysis and requirements modelling.
Considerable emphasis is placed on the use and
limitation of various modeling techniques used in the
development of information system requirements. A
discussion of the importance of impact assessment,
cost estimation and schedule estimation is also
included.
CR2430 TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL/
INTERNET PROTOCOL (TCP/IP)
Prerequisite: DP3410
Co-requisite: CE3160
The teaching goal of TCP/IP is to build an
interconnection of networks that provides universal
communication services including Internet or intranet.
Each physical interface has its own technology
dependent communication interface in the form of
programming interfaces that provides communication
functions (primitives). Communication services are
provided by software that runs between the physical
network and the user applications, independent of
the underlying physical network. The architecture
of the physical networks is the way it is transparent to
the user.
CR2440 NETWORK IMPLEMENTATION
Prerequisite: CR2700
Network implementation is the interconnecting of
various types of networks with different types of
devices. The purpose of this course is to explain and,
where applicable, demonstrate the devices, protocols,
and technologies associated with connecting
networks both LANs and WANs.
CP3320 – CR2440
CP4490 EMERGING TRENDS IN NETWORK AND
SYSTEMS ADMINISTRATION
This course covers trends in network and systems
administration that arise from the natural evolution of
the field. Topics are selected with the aim of exposing
the student to the new and evolving techniques
and/or technologies used in network and systems
administration.
CR2470 WIRELESS NETWORKS
Prerequisite: CP1990, CR1101
The purpose of this course is to provide a broad
survey of wireless communications including in-depth
coverage of: Technologies and topologies used in
wireless networks, IEEE 802.11 wireless standards,
data services in wireless networks, installation,
configuration and management of wireless access
points, adapters, bridges and antennae, configuring
security in wireless networks, site survey techniques
for optimum coverage, wireless internet and WAP and
broadband wireless networks.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
202
CR2510 LINUX SERVER ADMINISTRATION l
This course is the first of two courses that deals with
the use and administration of a Linux-based system.
In this course the student will learn design and
architecture of a Linux operating system as well as
how to use many of the commonly used Linux tools
from the command line. Furthermore, the student will
learn how to plan, install and configure a Linux system
and how to perform normal system administration
tasks.
CR2700 NETWORK OPERATING SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION
Prerequisites: CR1101
This course provides the students with the knowledge
and skills to install, configure, optimize, troubleshoot
and support a network server with day-to-day
administration. This would include topics such
as network planning, server hardware, directory
services and DNS, security, server installation, server
configuration, storage, users and groups, distributed
file system, printing, remote access and virtual private
networks, managing interconnectivity and terminal
services, server optimization, network monitoring,
and troubleshooting.
CR2950 EMERGING TRENDS IN IT
INFRASTRUCTURE
This course covers new trends in IT infrastructure that
arise from the natural evolution of the field. Topics are
selected with the aim of exposing the student to the
new and/or evolving techniques and/or technologies
used in the design and maintenance of the IT
infrastructure.
CR3100 ADVANCED NETWORKING I
Prerequisite: CR2440
Students are given an advanced hands-on look at
the TCP/IP architecture. This course will examine
popular open-source and commercial applications.
Upon completion of this course, students will have a
problem determination methodology that can be used
for future network problem scenarios. This course
will have numerous hands-on labs illustrating typical
network problems on popular platforms. The specifics
of these labs should be customized by the instructor.
CR3101 ADVANCED NETWORKING II
Prerequisite: CR3100
This course further develops students’ knowledge
of internetworking. Routing topics such as distant
vectors, routing protocols, and linked state routing
protocols will be discussed in detail and hands-on
exercises will be provided. Further concepts on
switching such as spanning tree protocol, virtual
LANs, and VLAN trunking protocols will also be
explored in detail. Some important topics on WAN
technologies will also be included.
CR3160 IT SERVICE MANAGEMENT
Prerequisite: CR1260
The focus of this course is providing service and
resource management to a multi-user, multi-server
local area network environment. Candidates will learn
job functions and responsibilities at the different
levels in these systems. This will be a very
hands-on approach using a wide variety of hardware
to complete learning objectives.
CR3230 ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY I
Prerequisite: CR2700
This course provides the students with the knowledge
and skills to install, configure, and manage the
core services of a corporate server, including TCP/
IP configuration; web server administration; name
service configuration; and user, computer, and group
strategy deployment.
CR3231 ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY II
Prerequisite: CR3230
This course provides students with the knowledge
and the skills to implement, manage, and maintain
routing and remote access, troubleshoot routing
protocols, configure Internet access, and secure
data transmissions.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
203
CR3420 INFRASTRUCTURE SECURITY
Prerequisites: CR1270
This course details the tools and techniques needed
to secure corporate IT infrastructure, including
network-based and host-based security tools and
measures. Topics covered include firewalls, virtual
private networking, the security audit process,
disaster recovery and business continuity planning,
intrusion protection systems and cryptography.
CR3450 SCRIPTING
Prerequisites: CR2510, CP2921, CP1360
This course teaches the student how to create shell
scripts. This course will teach the student how to use
regular expressions, file manipulation with sed, grep
and awk, and how to implement scripts using Linux
and Windows.
CT1180 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS FOR
INSTRUMENTATION
Prerequisites: CI1601, CI1700
This is a second-year course that is designed to
teach students a number of software applications
with an emphasis on their use in the field of industrial
instrumentation.
CT2300 APPLIED PROGRAMMING
This is a course designed to introduce the technology
student to the concepts of problem solving using
computer programming. The course will be taught
using a high-level language such as C or C++. Students
will write programs to solve problems within their
related disciplines and will learn the concepts of
troubleshooting and problem solving. Structured
programming concepts will be addressed using C++,
data types, decision statements, loop and interaction
procedures, input and output procedures, pointers,
structures, and files.
DA1160 PHARMACOLOGY FOR THE DENTAL
ASSISTANT
Prerequisite: BL1240
This course provides the student with a broad
overview of pharmacology. The following topics will
be introduced: basic pharmacology terminology and
principles, drug action and effect, analgesics and
pain control, anti-microbial agents, sedatives and
tranquilizers, drugs commonly used in dentistry and
by dental clients, and the use of emergency drugs in
the dental office.
DA1230 DENTAL MATERIALS I
This course provides students the opportunity to
learn the cognitive and psychomotor skills necessary
for the Dental Assistants’ role in the preparation
and handling of dental materials. Emphasis in the
theoretical component of the course will be placed
upon the chemical properties and interactions of
dental cements, bases and restorative materials.
DA1231 DENTAL MATERIALS II
Prerequisite: DA1230
This course provides students the opportunity
to learn the cognitive and psychomotor skills
necessary to work with dental materials. Emphasis
in the theoretical component of the course will be
placed upon the chemical properties in interactions
of laboratory products and impression materials.
Practical application of this skill will be practiced in
the dental lab and clinic.
DA1260 CLINICAL I
Prerequisites: BL1200, CH1200
This course will introduce the student to both the
theoretical and practical aspects of general operatory
procedures in dentistry. The scopes of competencies
covered by this course are: client reception; client
seating and dismissal; use and maintenance of
instruments, hand pieces and operatory equipment;
infection control; and sterilization. In addition,
operator position for performance of intra-oral skills
is introduced. Concepts and skills of four-handed
dentistry are also included with emphasis placed on
overall professional conduct, interpersonal relations
and professional responsibility. Students will be
participating in site visits to dental clinics.
DA1261 CLINICAL II
Prerequisite: DA1260
This course is designed to provide the student with
the knowledge and skills required to perform basic
dental assisting and restorative procedures efficiently
and ergonomically. In this course the student will
further develop four-handed dentistry skills as well as
receive an introduction to intra-oral skills.
CR2470 – DA1261
CR3320 ADVANCED IT HARDWARE
Prerequisites: CP2921
The focus of this course is configuring, managing and
repairing the specialized hardware devices required
in multi-server environments, structured wiring, and
laptop environments and with business equipment
(printers, scanners, photocopiers and projectors). This
will be a very hands-on approach using a wide variety
of hardware to complete learning objectives.
DA1300 MEDICAL EMERGENCIES
This course will prepare students to handle medical
emergency situations in a dental clinical setting.
Training in CPR and First Aid will be incorporated
into this course as well as oxygen administration.
DA1320 EMERGENCIES AND PHARMACOLOGY
This course provides the student with a broad
overview of pharmacology and emergencies in
dentistry. The following topics will be introduced:
basic pharmacology terminology and principles;
drug action and effect; analgesics and pain control;
anti-microbial agents, sedatives and tranquilizers;
drugs commonly used in dentistry; and the prevention
and management of emergencies in dentistry.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
204
DA1350 PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY
Co-requisite: DA1261
This course is designed to introduce the student to
various preventive dentistry concepts. The student
will develop techniques and skills required to help
individuals prevent disease and injury to the oral
tissues. The course of study will include instruction
on caries and periodontal disease, oral physiotherapy
in plaque control, caries prevention techniques and
whitening agents.
DA2100 HISTOLOGY AND ORAL PATHOLOGY
Prerequisite: BL1200
This course is designed to familiarize dental
assisting students with the development and
normal microscopic structure of the teeth and their
supporting structures. It also provides an introduction
to oral pathology.
DA2200 MEDICAL AND DENTAL EMERGENCIES
Prerequisites: BL1200, BL1210
This course will prepare students to handle medical
emergency situations in a clinical setting. Training
in CPR and First Aid will be incorporated into this
course. The student will also become familiar with
various dental emergencies.
DA2261 CLINICAL III
Prerequisite: DA1261
Co-requisite: MX2171
This course will provide the dental assistant
student with the opportunity to consolidate and
integrate knowledge and skills from all previous
theory and clinical courses. Students will practice
clinical experiences with a dentist present. They
will refine their intra-oral skills. A collaborative
approach, including the patient and other healthcare
professionals, will be emphasized.
DA2310 DENTAL SPECIALTIES
Prerequisite: DA1261, DA1231
This course will allow students of dental assisting
to enhance their knowledge, thereby increasing
proficiency in assisting the various fields of dental
specialties such as oral surgery, orthodontics,
pedodontics, periodontics, endodontics and
prosthodontics.
DM1200 DOCUMENT PRODUCTION I
Co-requisite: CP1450
This course includes keyboarding, file management
and basic document formatting. Keyboarding speed
on straight copy material is developed to 30 to
40 net words per minute for three minutes. The
following documents are produced using Microsoft
Word processing software: notices, announcements,
signage, basic correspondence, basic tables and
basic reports.
Note: In order to be eligible for graduation with an
Office Administration Certificate, students must
achieve a typing speed of 30 net words per minute
at the end of DM1201.
DM1210 DOCUMENT PRODUCTION II
This course further develops proficiency in
document production using intermediate word
processing applications. Students will also apply
skills in the production of intermediate business
correspondence, tables, forms and reports, and
reinforce their skills in file management.
Note: Students must achieve a typing speed of 30
net words per minute for five minutes in order to pass
KB1150. Students must achieve a typing speed of 40
net words per minute for five minutes in order to pass
KB1151.
DM1300 TRANSCRIPTION
Prerequisite: DM1200
This course develops skill in machine transcription.
Emphasis is placed on improving language skills:
grammar, punctuation and spelling. Decision-making
skills are introduced through the transcription of basic
business documents.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
205
DM2200 DOCUMENT PRODUCTION III
Prerequisite: DM2240
This course combines keyboarding development,
document production and word processing to improve
proficiency in document production. Keyboarding
speed on straight copy material is developed to
a minimum of 45 net words per minute for five
minutes. Topics covered include efficient use of fonts
and attributes, editing documents, using special
features of Microsoft Word software, and further
reinforcement of skills in the production of business
correspondence, tables, and specialized business
documents. Students will use Microsoft PowerPoint
software to prepare presentations.
Note: In order to be eligible for graduation with an
Office Administration Diploma, students must achieve
a typing speed of 40 net words per minute at the end
of DM2201.
DM2240 DOCUMENT PRODUCTION IV
This course combines keyboarding development
and document formatting using a project/simulation
approach. Students will be expected to develop and
use critical thinking and decision-making skills, and
to process and produce documents at an advanced
level using Microsoft Office. Students will also
perform tasks that require the integration of various
software packages; i.e. word processing, database,
spreadsheets, presentations, electronic mail and
calendar.
Note: Students must achieve a typing speed of 40
net words per minute for five minutes in order to
pass KB1151.
DP1130 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
Prerequisite: ET1101, ET1150
This course introduces students to the field of digital
electronics. They will be taught design and diagnosis
techniques applicable to digital electronics.
DP1170 DIGITAL MICROPROCESSORS
Prerequisite: DP1130
Co-requisite: AE2350
This course introduces the student to the
microprocessor programming techniques using
assemblers and debuggers and provides training
in computer interfacing techniques.
DP1310 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMABLE
LOGIC CONTROLLERS
Prerequisites: ET2100, AE1200
This is an introductory course in programmable logic
controllers (PLC) covering the fundamental concepts
of digital numbering systems, logic, gates, circuits,
simplification, arithmetic elements, latches, flip-flops,
counters, the components in a typical PLC system,
configuring, addressing, and programming. The
laboratory component will develop understanding and
skills related to circuit construction and operation,
and ladder logic programming and troubleshooting.
DP2230 MICROCONTROLLERS
Prerequisite: DP1170
Co-requisite: CT2300
This course provides the student with knowledge
of the hardware associated with a microprocessor
system and the interfacing requirements for
communication with the environment.
DP2360 FUNCTION BLOCK PROGRAMMING
Prerequisite: DP2520
Function block programming has become the
programming language used for most process
automation systems. It is currently used in distributed
control systems (DCSs), stand-alone controllers, and
programmable logic controllers (PLCs), and is now
being used in field-level devices. This course will cover
how to develop function block programs and link them
to a human-machine interface (HMI). The control
strategies being taught in this course will start with
basic proportional-integral-derivative (PID) control
and progress to more complex control strategies with
additional variables being displayed on the HMI.
DA1300 – DP2360
DM1301 TRANSCRIPTION II
Prerequisite: DM1300
This course is designed to further develop skills in
machine transcription. Emphasis is being placed
on accuracy and speed of transcription as well as
grammar, punctuation, and spelling competency.
Documents will be transcribed from various business
environments such as tourism, legal, and small
business enterprises. Decision-making skills are
improved in the transcription of complex unarranged
material.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
206
DP2460 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
Prerequisites: DP2230, ET2150
This course is an introduction to digital signal
processing (DSP) concepts and implementation.
It starts by explaining the need for digital signal
processing and DSP systems. The DSP system
is explained from the input analog signal via the
input transducer through all stages of the process
including signal conditioning, anti-aliasing filter,
analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog conversion,
output smoothing filter, and output transducers.
Real-life telecommunications examples will be used
to illustrate the use and need for each part of the
DSP system. The laboratory elements of this course
will be conducted using MATLAB software giving the
students the skills required to become proficient with
DSP systems through examples and computational
experience.
DP2520 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS
Prerequisite: MP2160
This course introduces students to general concepts,
programming techniques and programming languages
for both digital and analog inputs and outputs for
both on/off and proportional control. For this course
the student will use both physical input/output (I/O)
devices and graphical interface I/O. The programming
of the graphical interface will not be covered in
this course.
DP2530 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS
Prerequisite: DP1110
This course introduces the student to programmable
logic controllers (PLCs) and PLC programming.
DP2540 ADVANCED PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC
CONTROLLERS
Prerequisite: DP1310
This is an advanced course in programmable logic
controllers (PLCs) covering timers, counters, data
manipulation, comparison, conversion, arithmetic
instructions, word logic instructions, shift registers,
rotate registers, sequencers, analog inputs and
outputs, communications protocols and an
introduction to human-machine interface concepts.
The laboratory component will further develop and
strengthen the understanding and skills related to
circuit construction and operation and ladder logic
programming and troubleshooting.
DP3200 EMBEDDED CONTROLLER APPLICATIONS
Prerequisites: CT2300 or CP1250, DP2410
The course will reveal why microcontrollers exist in
so many products today. It explains the basics in
microcontroller design through actual applications
and will describe the differences between
microcontrollers and microprocessors. Instruction is
given in different techniques for making the best use
of the microcontroller’s limited resources. Hands-on
experience is provided for the Motorola 6811 Series of
microcontrollers.
DP3240 DCS (DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEMS)
CONFIGURATION
Prerequisite: DP2360
This course will review the history of distributed
control systems (DCSs) and provide a comparison
of the current system to modern programmer logic
controller (PLC)/human-machine interface (HMI) and
supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA)
systems. It provides the participants with the
knowledge to troubleshoot a DCS system as well as
modify existing configurations, control strategies,
and operator interfaces.
DP3310 MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACING
Prerequisites: DP2410, CT2300
This course provides the student with knowledge
of the hardware associated with a microprocessor
system and the interfacing requirements for
communication with the environment.
DP3410 DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS
Prerequisites: CE2270, DP1110
This course is designed to provide the fundamental
concepts of physical layer, data link layer, and
network and data models in computer-aided process
engineering (CAPE) and local area network (LAN)
environments as well as reuse of these models in DSL.
DP3450 ADVANCED PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC
CONTROLLERS
Prerequisite: DP2520
This is an advanced course in programmable logic
controllers (PLCs) covering discrete control, analog
control, program control statements, fieldbus
communication and control, human-machine interface
(HMI), motor control using variable frequency drives,
mathematical functions, and sequencers.
DP3560 INDUSTRIAL BUSES AND NETWORKS
Prerequisites: CI1601, DP2530, CI1700
The purpose of this course is to provide students with
the knowledge of how to choose, connect, program,
and configure common types of industrial network
protocols.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
207
EC1110 MICROECONOMICS
The course objectives are to develop an
understanding of the economic institutions and
environment under a market system of exchange
and the response made to decisions arrived at
by individuals, businesses, and governments.
Specifically, the course examines business
organizations and why the attitudes of buyers
and sellers determine the prices, quantities, and
distribution of the output of goods and services.
EC1210 MACROECONOMICS
This course is designed to introduce students to
the principles of macroeconomics, including the
physical and monetary aspects of international trade,
money, banking, and monetary policy; gross national
product; national expenditure components; business
cycles; and fiscal policy. The student will explore
national output and fiscal policy; money, banking,
and monetary policy; and international trade. The
emphasis is on a problem solving approach and
Canadian examples where this is possible.
EC1700 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS
Prerequisite: MA1101
This course covers the basic principles of engineering
economy with application to engineering economic
decision making. The various methods for economic
analysis of alternatives are investigated as well as
depreciation methods and income tax consequences.
EG1110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS
This course focuses on basic engineering graphics
principles and standards to effectively communicate
technical graphical design, and also provides
the foundation for more advanced engineering
graphics concepts. Engineering graphics is the
predominant means by which accurate information
is communicated within industries pertinent to all
engineering technology disciplines. From the simplest
in-the-field sketch to the most advanced 3-D model,
each may constitute a legal document.
EG1140 ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT SIMULATION
Prerequisites: ET1150
Co-requisites: ET1151, DP1130
Students will learn the principles of computeraided electronics circuit design and simulation.
The practical component of the course will lead
students through features of a schematic capture
and simulation software application. Students will
be able to use electronic components in a simulated
environment and be able to measure and analyze
electronic parameters with analog and digital
instruments. This course should help students
complete lab experiment requirements of analog
and digital courses and aid in the design of the final
Capstone Project.
EG1230 ELECTRICAL AND INSTRUMENTATION CAD
Prerequisite: CI1140
The course first introduces the AutoCAD drafting
package. Once the foundation is established, the
course migrates towards the more advanced features
and emphasis is on the AutoCAD Electrical package.
Examples are geared towards electrical engineering
technology students.
EG1430 AUTOCAD ESSENTIALS
Prerequisite: EG1110
Computer-aided drafting software is a tool that
enables the student to produce engineering drawings
more accurately and with greater efficiency. It also
facilitates the ability to share files with other software
programs. This course is designed in a pedagogical
format by presenting the fundamental concepts at
the beginning and moving toward the more advanced
and specialized features of AutoCAD. It is also
designed with the understanding that the student has
the engineering graphics fundamentals necessary
to apply the AutoCAD software. Applications and
examples have an inclination towards many different
technology disciplines.
EG3100 3-D MODELLING/CAD
Prerequisites: EG1110, EG1430
This is a course in advanced mechanical design
and drawing techniques applied to 3-D modelling
software. It specifies CATIA as the software but can
be conducted with any parametric-based applications.
Students will learn basic part and assembly feature
design skills typical in all mechanical designs and
how to translate the design to drawings for proposals,
manufacturers, and quality control documents.
DP2460 – EG3100
DR2440 ELECTRONIC CAD
Prerequisites: DP1130, AE2350
This course is designed to give the student basic
knowledge of printed circuit board (PCB) design
techniques required in the electronics industry
through the use of CAD software. It introduces the
student to specific types of drawings required in the
electronics industry to include block diagrams, logic
diagrams, and schematic diagrams. The electronic
specific drawings will be done using MultiSIM or
equivalent schematic capture software. A PCB design
will be created using Ultiboard software or equivalent
circuit board design software.
EN1420 ENVIRONMENTAL SANITATION
The course is designed to introduce students to
many of the public health hazards inherent in the
communities, and the mitigation strategies used in
their control and elimination. Particular emphasis is
given to applying risk assessment principles to water,
wastewater, solid waste and housing management.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
208
EN1545 WATER QUALITY I
Prerequisite: CH1210
This course introduces the student to the principles
and processes behind the sources, treatment,
and distribution of potable and recreational water
supplies. The student will review the quality issues,
communicable diseases, and injury risks inherent in
drinking and recreational water.
EN1551 WATER QUALITY II
Prerequisite: EN1545
The continuation of Water Quality I, this course
provides a working knowledge of water distribution
and water treatment practices and focuses on
the basic aspects of construction, operation, and
maintenance.
EN2310 ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH LAW
Prerequisite: HL1140
This course introduces the student to local and
regional environmental health legal systems and
processes. The constitutional basis for regulating
environmental health issues are covered.
EN2470 ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS
Prerequisite: CM1400
Co-requisite: CM1190
This course presents an overview of environmental
concerns in the oil and gas industry, including
the effect of the industry on the environment and
vice versa.
EP1010 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS FUNCTIONS
Prerequisites: FL1080 or equivalent
This course is designed to help students develop the
skills, strategies and tools needed to be successful
in their studies in business education. In addition
to developing the skills and study habits required
to be successful business students, the course will
also cover terminology and basic concepts related
to business education in the areas of economics,
human resources, marketing, accounting, and
communications.
EP1110 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS
This course is an introduction to Canadian business.
The areas covered include: Canada’s business system,
forms of business ownership, production, marketing,
finance, personnel and labour relations, international
business, and small business ownership.
EP1130 BUSINESS FOR INFORMATION SYSTEMS
This course will provide students with an overview of
business principles and practices relevant to the IT
industry. Students will be introduced to the functional
areas of business and the processes within each
function. Emphasis will be placed upon awareness
and literacy of each functional area as they apply to
local and national markets.
EP1140 BUSINESS OPERATIONS IN
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Prerequisite: EP1130, EP1150
This course will introduce students to the ways
that organizations improve their business practices
through the use of computer technology. The course
emphasizes systems technologies, enterprise
integration, business applications, and critical analysis
of organizational change through information systems
EP1170 BUSINESS INFORMATION FUNDAMENTALS
This is an introductory course in business information.
It will build upon a basic knowledge of common
business practices, processes, and systems with
emphasis placed upon the data and information needs
of each functional area and how data is interrelated
across business functions. This discussion will be
extended to include electronic commerce.
EP2150 ENTREPRENEURSHIP
This is an introductory course that analyzes aspects
of entrepreneurship and the link between
entrepreneurs and small business. It presents a
fundamental approach to planning and operating
a firm, incorporating basic steps in business
management, and explains how each step can best
be accomplished.
EP2200 BUSINESS PLANNING
Prerequisite: EP2250
In this course students will complete a comprehensive
business plan. This includes choosing a hypothetical
business, determining its product or service,
preparing a market survey, finding a source of funding,
and deciding a marketing strategy. The students
will apply knowledge from previous terms in a
practical manner.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
209
ET1100 ELECTROTECHNOLOGY
This is an introductory course in electrical theory
covering the basic concepts of electricity, circuit
analysis, and magnetism. The laboratory work is
designed to develop skills in the construction of
electrical circuits and the use of electrical measuring
instruments to reinforce theoretical concepts.
ET1101 ELECTROTECHNOLOGY
Prerequisite: ET1100
This is a continuation of the Electrotechnology course
taken in the first semester. It covers the basics of AC
theory and the application of this to solve circuits
containing resistance, capacitance, and inductance.
An introduction to transformers and polyphase AC
circuits is also included.
ET1130 FUNDAMENTALS OF ELECTRICITY I
Co-requisite: PH1140
This course focuses on basic DC and AC circuit
analysis. The laboratory work is designed to develop
skills in the construction of electrical circuits, use of
electrical measuring instruments and reinforcement
of theoretical concepts.
ET1131 FUNDAMENTALS OF ELECTRICITY II
Prerequisite: ET1130
Co-requisite: MA1101
This course continues the studies of electricity began
in the previous semester with the Fundamentals of
Electricity I course. Course subject matter focuses
on the basics of AC theory and the application of this
to solve circuits containing resistance, capacitance,
and inductance. An introduction to three-phase AC
circuits and basic power factor correction is also
included.
ET1150 CIRCUIT ANALYSIS I
Co-requisites: MA1700, PH1140
This is an introductory course in electrical theory
covering the basic concepts of electrical, circuit
analysis, and magnetism. The laboratory work is
designed to develop skills in the construction of
electrical circuits and use of electrical measuring
instruments, and to reinforce theoretical concepts.
ET1151 CIRCUIT ANALYSIS ll
Prerequisites: ET1150, MA1700, PH1140
This is a continuation of the Circuit Analysis l course.
It covers the basics of AC theory and the application
of this to solve circuits containing resistance,
capacitance, and inductance. An introduction to
transformers is also included.
ET2100 ELECTROTECHNOLOGY
Prerequisites: ET1101, MA1101
This course covers advanced topics in AC and DC
circuit analysis and an introduction to DC machines
and transformers. It will provide the necessary
background for students to enter second year
electrical and electronics programs.
ET2150 CIRCUIT ANALYSIS III
Prerequisites: MA2100, ET1151
In this course, students will review techniques of
differential equations (first order and second order);
integral combinations; growth and decay problems;
the analysis and solution of source-free RL and RC
circuits; driven RL and RC circuits using differential
integral calculus; sinusoidal analysis; the concept of
phasors; and steady state response. The student will
learn mathematical techniques and apply these to the
concepts to analyze and solve differential equations.
Topics include waveform analysis and synthesis, time
domain analysis, solution of differential equations
using LaPlace transforms, application of LaPlace
transforms to solve electric circuits, and derivation
of transfer functions. In addition, the following topics
will be covered in this course: Fourier expansion of
periodic function (even and odd), Fourier analysis of
waveforms and their application to electrical signals,
and impulse response.
EV1710 INDOOR AIR QUALITY
Prerequisites: CH1210, HL1140
This course is designed to introduce students to the
principles and methods involved in the collection,
analysis, and interpretation of indoor air quality data
and how to use it to investigate and eliminate air
quality concerns. Particular emphasis is given to the
disproportionate distribution of health, disease, injury,
and disaster in a given population under study.
EN1420 – EV1710
EP2250 SMALL BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT
Prerequisites: CM2300, EC1100, EC1200, MA1670
This course will prepare the student to own and
operate a small business. It deals with secondary
and primary research techniques and analysis.
Students will be required to produce a research report
establishing the demand feasibility for a particular
growth sector in the economy. Topics for this report
will be based on personal selection or on a mentoring
process with a potential or present business owner.
This plan is developed based on two prior years of
Business Administration/Management education and
is not an introductory level course.
EV1711 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY
Prerequisite: EV1710
This course is designed to introduce students to the
principles and methods involved in the collection,
analysis, and interpretation of ambient air quality
data and how to use it to investigate and eliminate air
quality concerns. Meteorology and its impact on the
dispersal of air pollutants will be examined. Specific
technical knowledge and skills will be introduced in
the management and abatement of gaseous waste
streams arising from manufacturing industries.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
210
EV1830 LAND AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
Prerequisites: HL1140, EY2110
This course introduces the student to land
management and sustainable development and their
significance to environmental health. It gives students
a working understanding of steps taken in the field
to assess the suitability of a proposed development.
Through discussions of local environmental issues in
a global context, an understanding of the importance
of environmental ethics and sustainable development
will be developed.
EY2120 BASIC ECOLOGY
Prerequisite: BL1200
This course focuses on basic ecological principles and
concepts, ecological sampling techniques, and field
and laboratory exercises carried out in an appropriate
environment. It involves significant and relevant
fieldwork, as well as the preparation of a report on
terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, populations,
species interactions, and ecological communities.
FH1130 NUTRITION FOR DENTAL ASSISTANTS
The course provides an introduction to basic
nutrition theory, including the six classes of nutrients
(carbohydrates, fats, proteins, vitamins, minerals
and water). Dietary reference intakes, food sources,
digestion, metabolism, functions in the body/
health benefits, and efficiency/toxicity symptoms
are discussed for each nutrient. Food guides are
presented as a tool against which dietary adequacy
can be assessed by dental health professionals.
Students are required to complete a personal
diet assessment, applying knowledge acquired
from lectures. Students will also be introduced to
the process of identifying clients in need of diet
counselling and to providing counselling to these
clients.
FH1380 HEALTH AND WELLNESS
This course is designed to teach students the basics
of health and wellness development. Time will be
spent on didactic lectures, in-class labs doing basic
testing and other learning activities, and in the gym
exercising. Students will be expected to develop a
healthy lifestyle plan that they will then implement.
FL1030
The course is designed for learners with Initial
Basic Proficiency in English (Canadian Language
Benchmark 1). Through an integrated skills approach,
listening, speaking, reading, and writing are taught
with a focus on routine, non-demanding, personal
contexts of language use. Grammar, vocabulary, and
pronunciation are embedded within the teaching of
the four skills. Student success related to academic
study and the eventual workplace is an integral part
of the course. Upon completion, learners will have
attained Developing Basic Proficiency in English
(Canadian Language Benchmark 2).
FL1040
This course is designed for learners with Developing
Basic Proficiency in English (Canadian Language
Benchmark 2). Through an integrated skills approach,
listening, speaking, reading, and writing are taught
with a focus on routine, non-demanding, personal,
and familiar contexts of language use. Grammar,
vocabulary, and pronunciation are embedded within
the teaching of the four skills. Student success related
to academic study and the eventual workplace is an
integral part of the course. Upon completion, learners
will have attained Adequate Basic Proficiency in
English (Canadian Language Benchmark 3).
FL1050
This course is designed for learners with Adequate
Basic Proficiency in English (Canadian Language
Benchmark 3). Through an integrated skills approach,
listening, speaking, reading, and writing are taught
with a focus on routine, non-demanding, familiar,
and general contexts of language use. Grammar,
vocabulary, and pronunciation are embedded within
the teaching of the four skills. Student success related
to academic study and the eventual workplace is an
integral part of the course. Upon completion, learners
will have attained Fluent Basic Proficiency in English
(Canadian Language Benchmark 4).
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
211
FL1070
This course is designed for learners with Initial
Intermediate Proficiency in English (Canadian
Language Benchmark 5). Through an integrated skills
approach, listening, speaking, reading, and writing are
taught with a focus on moderately demanding context
of language use in English for Specific Academic
Purposes. Grammar, vocabulary, and pronunciation
are embedded within the teaching of the four skills.
Student success related to academic study and
the eventual workplace is an integral part of the
course. Upon completion, learners will have attained
Developing Intermediate Proficiency in English
(Canadian Language Benchmark 6).
FL1080
This course is designed for learners with Developing
Intermediate Proficiency in English (Canadian
Language Benchmark 6). Through an integrated skills
approach, listening, speaking, reading, and writing
are taught with a focus on moderately demanding
and complex contexts of language use in English for
Specific Academic Purposes. Grammar, vocabulary,
and pronunciation are embedded within the teaching
of the four skills. While this course effectively
supports learners in their programs-specific studies,
it also prepares them for success on the Canadian
Academic English Language (CAEL) Test. Student
success related to academic study and the eventual
workplace is an integral part of the course. Upon
completion, learners will have attained Adequate
Intermediate Proficiency in English (Canadian
Language Benchmark 7).
FL1090
This course is designed for learners with Adequate
Intermediate Proficiency in English (Canadian
Language Benchmark 7.) Thorough an integrated skills
approach, listening, speaking, reading, and writing
are taught with a focus on demanding and complex
contexts of language pronunciation are embedded
with the teaching of the four skills. While this course
effectively supports learners in their programspecific studies, it also prepares them for success
on the Canadian Academic English Language (CAEL)
Test. Student success related to academic study
and the eventual workplace is an integral part of the
course. Upon completion, learners will have attained
Fluent intermediate Proficiency in English (Canadian
Language Benchmark 8).
FL1095
Following the identification of language needs based
on a diagnostic exam, students will further develop
their listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills
through an integrated language learning approach.
Students will develop individual skill improvement
plans and test-taking strategies for the overall
improvement of their performance on the Canadian
Academic English Language (CAEL) Test.
FM2160 MECHANICS – STATICS AND DYNAMICS
Prerequisites: PH1100, MA1101
This is an introductory mechanics course designed
to develop an understanding of Newton’s second law
with applications to static structures as well as some
simple dynamic phenomena. Emphasis is placed on
the development of free-body diagrams in order to
produce an understanding of the physical problem.
Once this understanding is developed, calculations
can be used to produce numerical solutions.
FM2400 HYDRAULICS AND PNEUMATICS
Prerequisite: PH1101
This is an intermediate course in the design of
hydraulic and pneumatic power systems. Throughout
the course, students will learn about the components
of hydraulic and pneumatic systems and conduct
tests that demonstrate the manner in which different
components and circuits function. As a project,
students will design a hydraulic system, source, select
and cost system components and prepare
a schematic.
EV1711 – FM2400
FL1060
This course is designed for learners with Fluent
Basic Proficiency in English (Canadian Language
Benchmark 4). Through an integrated skills approach,
listening, speaking, reading, and writing are taught
with a focus on routine, non-demanding, general
contexts of language use. Grammar, vocabulary, and
pronunciation are embedded within the teaching of
the four skills. Student success related to academic
study and the eventual workplace is an integral part
of the course. Upon completion, learners will have
attained Initial Intermediate Proficiency in English
(Canadian Language Benchmark 5).
FM3200 MACHINE DESIGN
This course is an introduction to the primary
considerations in the design of machines as they
relate to each other, to their operators and to the
environment. Machines will be seen as converters
of energy and as the extension of human power. The
composition and characteristics of machines will be
presented. The underlying principles of mechanics
of machines and strength of materials will be
demonstrated, enabling the student to participate
in the design of machinery. The student will gain
practical manufacturing exposure and experience.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
212
FM3230 MACHINE DESIGN
Prerequisite: CF2240
This course is an introduction to the design of
mechanical machinery, focusing on the design for
functionality and safety. Mechanical engineering
utilizes basic laws of science for the development
of machinery to benefit humanity. Through use
of problem solving techniques and principles of
mechanics and strengths of materials, students will
solve problems that both develop their ability to
design new machines as well as repair and modify
existing equipment to meet new objectives.
FM3300 APPLIED FLUID MECHANICS
Prerequisites: MA1700, PH1101
This course introduces the laws and principles
that govern incompressible fluid flow. To support
theoretical studies, students will have opportunity to
conduct tests that demonstrate the real behaviour of
fluids while comparing findings to calculated values.
The emphasis in this course is to ensure students
understand the theoretical and practical mechanics
that govern fluid flow.
FN1100 PERSONAL FINANCE
This course is an introduction to the basic principles
and concepts of personal finance. The course is
organized into three parts: financial planning, financial
security and credit. In part one, financial planning, the
student learns how to make financial plans for saving
and spending, the functions of wills, and the basics
of the taxation system. In part two, financial security,
the student examines economic risks and ways to
minimize them. In part three, credit, the student
explores the complexities of consumer credit.
FN2110 BUSINESS FINANCE
Prerequisite: AC2260
This course is an introduction to the complexities
of business financial management. Specific topics
will include financial analysis and planning, working
capital management, capital budgeting and long-term
financing. Financial considerations will be both short
term and long term and will integrate concepts from
accounting, statistics and economics.
FN2111 BUSINESS FINANCE II
Prerequisite: FN2110
The purpose of this course is to extend knowledge
and understanding of finance principles by focusing
on various problems and decisions confronting the
financial manager. Specific topics include sensitivity
analysis; corporate planning models; financial
statement analysis and forecasting; short and
long-term financing; commercial banking; capital
budgeting; dividends and dividend policy; options,
swaps, futures, forwards and firm valuation; and
mergers and acquisitions. The student will conduct
an in-depth study of issues and tools that financial
managers use in financial planning and strategic
management. The course will use real-world cases to
teach the material.
FN2160 INVESTMENTS – AN OVERVIEW
Prerequisite: MA2400
Banks’ customer representatives are expected to
be familiar with the different investment avenues
available in order to provide an effective service to
their clients who are interested in optimizing their
return on their investments. This course will address
the concept of risk management and its application to
the average investor, and will provide an overview of
the different investment strategies and their potential
risks and returns.
HL1140 PRINCIPLES OF EHS
This course introduces students to the field of
environmental health. Learners are presented with
both local and global environmental health issues.
A historical background of the development of the
environmental health field, up to and including
recent risk assessment strategies for common
environmental health issues, is provided. The role of
the environmental health practitioner is emphasized.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
HL1301 COMMUNICABLE DISEASE CONTROL II
Prerequisites: HL1310, HL1210
A continuation of Communicable Disease Control
I, this course looks at mitigative tactics used by
environmental health practitioners to prevent or
control community outbreaks and other large-scale
biological events. The inspectional protocols involved
in hospital infection control are also explored.
HL1310 COMMUNICABLE DISEASE CONTROL I
Prerequisite: BL1130
Following a brief review of the basic concepts
involved in communicable disease control, the course
systematically deals with the etiological agents of
communicable disease. Emphasis, when dealing with
each individual disease, is given to historical case
studies, reservoirs, modes of transmission, signs and
symptoms, and measures used by the environmental
health officer to control its spread. In the laboratory
exercises, students will be introduced to the
investigation of individual known and unknown cases
as well as the morphologic appearance of certain
parasites in varied states, as well as to the technical
methods of diagnosis.
HL1410 EH INSPECTION AND INVESTIGATION
Prerequisites: HM1560, EN2310
This course introduces the student to the routine
inspection and investigation fieldwork of the
environmental health practitioner and those
persuasive, negotiation and progressive enforcement
skills employed in environmental health programs.
Where possible, a considerable portion of this course
will be spent in the field conducting actual inspections
and investigations of food, drinking and recreational
water, housing, communicable disease, air quality,
occupational health and safety, and land hazards.
HL1430 FOOD SAFETY INSPECTION AND
INVESTIGATION
Prerequisites: HL1301, EN1350, HL1310
This course introduces the student to inspection/
investigation procedures undertaken by a food
safety inspector/officer in the public sector that are
important to public health protection. Inspection,
investigation and auditing techniques common in
the field will be demonstrated. Health promotion
skills, negotiation skills, persuasion and progressive
enforcement skills and their relationship to applicable
law will be discussed. The utilization of these skills
by food safety inspectors/officers important to a
successful food safety protection program will be
highlighted. The fundamentals of risk assessment,
risk management and communication will also be
discussed, with particular emphasis on the Hazard
Analysis Critical Control Points (HACCP) principle
to successfully manage a food safety intervention
program at the local, community or national level.
Where possible, a considerable portion of this
course will be spent in the field conducting actual
inspections and investigations of public food service
settings including restaurants, cafeterias/juice stalls,
supermarkets, long-term care facilities, institutions,
schools, butcher shops, and food and water
processors.
HL1610 PUBLIC HEALTH ADMINISTRATION
Prerequisites: HL1140, HL1650
This course provides an overview of major
administrative concepts for health professionals.
The structural and functional development of a
health system including its organization, financing
and services delivery are examined. The role of the
environmental health administrator within program
development and leadership are studied. Particular
emphasis is given to building a business plan
andto focusing on public health issues as the basis
forchange.
HL1650 HEALTH EDUCATION AND PROMOTION
Prerequisites: HL1310
This course will enable the student to identify and
evaluate relevant public health messages in the
community and at the national level. The student will
be expected to plan an effective health promotion
campaign and strategy to address an emerging local
public health issue. Topics will include conducting
community analyses to establish pertinent public
health issues. The student will gather data on a
selected topic and utilize a relevant health promotion
strategy to develop a local program, developing
effective presentations, educational techniques and
information dissemination to various audiences.
FM3200 – HL1650
213
HL1210 EPIDEMIOLOGY
Prerequisites: MA1670, HL1140
This course is designed to introduce students to the
fundamental principles and practices of historical and
modern-day epidemiology, starting with contributions
to common germ theory principles made in the
past. The course will identify the common practices
undertaken by health officials to properly describe,
interpret, analyze and communicate disease and
injury findings to the populations at risk. Furthermore,
this course will assist the student in identifying
the steps to investigate illness in the community
and to assess illness/injury in the population both
descriptively and analytically. Emphasis is given to the
disparity in the disease/injury status across different
populations.
HL1720 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT
Prerequisites: HL 1140
This course is designed to introduce environmental
health students to the procedures involved in the
pre-planning, planning, disaster plan development,
resourcing, exercising, training, response, and
recovery phases of emergency preparedness
planning. particular emphasis is given to the
environmental health practitioners roles and
responsibilities in biological, chemical and natural
disaster events.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
214
HL1800 ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH RESEARCH
Prerequisites: HL1210, HL1650
This course continues the study of research and
investigation in the environmental health profession.
The design of both qualitative and quantitative study
design methods will be examined. The development
of a primary research report in the form of a survey
will be undertaken with the meaningful interpretation
of the results will be one of the main focuses in this
course. Using the skills developed in the classroom,
students will design and complete a primary research
report on a topic important to environmental health in
the State of Qatar.
HL1900 OHS PRACTICUM
Prerequisites: Successful completion of all program
courses leading to a diploma in Occupational Health
and Safety
This seven-week practicum is designed to
enable the student to apply the fundamental
principles of occupational health and safety to
the field. It will ensure that a graduating student
has had the opportunity of functioning within a
real world employment setting while under close
instructional supervision.
HL1910 FSI Practicum l
Prerequisites: HL1140
This seven-week work exposure is designed to
introduce students to the workplace and enable the
student to apply the fundamental principles of food
safety and inspection. Particular emphasis will be
given to ensure that the student is mentored through
the process of job shadowing from qualified staff.
The structure of the workplace and the organizational
hierarchy of the workplace will be documented
through report writing activities. Emphasis will be to
orientate the student to the workplace and provide
the student with the opportunity to record, document
and reflect on learning experiences through a daily log
journal. Where applicable, the student will be given
the opportunity to participate in the maintenance
and development of current and future program plans
by assisting and participating in special projects as
assigned.
HL1911 FSI PRACTICUM ll
Prerequisites: Successful completion of all
program courses leading to a diploma in
Food Safety and Inspection
This seven-week work placement course is designed
to enable the student to apply the fundamental
principles of food safety and inspection to the field.
It will ensure that a graduating student has had
the opportunity of functioning within a real world
employment setting while under close instructional
supervision. Students are placed with the appropriate
legislative authority who oversees food safety
and inspection within their jurisdiction and their
performance is evaluated by the employer. As part
of their duties, students will be required to conduct
independent food safety inspections and/or
investigations and write detailed professional
field reports to evaluate the compliance and
non-compliance items observed during the
inspection. Furthermore the student will utilize
sound report writing skills to communicate the
findings of the inspection/investigation.
HL1920 PUBLIC HEALTH PRACTICUM l
Prerequisites: EN1420, EN2310, HM1560, HL1310
This seven-week work term placement is designed
to enable the student to apply the fundamental
principles of environmental health to the field. It will
ensure that the student has had the opportunity of
functioning within a real-world employment setting
either in the public or private sector while under
close instructional supervision. Students are placed
with one of the many public health-related agencies
and their performance is evaluated by the employer.
As part of their duties, students will be required to
participate in public health program activities and
expose themselves to the administrative aspects
of the workplace. The structure and functions of
the work term location will be emphasized and the
student will have the opportunity to record, document
and reflect on learning experiences through the
completion of a daily log journal.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
HL2120 DENTAL HEALTH EDUCATION
Prerequisites: DA1350
The dental health education component of this
course is designed to promote skills in assessing
dental health education needs and planning, and
implementing and evaluating personal care including
teaching strategies for individuals and communitybased groups. This course provides opportunities for
students to demonstrate interpersonal and
communication skills in group interactions and
teaching activities.
HM1300 FOOD SAFETY l
Prerequisite: BL1130
This course will examine the introductory aspects of
food microbiology and its relationship to food quality
and food safety protection. The rationale for food
safety protection will be included. There is special
emphasis on the factors contributing to the growth
of spoilage and pathogenic microorganisms and the
means in which they can be controlled. The student
will examine the microbiology criteria important
in promoting safe food. The student will receive
training in basic food safety. Students must complete
all aspects of the course to receive FoodSafe
certification (FoodSafe Level 1). Lab sessions
will familiarize students with various food safety
evaluation techniques as well as the calibration
and the use of testing equipment used to promote
food safety.
HM1301 FOOD SAFETY II
Prerequisites: HM1300,
This course will further examine the aspects of
food safety and a successful food safety program
in the community and from a global perspective.
The Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point HACCP
system is examined and then used to demonstrate
how food safety risks can be minimized in all areas
of food handling from “field to fork.” Case studies
and current literature provide an up-to-date study of
the pathogens that can be acquired through food,
and the modern-day mitigation strategies. Emerging
issues current to the food industry will be discussed
and examined. Lab sessions will familiarize students
with various food safety procedures, including
outbreak investigations and the types of field testing
equipment used in the field. In addition, field trips
will be planned to provide examples of food safety
inspection practices and interventions. Students must
successfully complete all aspects of the course to
receive FoodSafe certification (FoodSafe Level 2).
HM1560 FOOD SAFETY
Prerequisites: HL 1140
This course will examine all aspects of food safety
from a global perspective. An examination of the
major types of food products will be included, with
special emphasis on both the intrinsic and extrinsic
factors responsible for food safety. Case studies
and current literature provide an up-to-date study
of the pathogens that can be acquired through
food, and the state-of-the-art mitigation strategies.
The Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP)
system is examined in and then used to demonstrate
how food safety risks can be minimized in all areas
of food handling from “field to fork.” Lab sessions
will familiarize students with various food safety
intervention strategies and procedures and the types
of testing equipment used to evaluate food safety
practices in the field. Field trips will provide examples
of the food safety strategies utilized in areas of
production or foodservice to protect public health.
Students must successfully complete all aspects
of the course to receive FoodSafe certification
(FoodSafe Level 1 and FoodSafe Level 2).
HL1720 – HM1560
215
HL1921 PUBLIC HEALTH PRACTICUM ll
Prerequisites: Successful completion of all program
courses leading to a diploma in Public Health
This seven-week work term placement is designed
to enable the student to apply the fundamental
principles of environmental health to the field.
It will ensure that a graduating student has had
the opportunity of functioning within a real-world
employment setting, either in the public or private
sector while under close instructional supervision.
Students are placed with the appropriate authority
who oversees environmental health within their
jurisdiction and their performance is evaluated by
the employer. As part of their duties, students will
be required to perform public health evaluations in
the field, write detailed professional field reports
and evaluate the public health significance of any
intervention(s). Furthermore the student will utilize
sound report writing skills to communicate their
findings.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
216
HM2310 FOOD EQUIPMENT AND PROCESSING
Prerequisites: HM1301
This course will introduce the student to the history
and importance of the food industry in modern-day
society together with the evolution of food processing
and food preservation practices. The fundamental
principles and characteristics of food science and
food processing practices will be explained together
with the various methods employed in the commercial
food industry to process food. The chemical, physical
and biological properties of food will be explained
in the context of food processing practices and
food science. Students will gain an understanding
of correct processing procedures and the impact
of processing on food safety, nutritional quality,
sensory perception, aesthetic quality and shelf life.
Furthermore, the student will gain an understanding
on the importance of food security to global and
national sustainability.
HN1100 INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL
RELATIONS
This is an introductory course in the theory and
practice of industrial relations in Canada. Practical
examples will be explored to reinforce the theoretical
concepts and to highlight important industrial
relation issues. The course will examine the collective
bargaining process, the grievance procedure, related
laws and regulations, and the administration of
collective agreements.
HN1150 HUMAN RESOURCES OPERATIONS
Prerequisites: HN2200, HN2150, HN1230, HN1240
Students will learn to solve problems through the
integration and application of previous knowledge into
practical situations. This is a case study course where
the students will use knowledge gained throughout
their program to date. Students will be exposed to
a wide range of major topics, including employment
issues for both local and expatriate hires, payroll and
records management, and future issues.
HN1230 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT I
This is an introductory course in the foundations of
human resource management. The course will cover
strategic human resource management, the law
and human resource management, human resource
planning, job analysis and job design, recruitment,
selection, socialization and orientation, training,
development, and career planning.
HN1240 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT II
Prerequisites: HN1230
This is an introductory course in some major functions
within the area of human resource management.
The following topics will be explored in this course:
performance appraisals, compensation, indirect
compensation/employee benefits, communication
and motivation, workplace safety and health,
employee relations, international human resource
management and human resource auditing/evaluation.
HN1400 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY
This is an introductory course in the fundamental
principles and practices of occupational health
and safety (OH&S). A solid understanding of OH&S
issues, legislation and programs is essential to
create an effective OH&S program. The learner will
explore development of OH&S; costs of accidents,
injuries and workplace illnesses; legislation and
regulation; hazards and agents; hazard recognition
and assessment; workplace compensation; accident
investigation; and OH&S program management.
Learners will have the opportunity to apply various
OH&S practices and techniques using case studies
and simulations and to obtain WHMIS certification.
HN2100 COLLECTIVE AGREEMENT
ADMINISTRATION
Prerequisites: HN1100
This course will examine in depth the issues involved
in the interpretation, application and administration of
a collective agreement. The learner will explore public
service collective bargaining, regulating the collective
agreement, collective agreement administration,
collective agreement clauses, and the legal issues in
interpreting and administering collective agreements.
Learners will have the opportunity to apply and
interpret various collective agreement administration
techniques, practices and clauses using case studies
and application assignments.
HN2110 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
This course will examine the various types of thirdparty assistance available to both management and
unions in resolving disputes. The learner will explore
union management cooperation, industrial conflict/
disputes, conciliation/mediation, picketing/boycotts,
grievances and grievance (rights) arbitration, and
alternative dispute resolution. Learners will have the
opportunity to apply and research various dispute
resolution techniques and practices.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
217
HN2140 ATTENDANCE AND DISABILITY
MANAGEMENT
Prerequisites: HN1240, HN1400
This course will examine in some depth the
current processes, issues and practices involved
in attendance and disability management. The
learner will explore the various laws and regulations
affecting the practice of attendance and disability
management, attendance management systems/
procedures, disability management programs,
best practices in disability management, legal and
ethical issues in disability management, disability
management in a unionized environment, and
attendance management and disability management
policy/plan development. Learners will have
the opportunity to research various attendance
management and disability management practices
and procedures.
HN2150 TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT
Prerequisite: HN1240
This course will examine in some depth the current
processes, issues and practices involved in the
training and development function. The learner will
explore needs analysis, training design, methods and
evaluation, development methods and evaluation, and
emerging trends in the field. Learners will have the
opportunity to apply various training and development
techniques and practices using case studies and
application assignments.
HN2160 HUMAN RESOURCE OPERATIONS
Prerequisites: HN1230, HN2200, HN2150
After completing this course the student will have
an understanding of the business processes that are
common in the human resources department and
how technology can play a vital role. This course gives
the students a practical view of the work of a human
resources department using currently available
technology – HR operations using HRIS, Internet,
intranet and web-based applications.
HN2200 COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS
Prerequisite: HN1240
The objective of this course is to provide an
understanding of the process, issues and
techniques involved in developing and administering
a compensation system. Attention is given to a
compensation system that rewards employees fairly
while motivating them to perform and permitting
the organization to operate properly. In addition,
key issues relating to employee benefits planning,
design and administration will be reviewed. Practical
simulations will be used to reinforce the concepts and
techniques.
HN2210 HUMAN RESOURCE PLANNING
Prerequisite: HN1240
The primary objective of this course is to provide an
understanding of the essential elements of the human
resource planning process. Quantitative as well as
qualitative concepts, approaches and techniques are
emphasized.
HN2230 EMPLOYEE RELATIONS
This course is designed to provide learners with
an introduction to employee relations, the area of
human resource management which is concerned
with maintaining positive and healthy relationships
in the workplace. Emphasis is placed on the key
dimensions of employee relations, including
employee communication, counselling, discipline,
and employee rights and involvement.
HN2310 ALTERNATE DISPUTE RESOLUTION
Prerequisites: HN1240, CM2200, LW1240
The purpose of this course is to give human resource
management students a working knowledge of
conflict resolution outside of a collective agreement
environment and avoiding the use of the legal system.
Students will understand the nature of conflict and
be able to diagnose a conflict so that an appropriate
alternate dispute resolution mechanism can be
selected. Students will become familiar with the
various resolution mechanisms that are available to
resolve a dispute, the advantages and disadvantages
of each, and how to apply the criteria needed to
choose one and follow through with it.
HM2310 – HN2310
HN2130 RECRUITMENT AND SELECTION
Prerequisites: HN1240
This course will examine in some depth the current
process, issues and practices involved in the
recruitment and selection function. The learner
will explore the staffing function, legal compliance,
information sources for staffing, reliability and validity
of performance predictors, recruitment, selection,
staffing evaluation, and emerging trends in staffing.
Learners will have the opportunity to apply various
staffing techniques and practices using case studies
and application assignments.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
218
HN3110 CURRENT TOPICS IN HUMAN RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
Prerequisite: HN2200
Co-requisites: HN2110, HN2210
This learner-led seminar-based course will examine
issues, topics and trends in the area of human
resource management and industrial relations that
are of recent and current concern to human resource
professionals today. Learners will research, develop
and present a seminar/paper on selected issues/
topics/trends from among the following areas
explored in this course: the field/practice of human
resource management; the field/practice of industrial
relations; recruitment and selection; occupational
health and safety; employment and labour law;
collective agreement administration; attendance and
disability management; compensation and benefits;
human resource planning; and dispute resolution.
In addition, learners will have the opportunity to
research and critique a current journal article.
HR2400 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT
This course is designed to prepare the students for
the workplace. The focus is on acquiring the skills of
a successful professional employee. The students will
learn how to assess and refine their own skills and to
match these skills with employment opportunities.
KB1150 KEYBOARDING I
This course develops keyboarding speed and
accuracy. Keyboarding speed on straight copy
material is developed to 30 net words per minute
for five (5) minutes.
Note: Students must achieve a typing speed of 30 net
words per minute in order to pass KB1150.
KB1151 KEYBOARDING Il
This course continues to develop keyboarding
speed and accuracy. Keyboarding speed is developed
to a minimum of 40 net words per minute for
five (5) minutes.
Note: Students must achieve a typing speed of 40
net words per minute for five minutes in order to pass
KB1151.
LS1000 CAEL PREPARATION
Following the identification of language needs based
on a diagnostic exam, students will further develop
their listening, speaking, reading and writing skills
through an integrated language learning approach.
Students will develop individual skill improvement
plans and test-taking strategies for the overall
improvement of their performance on the Canadian
Academic English Language (CAEL) Test.
LW1210 LABOUR AND EMPLOYMENT LAW
Prerequisites: HN1100, HN1240
This course will examine the ever-changing
subordinate legislation, statute and common law
in Canada that deals with union-management
relations and interactions, as well as the relations
and interactions between individual (non-unionized)
employees and their employers. The course is
designed to provide learners with a current overview
of the Canadian system of labour and employment
law. The learner will explore employment law, labour
law, and statute/subordinate legislation for labour and
employment law. Learners will have the opportunity
to apply and research various employment and labour
law legislation and cases.
LW1240 QATAR BUSINESS LAW
This course will introduce students to the legal
system used in Qatar with the emphasis on those
laws affecting business. Students will understand the
sources of law and how they are applied, especially
those laws with the most impact on businesses
in Qatar.
LW2400 E-BUSINESS LAW AND REGULATIONS
This course will focus on the legal, security and
privacy issues pertaining to doing business on the
Internet. Students will gain knowledge of various
legal and regulatory issues including copyright,
intellectual property, trademarks, confidential
information encryption and privacy. Business
contracts appropriate for the Internet will also be
addressed. Guest speakers from the legal community
with expertise in the areas identified will be invited to
share their experience with students.
MA1011 PREPARATORY BUSINESS MATH
Prerequisite: MA1025
This is a course in preparatory mathematics designed
to help alleviate specific weaknesses in students’
mathematical skills and thereby increase their
chances for success in further courses. It is the
second of two preparatory courses designed to
provide the fundamentals of mathematics. Its focus is
on mathematical concepts with business applications.
MA1025 PREPARATORY MATHEMATICS I
Prerequisite: College Academic Math Placement
Test Result
This is a course in preparatory mathematics designed
to help alleviate specific weaknesses in students’
mathematical skills and thereby increase their
chances for success in further courses. It is the first
of two preparatory courses designed to provide the
fundamentals of mathematics.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
219
MA1101 MATHEMATICS
Prerequisites: MA1700, MA1100
This is a course designed to prepare students for the
study of calculus as well as to introduce as well as to
familiarize them with the concepts of differentiation
necessary for a better understanding of a variety of
technology courses.
MA1400 MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE I
This is an introductory course designed to provide
basic understanding of business mathematics. Its
primary objective is to increase a student’s knowledge
and skills in the solution of practical financial and
mathematical problems encountered in the business
community. It also provides a support base for
material in more advanced courses in the business
field. The topics covered in this course include
mathematics fundamentals, linear systems, simple
interest and mathematics of merchandising.
MA1530 STATISTICS
This course is designed to introduce the student
to the basic principles of statistics with the use of
Microsoft Excel.
MA1670 STATISTICS
This course is designed to introduce students to the
basic principles of probability and statistics.
MA1700 MATHEMATICS
This is a course in pre-calculus mathematics designed
to help alleviate specific weaknesses in students’
mathematical skills and thereby increase their
chances for success in other technical courses.
MA1730 MATHEMATICS FOR PHARMACY
TECHNICIANS
Prerequisite: MA1700
This mathematics course is designed to support
the mathematical needs related to the pharmacy
profession. This course will develop specific skills
related to conversions, dosage, marketing and other
calculations required by the pharmacy technician in
day-to-day work.
MA1900 PROBLEM SOLVING FOR INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY
The course is intended to illustrate how to
develop logic for computer programs. To aid in the
development of the student’s use of problem solving
techniques necessary for information technology,
a practical mathematical background is provided in
this course as it applies to business data processing.
A review of basic algebra and computer-related
mathematical topics is covered.
MA1910 INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL
PROBLEM SOLVING
Prerequisites: MC1830, MA1900
A practical mathematical background is provided in
this course as it applies to business data processing.
This course deals with various approaches to problem
solving and decision making using management
science techniques (quantitative analysis).
The student will investigate the following
business-oriented problem and decision making
topics: optimization, transportation schedules,
assignment problems, waiting line (queuing), model
analysis and deterministic inventory models.
MA2100 MATHEMATICS
Prerequisite: MA1101
In this course students will extend their study
of topics in differential calculus and will also be
introduced to integral calculus. Topics covered
will assist students to better understand concepts
encountered in other courses.
MA2101 MATHEMATICS
Prerequisite: MA2100
This is an advanced calculus course designed to meet
specific requirements of the electrical/electronic
engineering programs.
MA2400 MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE II
Prerequisite: MA1400
This is an advanced course designed to provide a
more in-depth study of the mathematics of finance.
Students will advance their knowledge in interest,
annuity, amortization of debt, and investment
opportunities.
HN3110 – MA2400
MA1026 PREPARATORY MATHEMATICS II
Prerequisite: MA1025
This is a course in preparatory mathematics designed
to help alleviate specific weaknesses in students’
mathematical skills and thereby increase their
chances for success in further courses. It is the
second of two preparatory courses designed to
provide the fundamentals of mathematics.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
220
MA3700 PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS
MANAGEMENT
Prerequisites: MA2400, MA1670, MC1241
This course is designed to provide the student with an
understanding of the process involved in production
management and operations management.
Operations management involves design, planning,
control and improvement of the activities or
processes that transform a firm’s inputs into final
products. In this course, the student will study the
building blocks of operations management. The
student will study the importance of interaction and
coordination of business areas to meet organizational
goals. Various mathematical and computerized
models are introduced and their application to the
decision making process is emphasized.
MC1080 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTERS
This course is designed to give the student an
introduction to computer systems. Particular
emphasis is given to word processing, spreadsheets,
e-mail, the Internet, and major security issues. Upon
successful completion of this course, students will
have a basic understanding of computer systems and
their operation, popular software packages and their
applications, and security issues of computers.
MC1220 PRODUCTIVITY TOOLS
This course is designed to teach students the
fundamental concepts of the Windows operating
environment, keyboarding by the touch method, basic
word processing procedures, the use of e-mail and
the Internet. Students will apply concepts through
practical application.
MC1240 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS I
This course will introduce the students to: the use
of e-mail and the Internet; manipulating files in
the Windows operating environment; basic word
processing techniques; and basic presentation
creation techniques. Students will apply concepts
through practical application.
MC1241 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS II
Prerequisite: MC1240
The course is designed to expose the student to
software packages that can be used to create
spreadsheets and websites. At the end of the course,
students will create a portfolio by integrating projects
and work created throughout the course.
MC1820 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS
Prerequisites: MC1830
The course is designed to expose the student to
software packages that can be used to create
spreadsheets, technical drawings and websites.
MC1830 FUNDAMENTAL COMPUTER
APPLICATIONS
This course will introduce the students to the
fundamental concepts of the Windows operating
environment, keyboarding by the touch method, basic
word processing techniques, the use of e-mail and the
Internet, and basic presentation creation techniques.
Students will apply concepts through practical
application.
MC2220 PRODUCTIVITY TOOLS
Prerequisites: MC1221
Students will gain knowledge in database
development as well as advanced features of
electronic spreadsheets.
MH1110 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
This course is designed to assist students in
becoming fully familiar with the principles of design,
operation and maintenance of small high-pressure
boilers such as those found in fish plants, heating
plants, office buildings, and heating, ventilating and
air conditioning (HVAC).
MH2320 POWER PLANT COMPONENTS
Prerequisites: PO1100 or equivalent
This is a course designed to develop the basic skills
needed to operate and maintain steam generation
systems.
MH2400 INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF
ROTATING EQUIPMENT
Prerequisites: PF1180, MH1110
This course is designed to provide experience in the
installation and operation of rotating machines, flow
lines and ancillary equipment. The emphasis will
be on development of practical skills that facilitate
independent installation and operation of mechanical
equipment.
MH2810 PROCESS SYSTEMS – PETROLEUM
PROCESSING FACILITIES
Prerequisite: MH2310
This course is designed to introduce students to
the principles, operation and general maintenance
requirements of selected petroleum processing
equipment used at onshore refineries. The student
will become acquainted with the purpose, operation
and maintenance required to operate the common
equipment systems and components used in a refinery.
MH3340 POWER PLANT SYSTEMS
Prerequisite: MH1110 or PO1100
This is a course designed to develop the basic skills
needed to operate and maintain power plant systems.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
221
MH4425 MAINTENANCE OF ROTATING
EQUIPMENT
Prerequisite: MW1710
This hands-on introductory course is designed
to provide the student with practical skills in the
mechanical maintenance of rotating equipment. Using
both non-intrusive and intrusive diagnosis, the student
will inspect equipment, perform routine maintenance
tasks and disassemble/reassemble various types of
rotating machines.
MH4500 PRIME MOVERS
Prerequisite: MH1110 or PO1100
This is a course designed to develop the basic skills
needed to operate and maintain a power plant
system.
MM1950 WORKPLACE PROFESSIONALISM
This course is designed to provide students with the
skills and knowledge necessary to effectively work in
a team environment.
MN1260 ANALYZING BUSINESS CASES
This is a discussion-led, case-based course drawing
on real business problems from companies in
the Gulf and the rest of the world. This course
is designed to help business students develop
their skills in reasoning, analysis and the use of
logical arguments for practical application in the
workplace. Students who successfully complete
this course will have a better understanding of how
to work in teams, critically assess a problem, and
make recommendations based on sound business
frameworks.
MN1340 INTRODUCTION TO LOGISTICS AND
SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
This course is designed to introduce the key concepts
and core requirements needed for a business to
organize an integrated approach to the planning,
acquisition and distribution required to facilitate the
efficient flow of materials and services into finished
products.
MN1520 SUPERVISORY LEADERSHIP
This course will prepare the student with skills to work
in leadership and supervisory positions in a variety
of workplace settings. Emphasis is placed on the
unique challenges facing the supervisor as the first
level of management in most organizations. Concepts
and theories will be explored through case studies,
projects and in-class exercises designed to simulate
the daily challenges facing supervisors and leaders.
MN2600 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Prerequisites: Successful completion of all
second-year Business Administration courses
This course will enable students to be exposed
to the interrelationship of the functional areas of
business. The focus will be on strategy development
for business management, enabling students to
apply organizational, financial, human resource and
marketing decisions to business applications.
MN3100 BUSINESS ETHICS
Prerequisite: PS2340
This course will examine business ethical principles/
concepts as well as the many ethical issues/dilemmas
facing organizations today. The course will also
explore the various government regulations and laws
impacting and restricting business operations, as well
as stakeholders and corporate social responsibility/
governance, ethical issues in the workplace, business
ethics and the law, ethical decision making, ethics
program and audits, and globalization and emerging
trends. Learners will have the opportunity to research,
analyze and critique various organizational practices
and policies, particularly codes of conduct and codes
of ethics.
MN3200 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Prerequisite: HN1240, PS2340
This course will examine the importance of an
effective performance management system in helping
organizations define and achieve long-term and
short-term goals vital to its overall success. It will
reinforce the concept that performance management
is an ongoing process of planning, facilitating,
assessing and improving individual and organizational
performance. The learner will explore the value
of performance management and its context,
performance management process and strategic
planning, setting performance standards, effective
performance appraisal systems, performance
management and employee development plans,
performance coaching, and team performance.
Learners will have the opportunity to apply various
performance management practices and techniques
using case studies and application assignments.
MA3700 – MN3200
MH4410 REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS
Prerequisite: MH2310
This is a course designed to develop the practical
and theoretical skills needed to operate and maintain
a refrigeration plant system to a third class power
engineer’s level.
MP1200 ELECTRICAL MOTORS
Prerequisite: ET1131
This course covers the characteristics and application
of AC and DC motors. The course begins with a review
of electromechanical fundamentals and progresses
on to the major types of DC and AC motors commonly
found in industry.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
222
MP2110 ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND MACHINES
Prerequisite: ET1101
This is an intermediate-level electrotechnology
course designed for industrial instrument technician
students. It is intended to familiarize the student
with the construction, connection, operation
and maintenance of rotating electric machines.
Additionally, this course should expand the student’s
understanding of electromechanical conversion
principles. Laboratory work is included to reinforce
theoretical concepts and enhance skills in the use of
measuring instruments.
MP2160 ELECTROMECHANICAL MOTOR
CONTROLS
Prerequisite: MP1200
This course introduces the student to motor control
concepts and electromechanical control devices.
The students become familiar with control diagrams,
techniques and methods. It provides the students
with knowledge and background to support the
more advanced control concepts presented in later
courses.
MP2220 TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION
SYSTEMS
Prerequisite: ET1131
This course introduces students to transmission
and distribution (T&D) systems focusing on lines,
cables and switchgear. The TERCO PST will be used
extensively to allow students to experience T&D
system operations.
MP2230 POWER SYSTEM HARMONICS
This is an introductory course in power system
harmonics covering sources, problems, Fourier
analysis and solutions. The laboratory component will
further develop and strengthen the understanding and
skills related to harmonic and Fourier analysis.
MP2250 ELECTRIC POWER GENERATION
FACILITIES
Prerequisite: MP2370
This course familiarizes the student with the electrical
equipment and systems found in a typical Gulf
electrical generation/desalinization plant. Prime
movers, generators, transformers and buses are
covered primarily from the standpoint of construction
and operational characteristics. Extensive use will be
made of the TERCO simulator in developing student
awareness in the operation of bulk power plant
generation systems.
MP2260 SOLID STATE MOTOR CONTROLS
Prerequisites: AE1260, MP2160
This course introduces the student to solid state
electronics in motor controls. It includes coverage
of power electronic devices, solid state relays and
protection devices, and drive electronics.
MP2300 AC CIRCUITS
Prerequisites: ET2100
This course is designed to be a continuation of
the electrotechnology courses. It is designed to
strengthen the student’s ability to analyze singleand three-phase AC circuits, as well as reinforce the
students understanding of magnetic circuits. The
laboratory work is included as an application of the
theoretical concepts and an enhancement of skills in
the use of AC measuring instruments.
MP2350 TRANSFORMERS
Prerequisites: MA2100, MP2300
This course is designed to be a continuation of the
electrotechnology courses. It is designed to expand
the student’s knowledge of transformers and the
associated applications, standards and loading
guides. Additionally it will enhance the student’s
ability to analyze single- and three-phase AC circuits
as well as provide an application for advanced
mathematical analysis techniques.
MP2370 POWER SYSTEM TRANSFORMERS
Prerequisites: MP1200, MA1101
This course focuses on the transformer, especially the
electrical and construction characteristics of units
commonly found in a typical electrical power system.
MP2910 DC MACHINES
Prerequisite: ET2100
This course is an introductory course in electrical
machine theory. It covers the basics of DC machine
theory and provides the necessary background for
subsequent courses in electrical machines. It will give
the student an appreciation of rotating machinery
and, through labs, an idea of the type and operating
characteristics of the various DC machines.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
223
MP3100 MOTOR CONTROL SYSTEMS
Prerequisites: MP2900, MP290, MP2350
This is an advanced level course designed for
electrical engineering technology students. It
introduces the student to relay control systems, motor
controllers and variable speed motor drives. Upon
successful completion, the student should be able
to design and analyze typical relay control systems.
Also the student should be able to select and analyze
typical motor controllers and variable speed drives.
Topics include relay control systems, full voltage
starters, reduced voltage controllers, multi-speed
controllers, wound rotor controllers, synchronous
controllers, direct current controllers, direct current
drives and alternating current drives.
MP3120 HV SYSTEMS PROTECTION AND
COORDINATION
Prerequisite: PE3120
This course introduces the protection schemes
typically applied to high voltage generators,
transformers and circuits. The primary relay functions
are investigated, as are the characteristics of system
abnormalities that can trigger a response from the
protection system.
MP3140 CIRCUIT ANALYSIS III
Prerequisite: MP2141
Topics include waveform analysis and synthesis,
time domain analysis, solution of differential
equations using Laplace transforms, application
of Laplace transforms to solve electric circuit and
derivation of transfer functions, and Fourier expansion
of even and odd periodic functions. As well, topics
include analysis of waveforms and their application
to electrical signals, impulse response, convolution
and transfer function.
MP3150 POWER DEVICES AND MOTOR DRIVES
Prerequisites: AE2250, MP3100
This course is a study of electronic variable speed
motor drives. Power electronic device theory is
covered as background for drive electronics. AC
and DC drives are studied as well as installation,
commissioning and troubleshooting.
MP3201 POWER TRANSMISSION AND
DISTRIBUTION
Prerequisite: MP3210
This is the follow-up course to MP3100 and covers
further topics in power system analysis. Short circuit
calculations for symmetrical and asymmetrical
faults are covered. Students will get hands-on usage
of a commercial power system analysis computer
simulation program (Electrocon 2000). Students will
be introduced to the principles of protection and
coordination.
MP3330 TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION
SYSTEMS OPERATIONAL ANALYSIS
Prerequisite: MP31XX
This course covers the basic analysis techniques used
to study power flow on radial transmission line circuits
as well as between buses on a grid. Students are also
introduced to the basic analytical techniques used
when studying electrical faults on HV systems as well
as to load flow and short circuit software programs.
MR1100 MARKETING I
This is an introductory course in the fundamental
principles and practices of marketing. The student
will explore strategic planning and marketing
management, the Internet in marketing, marketing
research information, consumer markets and
behaviour, business markets and behaviour, market
segmentation and targeting, and international
marketing. Students will have the opportunity to
apply case studies and research various marketing
concepts, techniques and processes.
MR1260 CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR THE
COMPUTER INDUSTRY
This course focuses on the role of an information
technology employee in providing quality technical
customer service in any given situation. Students will
develop the skills they need to interact effectively
with customers, either face-to-face, on the telephone,
in writing or on the web. Some of the topics covered
will be quality customer service, communicating
with customers, handling difficult customers, solving
and preventing problems, working as a team, and
managing stress and burnout.
MR1280 CUSTOMER SERVICE
This course focuses on the role of the employee in
providing quality customer service. It is important that
employees have a positive attitude and the necessary
skills to effectively listen to and interpret customers
concerns about a product, resolve customers’
problems, and determine customers’ wants and
needs. Students will be able to use the skills and
knowledge gained in this course to effectively provide
a consistently high level of service to the customer.
MP1200 – MR1280
MP2920 AC MACHINES
Prerequisites: MP2910, MP2300
This course follows MP2910 and covers topics in
MP2300. AC generators are studied as well as
three-phase and single-phase motors. The theory
learned in this course will be applied in future
courses in power systems and motor controls.
MR1500 CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR
Prerequisite: MR2100
This course introduces the student to the concepts,
theories and techniques of consumer behaviour. The
student will explore the fundamentals of consumer
behaviour in order to gain an understanding of
the motivation behind purchase decisions. By
understanding the consumer’s behaviour, students
are able to make more market-focused strategic
decisions. Students will have the opportunity to
apply their knowledge through the use of case
analysis and assignments.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
224
MR1600 PROFESSIONAL SELLING
Prerequisites: CM1241, MR2100, CM2200
This is an introductory course in the fundamental
principles and practices of professional selling.
The course is designed to teach the student about
competencies in prospecting, identifying client needs
and dealing with objections while building client
relationships. The student will take part in videotaped
selling exercises to review and master their selling
techniques. Students will have the opportunity to
apply various techniques and practices through case
analysis and the use of a sales simulation.
MR2100 MARKETING II
Prerequisite: MR1100
This is an introductory course in the fundamental
principles and practices of marketing. The student
will explore product development and life cycle, price,
distribution and supply chain management, retailing
and wholesaling, promotion, advertising, and personal
selling. Students will have the opportunity to apply
various marketing techniques and practices using
case studies and application assignments.
MR2200 RETAILING
Prerequisite: MR2100
This course is designed as an introduction to the
concepts, theories and techniques of retailing.
The student will explore the concepts of buyer
behaviour, strategic retail management, retail
design, presentation, and pricing. Students will have
the opportunity to apply various retail techniques
and practices using case studies and application
assignments, and will develop communication skills
through class discussions and group activities.
MR2300 BUSINESS RESEARCH
Prerequisite: MR2100, MA1670
This course introduces students to the field of
business research through the examination of the
various techniques, principles, skills and activities
required to create and present an effective and
comprehensive report. It will familiarize the student
with the ways that marketing information can be
obtained and/or produced and how it is used to
provide insight into markets, customers, products
and business strategies for business decision making
purposes. Students will have the opportunity to apply
various research techniques and practices using case
studies and application assignments culminating in
the preparation and presentation of a research report.
MR2350 E-BUSINESS
Prerequisites: MR2100, MC1241
This course is designed to introduce the student to
the managerial and technical aspects of electronic
business and commerce. Students will gain
knowledge of the competitive electronic business
field and will be equipped to help businesses assess
possible opportunities through this rapidly evolving
technology. They will be exposed to the concepts
of customer relationship management, marketing
communications, supply chain management, web
analytics, and taxation and ethical issues as they
relate to e-business. Students will also have the
opportunity to apply various e-business techniques
and practices using case studies and applicationbased assignments, including web page development.
MR2400 MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS
Prerequisites: MR2100, CM1241
This course will examine the current processes, issues
and practices involved in marketing communications.
The student will explore communications as it
relates to print, television, radio and other media,
and will have the opportunity to apply their creativity
in developing tools in these media for local uses
wherever possible. The student will also examine how
marketing communications affects the purchase and
post-purchase behaviour of the consumer and apply
various marketing communication techniques and
practices using case studies, application assignments
and a major project.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
225
MR2620 SALES MANAGEMENT
Prerequisite: MR1600
This advanced course will provide the student with
the opportunity to explore the practical components
of the professional sales manager. The student will
gain and deepen their knowledge in the areas of sales
management, planning, forecasting and account
relationship, as well as sales force organization,
operations, staffing and training. Students will have
the opportunity to demonstrate the application of
concepts through field work assignments, case
analysis, research and presentations.
MR2700 INTERNATIONAL MARKETING
Prerequisite: MR2100
This course is designed to enable the student to
apply the concepts of marketing in an international
context. The student will research and evaluate
foreign markets and apply marketing concepts
relevant to strategy development in foreign
markets identified by exporting and transnational
organizations. The student will have the opportunity
to acquire knowledge of international environmental
influences, preparation for international markets, and
the international marketing mix, and to apply various
international marketing techniques and practices
using case studies and application assignments.
MR2800 BUSINESS-TO-BUSINESS MARKETING
Prerequisite: MR2100
This course will enable the student to apply the
concepts of marketing in a business customer
context, to research and evaluate business markets,
and to apply marketing concepts relevant to strategy
development in manufacturing, trade, institutional
and not-for-profit organizations. The student will use
analysis of business buyer behaviour, segmentation
and targeting, business marketing strategy, marketing
communications and personal selling techniques
to analyze case studies and complete application
assignments.
MR3100 CURRENT TOPICS IN MARKETING
Prerequisite: MR2800
Co-requisites: MR2620, MR2700
This student-led seminar-based course will examine
issues, topics and trends in the area of marketing
that are of recent and current concern to marketing
professionals today. Students will research,
develop and present a seminar/paper on selected
issues/topics/trends from among the following
areas explored in this course: the field/practice
of consumer behaviour, professional selling, sales
management, retailing, e-business, marketing
communications, services marketing, business-tobusiness marketing, and international marketing.
In addition, students will have the opportunity to
research and critique a current journal article.
MW1700 INDUSTRIAL MECHANICS: POWER
TRANSMISSIONS, SEALS AND BEARINGS
Prerequisite: MH1110
This course is designed to introduce students to the
operation and maintenance of mechanical power
transmissions. The student will disassemble and
install components such as bearings and seals
while doing visual inspections to determine the
cause of component failures before reassembling
the transmission. Transmissions will be aligned to
their prime movers using dial and laser alignment
technology. The student will also determine proper
maintenance and selection of components and
lubricants from manufacturers’ specifications and
catalogues.
MW1710 CONDITION MONITORING
Prerequisite: MW1700
This course in industrial mechanics involves
vibration and alignment of industrial machinery. In
the alignment area the student will be involved with
installing, maintaining and replacing motors and
aligning shafts using dial indicators, levelling and
optical laser alignment equipment. Alignment is a key
factor in machinery vibration and the student will be
using dynamic vibration testing equipment to analyze
vibration sources and corrective actions. The vibration
analyses will also form part of the preventative
and predictive maintenance scheduling for plant
equipment.
MR1500 – MW1710
MR2450 SERVICES MARKETING
Prerequisite: MR2100
This course is designed to enable the student to apply
the concepts and strategies of marketing relevant
to the service sector. The student will explore in
some depth various aspects of services marketing,
including service productivity, service marketing
distribution, service pricing concepts, positioning
in service marketing, and service personnel
management. Students will have the opportunity to
apply their knowledge of these marketing concepts
and strategies using a case project, application
assignments and presentations.
MW1720 CONVEYOR SYSTEMS
Prerequisite: MW1700
This is an introductory course that provides the
student with the fundamentals of conveyor system
design, operation and maintenance. The student will
use industrial catalogues to select conveyor systems
for particular industrial applications. The shop work
is designed to apply the skills learned in mechanical
studies to the maintenance of conveyor systems.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
226
MX1510 CLINICAL RADIOGRAPHY ORIENTATION
Prerequisites: Successful completion of fifth semester
The in-depth clinical orientation during Semester 6
is designed to reinforce in a practical manner the
theoretical knowledge the students have acquired
during the didactic segment of their program. For
16 weeks, under the direction and supervision
of a clinical instructor or designate, students will
participate in a variety of basic routine radiographic
procedures. Students will become familiar with
various basic and specialized radiographic equipment
used in today’s modern diagnostic imaging
departments. Throughout this semester, students will
learn to apply their understanding of the concepts
and techniques used in providing quality diagnostic
radiographic imaging, patient care and radiation
protection in a real-life setting.
MX2102 RADIOGRAPHIC ANATOMY AND
PATHOLOGY
Prerequisites: Successful completion of third semester
In order for a technologist to competently perform any
diagnostic radiographic examination, a complete and
thorough knowledge of human anatomy is required.
It is also essential that the student be able to identify
anatomical structures on the radiograph; differentiate
between the normal and abnormal radiographic
images; use knowledge of tissue densities, either
normal or pathological; and be able to accurately
locate hidden structures by relating to surface
landmarks. In addition, the pathologies relevant to the
skeletal, circulatory and lymphatic systems and their
radiological significance will be discussed.
MX2103 RADIOGRAPHIC ANATOMY AND
PATHOLOGY
Prerequisites: MX2102
This course is a continuation of MX2102, where
the student will continue to learn a complete and
thorough knowledge of human anatomy. Anatomical
structures will be located by relating to surface
landmarks. Identification of anatomical structures
on the radiographic image as well as the ability
to differentiate between normal and abnormal
anatomical appearance is required. The student will
become knowledgeable of the structure, function,
location and radiographic appearance of structures in
the skull, as well as the following anatomical systems:
digestive, respiratory, urinary, reproductive, nervous
and endocrine systems. Associated pathologies,
in particular those which may be demonstrated
radiographically, are studied, as well as crosssectional anatomy of the skull, chest, abdomen and
spine as related to CT imaging.
MX2110 RADIOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUE
Prerequisite: BL2100
Co-requisites: MX2102, MX2410, MX2310, MX2200
This course is designed to introduce the student
to the fundamental practices involved in the
performance of radiographic imaging. Instructional
areas include terminology, interventional radiology
(IR) identification, patient/technologist relationship,
examination protocol, radiation protection and
technologist responsibility. Emphasis will be placed
on basic, alternate and specialized imaging of
the appendicular axial skeleton, angiography and
lymphangiography.
MX2120 RADIOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUE
Prerequisite: MX2110
This course will consist of instruction in the basic,
alternate and special positioning required to
radiographically demonstrate the skull and facial
bones, as well as body organs and structures of the
following systems: respiratory, digestive, urinary and
reproductive systems. Discussion, demonstration
and clinical application will include such areas as
foreign body localization, mobile, operating room,
trauma radiography, bone mineral densitometry,
interventional radiography and CT imaging.
MX2170 DENTAL RADIOGRAPHY I
Prerequisites: BL1210, DA1250
This course is designed to provide the student with
the theoretical basis of the nature and production
of x-radiation and preliminary principles and
procedures involved with oral radiology. The emphasis
is on radiation physics, radiation biology, radiation
protection, basic intra-oral radiographic techniques
and film processing.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
227
MX2200 IMAGE RECORDING
Prerequisites: Successful completion of third semester
Co-requisites: MX2310, PH2200
This course is designed to give the student
comprehensive knowledge of the process involved in
the formation of a diagnostic x-ray image generated
through the use of radiant energy. Students will learn
photographic as well as digital methods of image
capture and will become familiar with the many
factors that affect the quality of the radiographic
image. Image manipulation, display and archiving
will be discussed, as well as methods of reducing
image artifact, ensuring the production of optimum
diagnostic images.
MX2201 IMAGE RECORDING
Prerequisites: MX2200, MX2310
Co-requisite: MX2301
This course is a continuation of MX2200. It is
designed to provide the student with comprehensive
knowledge of quality assurance processes associated
with image quality management. Performance of
specific quality control procedures necessary to
maintain a high standard of image quality using
both digital and analog image processing systems
will be studied. Quality control tests for general
radiographic units as well those used in fluoroscopy,
CT, mammography and bone mineral densitometry
will be studied. The importance of faithful adherence
to quality control procedures and processes as part
of a diagnostic imaging department’s overall risk
management strategy will be discussed. Students
will learn to perform inspection procedures and
reject-image analysis as part of the overall quality
assurance program.
MX2301 APPARATUS AND ACCESSORIES
Prerequisites: MX2200, MX2310
This course is developed to allow the student to gain
a comprehensive knowledge of a wide variety of x-ray
generating units. They will acquire the knowledge
and skills necessary to operate basic and
present-day sophisticated equipment safely,
effectively and efficiently. The student will be taught
the physics of operation of advanced imaging
modalities such as computed tomography and digital
fluorographic units, as well as mammographic and
bone mineral densitometry units.
MX2310 APPARATUS AND ACCESSORIES
Prerequisites: Successful completion of third semester
Co-requisites: MX2200, PH2200
This course has been developed so that the
student will have a comprehensive knowledge of
the production of x-radiation that will be useful for
medical purposes. The student will understand
the use of the x-ray tube and its components and
characteristics that will allow the proper control of the
x-ray beam. The student will have basic knowledge
of the electrical circuits that are essential for the
production of the type of x-radiation that will result
in high-quality radiographic imaging. The student will
learn about the effective use of grids and collimators
to reduce patient dose and improve image quality. The
student will have knowledge of methods employed
to facilitate heat dissipation during the production
of x-radiation, as well as practical skills employed to
conserve tube life. The student will be able to identify
signs of tube failure.
MX2410 PATIENT CARE AND SAFETY
Prerequisites: Successful completion of third semester
Co-requisites: MX2110, MX2100
This course is designed to provide the student
radiographer with the necessary knowledge to provide
good patient care in a variety of situations that might
be encountered in the hospital environment. This
course emphasizes basic concepts in general patient
care, body mechanics, basic nursing skills, use of
common drugs, as well as caring for patients with
special needs. During this semester students will also
receive instruction in the fundamentals of first aid and
basic life support.
MW1720 – MX2410
MX2171 DENTAL RADIOGRAPHY II
Prerequisites: MX2170
Students will learn correct technique and proper
safety precautions of operating dental radiographic
equipment. They will become skilled at producing
diagnostic quality intra-oral and extra-oral
radiographs on both adult and child mannequins. As
well, the student will become proficient at processing,
mounting and troubleshooting radiographic pitfalls on
all dental radiographs.
MX2500 RADIATION PROTECTION AND
RADIOBIOLOGY
Prerequisites: BL2100, PH2200, MX2102, MX2310
Co-requisites: MX2103
Combined with their knowledge of radiobiology,
students will learn how to utilize radiation to provide
maximum diagnostic information with minimal
biological damage to the patient. Students will
become familiar with international, national and
provincial standards. They will learn how to maintain
these standards by the correct use of equipment,
accessories and other relevant factors. They will learn
how to provide maximum protection from ionizing
radiation to the patient, general public, co-workers
and themselves.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
228
MX3250 CLINICAL RADIOGRAPHY
Prerequisites: Successful completion of fifth semester
This course is designed to provide extensive clinical
experience to students. Applied knowledge of
anatomy and physiology, radiographic technique,
pathology, radiation protection and patient care will
be reinforced. Emphasis will be placed on intensive
clinical demonstrations and application of skills
necessary for the student to become competent in
performing radiographic examinations in the following
areas: vertebral column, pelvic girdle/upper femora,
shoulder girdle, upper and lower extremities, and
operating room/mobile radiography. The student will
also acquire clinical experience in mammography
and pediatrics. This course will take place over 16
weeks under the direction and supervision of a clinical
instructor or designate.
MX3260 CLINICAL RADIOGRAPHY
Prerequisites: Successful completion of fifth semester
This course is designed to provide extensive clinical
experience to students. Applied knowledge of
anatomy and physiology, radiographic technique,
pathology, radiation protection and patient care will
be reinforced. Emphasis will be placed on intensive
clinical demonstrations and application of skills
necessary for the student to become competent in
performing radiographic examinations in the following
areas: vertebral column, pelvic girdle/upper femora,
shoulder girdle, upper and lower extremities, and
operating room/mobile radiography. The student will
also acquire clinical experience in mammography
and pediatrics. This course will take place over 16
weeks under the direction and supervision of a clinical
instructor or designate.
ND1150 NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING
Prerequisites: CH1120, PH1100
This course introduces techniques used to detect
discontinuities in materials without destroying
the object. Coursework focuses on detection,
identification, evaluation and categorization of
discontinuities using die penetrate, magnetic particle,
eddy current, ultrasonic and radiographic testing
methods. Students will learn testing procedures and
gain practical experience on a variety of test pieces.
OF1100 OFFICE MANAGEMENT I
This course is designed to acquaint students with the
significant role of the office employee in business,
the importance of effective communication and
the various communications methods used and to
enhance desirable personality traits and attitudes.
OF1101 OFFICE MANAGEMENT II
This course examines filing systems and procedures
used by office workers, manual and electronic
methods of information storage and retrieval, types of
microforms and the need for records retention. Proper
procedures for handling mail, planning and organizing
business travel, good customer service techniques,
and researching information are also explored.
OF1400 MANAGING AN OFFICE
Prerequisite: FL1090 or equivalent
The purpose of this course is to expose students
to the functional side of managing an office. This
course will include the importance of effective
communications, methods of information storage and
retrieval, managing time and planning, and organizing
business meetings, and setting up the physical layout
of an office environment.
OF2100 OFFICE MANAGEMENT III
Prerequisites: OF1100, OF1101
Co-requisite: DM1201
This course is designed to prepare the student for
the workplace. Focus is on topics such as personal
development, planning meetings and conferences,
and job search skills to refine the skills needed to
become a successful, professional employee.
OF2101 OFFICE MANAGEMENT IV
Prerequisite: DM2200
Students will complete an office simulation that will
require them to perform research, make decisions
and apply time management skills.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
229
OF2600 DENTAL PRACTICE MANAGEMENT
In this course the student will examine the key
role dental administrators assume in managing
the dental business office. The student will study
the principles of reception area duties, third party
insurance communication, inventory management
and client management. Emphasis will be placed on
understanding the importance of communication
between doctor and client. The lab portion will
introduce the student to the operation of a
computerized dental office management system.
OF2700 CAPSTONE PROJECT
This course is designed to provide students with
the opportunity to apply the principles and skills
necessary to successfully enter the workplace as
an administrative professional. This course will
reinforce office management concepts, including
professionalism and human relations, and will assist
students as they prepare to make the transition to the
workplace as an administrative assistant.
OJ1100 WORK EXPOSURE
Students gain an appreciation of the real work
environment in a business or industry directly related
to the area of training. This two-week period will be
required in addition to academic content covered thus
requiring students to attend Intersession.
OJ1110 WORK EXPOSURE – OFFICE
ADMINISTRATION (CERTIFICATE)
Prerequisites: Successful completion of all courses in
the Office Administration Certificate program with a
minimum GPA of 2.0
The work exposure is a required portion of the
program and provides a unique learning experience
in a real workplace setting. Work exposures must
be program relevant and three weeks in duration.
Students will complete three weeks in industry where
they are expected to learn, develop and demonstrate
the high standards of behaviour and performance
expected in the work environment. Throughout the
work exposure experience, students will apply the
skills and knowledge learned in previous courses
in the Office Administration Certificate program.
They will become more employable as they enhance
technical, team building, problem solving, and
customer service skills; increase accountability; and
strengthen positive attitudes and work ethic.
OJ1520 WORK EXPOSURE
Prerequisites: Successful completion of all level one
courses with a minimum GPA of 2.0
Students are expected to complete four weeks
of work exposure for completion of the diploma
requirements.
OJ1550 WORK EXPOSURE - HRM
Prerequisites: Successful completion of all courses in
Semesters 1 to 5 of the HRM diploma program with a
minimum GPA of 2.0
The learner will gain an appreciation of the real work
environment in a business or industry directly related
to the area of training. This six-week period will be
required in addition to academic content covered.
Students will complete six weeks in industry where
they are expected to learn, develop and demonstrate
the high standards of behaviour and performance
expected in the work environment. Throughout
the work exposure experience, students will apply
the skills and knowledge learned in all previous
courses in the HRM diploma programs. They will also
further develop employability skills such as working
independently, team building, customer service,
work ethic, attitude and accountability, thus further
enhancing their personal growth.
MX2500 – OJ1550
OF2270 BUSINESS SERVICES
Prerequisite: DM2200
This is a course where students apply the skills,
knowledge and attitudes learned throughout the
Office Administration (Executive) program. The course
is conducted in a real training office where students
incorporate a variety of office software, tools and
equipment to provide a professional business service
to their clients. Throughout this course, students
will continue to develop their technical skills as
well as their employability skills such as working
independently, teambuilding, customer service, work
ethic, and accountability as would be expected in any
business office.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
230
OJ1560 WORK EXPOSURE - MARKETING
Prerequisites: Successful completion of all courses in
Semesters 1 to 5 of the Marketing diploma program
with a minimum GPA of 2.0
The student will gain an appreciation of the real work
environment in a business or industry directly related
to the area of training. This six-week period will be
required in addition to academic content covered.
Students will complete six weeks in industry where
they are expected to learn, develop and demonstrate
the high standards of behaviour and performance
expected in the work environment. Throughout the
work exposure experience, students will apply the
skills and knowledge learned in all previous courses
in the Marketing diploma programs. They will also
further develop employability skills such as working
independently, team building, customer service,
work ethic, attitude and accountability, thus further
enhancing their personal growth.
OJ1580 WORK EXPOSURE – ACCOUNTING
Prerequisites: Successful completion of all courses in
Semesters 1 to 5 of the Accounting diploma program
with a minimum GPA of 2.0
The student will gain an appreciation of the real work
environment in a business or industry directly related
to the area of training. This six-week period will be
required in addition to academic content covered.
Students will complete six weeks in industry where
they are expected to learn, develop and demonstrate
the high standards of behaviour and performance
expected in the work environment. Throughout the
work exposure experience, the student will apply the
skills and knowledge learned in all previous courses in
the Accounting diploma programs. They will also apply
further develop employability skills such as working
independently, team building, customer service,
work ethic, attitude and accountability, thus further
enhancing their personal growth.
OJ1900 WORK EXPOSURE – OFFICE
ADMINISTRATION (EXECUTIVE)
The work exposure is a required portion of the
program and provides a unique learning experience
in a real workplace setting. Work exposures must be
program relevant and six weeks in duration. Students
will complete six weeks in industry where they are
expected to learn, develop, and demonstrate the high
standards of behaviour and performance expected
in the work environment. Throughout the work
exposure experience, students will apply the skills and
knowledge learned in previous courses in the Office
Administration (Executive) diploma program. They
will further enhance their personal growth by
developing employability skills such as team building,
customer service, work ethic, attitude, accountability,
and the ability to work independently.
PC1300 INTRODUCTION TO ALLIED HEALTH
(ELECTIVE)
This is an introductory credit course in the
Pre-Health Sciences curriculum. The course is
designed to provide students with strategies for
successful performance in health science programs
of study and to offer students a basic understanding
of healthcare systems, including the various
healthcare professionals who work within the system.
PC1320 HEALTH AND WELLNESS
This course is designed to teach paramedic students
the basics of health and wellness development. Time
will be spent on didactic lectures, in-class labs doing
basic testing and other learning activities, and in the
gym exercising. Students must pass a mandatory
fitness test at the end of the course.
PC1420 EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECHNICIAN –
FIRST RESPONDER
Co-requisite: PC1820
This course introduces the student to the
fundamentals of pre-hospital care. The students learn
to use a standardized approach to the assessment of
patients that will be employed throughout the rest of
the program. Also, basic procedures and equipment
are taught.
PC1460 EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECHNICIAN –
BASIC I
Prerequisites: PC1420, PC1820
Co-requisites: PC1821, PC1470
This course provides the paramedic student with an
introduction to the theory and physical skills required
to work in the field of emergency medical services
(EMS). It also introduces patient assessment and
other topics that will be covered in detail in later parts
of the program. The course may include three to five
field trips to various EMS-related organizations.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
231
PC1820 CLINICAL I
Co-requisite: PC1420
This course is designed to provide a clinical
introduction to students. Applied knowledge of
anatomy and physiology, pathology, patient
assessment and patient care will be reinforced.
Emphasis will be placed on intensive field
demonstrations and application of skills necessary
for the student to become competent in performing
medical care at the Emergency First Responder level.
PC1821 CLINICAL II
Prerequisites: PC1420, PC1820
Co-requisite: PC1460
This course is designed to provide an introductory
clinical experience to students at the EMT-Basic
level. Applied knowledge of anatomy and physiology,
pathology, patient assessment and patient care will be
reinforced. Emphasis will be placed on intensive field
demonstrations and application of skills necessary
for the student to become competent in performing
medical care at the EMT-Basic level.
PC2110 EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECHNICIAN –
INTERMEDIATE: PREPARATORY
Prerequisite: PC2820
Co-requisites: PC2821, PC2120
At the completion of this course, the student will have
the theoretical knowledge of patient preparation at
the EMT-Intermediate level and be able to apply the
required skills in a simulated lab environment.
PC2120 EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECHNICIAN –
INTERMEDIATE: TRAUMA
Prerequisite: PC2820
Co-requisites: PC2821, PC2110
At the completion of this course, the student will
have the theoretical knowledge of airway, patient
assessment and trauma management at the
EMT-Intermediate level and be able to apply the
required skills in a simulated lab environment.
PC2130 EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECHNICIAN –
INTERMEDIATE: CARDIAC
Prerequisites: PC2110, PC2120, PC2821
Co-requisites: PC3820, PC2140, PC2150
At the completion of this course, the student will
have the theoretical knowledge of cardiovascular
patient management at the EMT-Intermediate level
and be able to apply the required skills in a simulated
lab environment.
PC2140 EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECHNICIAN –
INTERMEDIATE: MEDICAL
Prerequisites: PC2110, PC2120, PC2821
Co-requisites: PC3820, PC2140, PC2150
At the completion of this course, the student will have
the theoretical knowledge of medical-type patient
management at the EMT-Intermediate level and be
able to apply the required skills in a simulated lab
environment.
PC2150 EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECHNICIAN –
INTERMEDIATE: SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
Prerequisites: PC2110, PC2120, PC2821
Co-requisites: PC3820, PC2130, PC2150
At the completion of this course, the student will have
the theoretical knowledge of medical and special
consideration-type patient management at the EMTIntermediate level and be able to apply the required
skills in a simulated lab environment.
PC2820 CLINICAL III
Prerequisites: PC1821, PC1460
This course is designed to provide extensive
clinical experience to students. Applied knowledge
of anatomy and physiology, pathology, patient
assessment and patient care will be reinforced.
Emphasis will be placed on intensive field
demonstrations and application of skills necessary
for the student to become competent in performing
medical care at the EMT-Basic level. Students may
demonstrate skill sets in an ambulance setting,
hospital setting or simulated environment. Students
will perform the required objectives a minimum of
two times.
PC2821 CLINICAL lV
Prerequisites: PC2130, PC3820
At the completion of this course, the student will
demonstrate the theoretical and practical knowledge
necessary to manage all patient types at the
EMT-Intermediate level in a clinical environment with
patients or in a high-fidelity simulated lab as required.
OJ1560 – PC2821
PC1470 EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECHNICIAN –
BASIC II
Prerequisites: PC1420, PC1820
Co-requisites: PC1821, PC1460
This course provides the paramedic student with an
introduction to the theory and physical skills required
to work in the field of emergency medical services
(EMS). It also introduces patient assessment and
other topics that will be covered in detail in later parts
of the program. The course may include three to five
field trips to various EMS-related organizations.
PC3820 CLINICAL V
Prerequisites: PC2110, PC2821
Co-requisites: PC2130
At the completion of this course, the student will
have the practical knowledge of medical and
special consideration patient management at the
EMT-Intermediate level and will be able to apply the
required skills in a clinical environment with patients
or in a high-fidelity simulated lab as required.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
232
PC3821 CLINICAL Vl
Prerequisites: PC2820
Co-requisites: PC2110
At the completion of this course, the student will have
the practical knowledge of airway, venous access,
medication administration, patient assessment and
trauma management at the EMT-Intermediate level .
The student will be able to apply the required skills
in a clinical environment with patients or in a highfidelity simulated lab as required.
PE2230 HAZARDOUS AREA TRAINING
This course is designed to give the student an
understanding of the hazardous area classification
and how systems are designed to confine an
explosion inside an enclosure, isolate the ignition
source or limit the energy flow into the hazardous
area. Combined with this knowledge base, the
students will receive hands-on training so they can
install and maintain equipment for hazardous areas.
This course is not designed to provide Hazardous
Area Certification.
PE2300 HV EQUIPMENT TESTING AND
MAINTENANCE
Prerequisites: MP2220, MP2250
This course introduces the test methodologies
commonly applied to medium and high voltage
transformers, switchgear, cables and generators.
The safety of personnel and the importance of
maintenance management are continually stressed.
PE2460 PLANT ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Prerequisite: ET1101
This course introduces the student to the plant
electrical systems needed to support a modern
production process, one that focuses on distributing,
converting and controlling electrical energy in
an effort to improve product quality and reduce
operating costs. Topics include energy sources,
power distribution in an industrial plant, energy
conversion using motors, motor protection and
control requirements, and digital controllers used for
energy management (demand controller) and motor
control (PLC).
PE2500 ELECTRICAL PRACTICE
Prerequisites: CI1310, ET1101
This course covers the care and use of hand tools,
safety, types of electrical protection, installation
of motor starters and relays, drawing electrical
schematics, troubleshooting motor control circuits,
and installation of circuits using sections of the
Canadian Standards Association (CSA) electrical code.
PE2510 ELECTRICAL PRACTICES
Prerequisites: ET1131, CI1310, MP1200
This course covers the care and use of hand tools,
safety, types of electrical protection, installation
of motor starters and relays, drawing electrical
schematics, troubleshooting motor control
circuits, and installation of circuits using the local
electrical code.
PE2511 ELECTRICAL PRACTICES II
Prerequisite: PE2510
This is an intermediate-level course that covers the
testing and dismantling of DC and AC motors, as
well as an introduction to electrical installations in
hazardous locations.
PE2720 INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION
PRACTICES
This course is designed to provide the instrumentation
technologist with the knowledge and skills
necessary to implement safe systems in an industrial
environment. Emphasis will be on safe working
practices and equipment installations in hazardous
locations, instrument wiring and grounding
considerations, tube and fitting installations, safety
systems, and instrument air supply considerations.
PE3100 ELECTRICAL PRACTICE
Prerequisite: PE2501
This course covers the installation of heating and
lighting controls, electrical drawings, and commercial
and industrial demand load calculations.
PE3101 ELECTRICAL PRACTICES (FACILITY
DESIGN)
Prerequisite: PE3100
This is an advanced course intended to introduce
students to the broad field of electrical facility design.
Major topics include electrical distribution design,
exterior lighting and controls, lamp technology,
interior lighting and controls, electrical heating and
controls, and electrical distribution design. This
course is followed by a project course (PE4100) to
reinforce theoretical concepts and enable students to
apply those concepts in the design process.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
233
PE3121 FACILITIES ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS II
Prerequisite: PE3120
This course focuses on low voltage (240V/415V)
power systems primarily in large commercial and
industrial facilities. Students will have the opportunity
to study both the theoretical and practical aspects
involved with the wiring methods, protection and
grounding of feeders, and branch circuits for a wide
range of loads.
PE4100 ELECTRICAL PRACTICE
Prerequisite: PE3101
This course is a continuation of PE3101. It is designed
for advanced electrical engineering technology
students to provide them with the necessary
information for completing electrical system design.
The project started in the first term is continued and
to be completed as a part of this course.
PF1180 PIPING FABRICATION AND RIGGING
Prerequisite: MH1110
This introductory course is designed to provide
the student with practical skills in the fabrication
of piping transition elements. The student will
use hand and power tools to cut metal and nonmetallic piping and then prepare it for fabrication.
Installation and movement of loads using manual
and power equipment will be covered, with emphasis
on performance in a safe industrial environment.
Aspects for a safe working environment through the
recognition of equipment defects and environmental
problems and their remediation will be an integral part
of the course.
PH1021 PHYSICS
Prerequisites: MA1025, FL1080 or equivalent
This is a preparatory, non-credit physics course
designed to introduce the students to basic physics
principles, concepts and applications. The course will
focus on the fundamental skills necessary for further
study of physics. The course will familiarize students
with physics terminology and vocabulary, improve
students’ applied mathematics skills (trigonometry,
geometry, algebra and graphing), and introduce
students to experimentation, data gathering and
handling, and problem solving.
PH1100 PHYSICS
This is an introductory physics course designed to
extend students’ knowledge and understanding of
basic physics principles, concepts and applications
relating to mechanics. This course also extends
abilities in data handling, problem solving and
experimentation.
PH1101 PHYSICS
Prerequisites: MA1700, PH1100
This is a second semester course designed to extend
the student’s knowledge and understanding of basic
physics principles, concepts and applications relating
to kinetic theory, heat, vibrations, sound and light.
It also extends abilities in data handling, problem
solving and experimentation.
PH1140 APPLIED PHYSICS
Co-requisite: MA1700
This course introduces students to the physical
science concepts applicable to the fields of electrical
and instrumentation technology.
PH1200 PHYSICS
Prerequisites: PH1100 or PH1120
This is a second-semester algebra-based course
designed to extend the students’ knowledge of the
basic concepts and principles of physics, specifically
in the areas of heat, static fluids, waves, sound, light
and electricity.
PH1201 PHYSICS
Prerequisite: PH1200
This is an intersession course designed to extend the
student’s knowledge and understanding of physics
principles, concepts and applications relating to
electricity and magnetism.
PH2200 RADIATION PHYSICS
Prerequisite: PH1201
This is a radiation physics course designed for
medical radiography students. It will give them
an understanding of x-ray physics, the nature of
x-rays; the production of x-rays; and the interaction
of x-rays with matter; and radiation dosimetry,
radiation exposure, absorbed dose, dose equivalent,
effective dose equivalent, detection of radiation and
dosimeters.
PC3820 – PH2200
PE3120 FACILITIES ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS I
Prerequisite: PE2511
This course focuses on low voltage (240V/415V)
power systems primarily in residential and commercial
facilities. Students will have the opportunity to
study both the theoretical and practical aspects
involved with the wiring methods, and protection and
grounding of feeders and branch circuits.
PM2160 PREVENTIVE AND PREDICTIVE
MAINTENANCE I
Co-requisite: MW1710
This is an introductory course emphasizing
application of preventive and predictive maintenance
(PPM) techniques to industrial equipment and
systems. Students will learn about and practice
work order generation, maintenance and record
keeping, and methods of performing preventive and
predictive maintenance tasks. Students will utilize a
computerized maintenance management program
as an aid to managing work tasks. This course offers
practical experience in the preventive maintenance
of a variety of mechanical devices.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
234
PM2161 PREVENTIVE AND PREDICTIVE
MAINTENANCE II
Prerequisite: PM2160
This is an advanced course in the development
of preventive and predictive maintenance (PPM)
programs for industrial equipment and systems. This
course applies the reliability-centered maintenance
(RCM) approach in developing a comprehensive
maintenance program. Students will have opportunity
to design and prepare a comprehensive PPM in
application of the principles taught.
PM2560 FACILITIES ENGINEERING I
Prerequisites: MA1101, PH1101, CI1660
This course presents the basic concepts, design
and techniques necessary to operate oil and gas
processing equipment. The course has a project
component where coursework is related to the
development of an oil and gas field.
PM2561 FACILITIES ENGINEERING II
Prerequisite: PM2560
This course presents the basic concepts and
techniques necessary to operate gas handling
systems and facilities. The course has a project
component where coursework is related to the
operation of a process plant.
PO1100 PROCESS EQUIPMENT
This course is designed to assist students in becoming
familiar with the principles of design, operation and
maintenance of industrial high pressure boilers such
as those found industrial plants and chemical process
plants.
PO2100 PROCESS SYSTEMS OPERATIONS AND
MAINTENANCE
Prerequisites: CI1660, PO1100
This is a course designed to develop the basic skills
to operate and maintain process systems. The course
has a project component where coursework is related
to the operation of a process plant.
PO2200 PROCESS TROUBLESHOOTING
Prerequisite: PO2100
This course will provide students with troubleshooting
skills required to identify problems and take the
necessary actions to operate the plant.
PO2400 PROCESS UNIT DESIGN
Prerequisites: PM2561, PO2100
Co-requisites: EC1700, PM2511
This course presents the concepts and techniques
necessary to design the major equipment common
to most chemical industries. Emphasis will be on
preliminary sizing of equipment and operation of
chemical processes found within the oil and gas
processing industry.
PO2480 PROCESS SIMULATION
Prerequisite: PO2400
Co-requisite: PR3721
This is a course designed to develop students’ cold
start-up, normal operation, handling of upsets and
emergency shutdown capability in a number of
processes that are common in local industry. The
students will also be required to utilize simulation
software to assist in analyzing process dynamics.
PO2500 LIQUID NATURAL GAS (LNG) / GAS TO
LIQUID (GTL)
Prerequisites: PM2560, CI2560
This is a course to help students to fully understand
the liquefied natural gas and gas to liquids processes.
PO2560 DESALINATION PROCESS
Prerequisites: PM2561, PM2511
This is a course to help students to fully understand
the desalination processes used in large-scale
industrial settings.
PR2155 PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Prerequisite: CM1400
This course is designed to give the students a general
understanding of project management and the various
stages of a project. The main topics will be discussed
at an informational level. Topics discussed include,
but are not limited to, defining a project, project
scope, time management, cost management, quality
management, human resource management and
communications management.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
235
PR2500 TECHNOLOGICAL THESIS
Prerequisites: All courses in previous academic
semesters
The technological thesis enables the student
completing a diploma program to demonstrate
the application of knowledge and skills developed
throughout the program. Students taking this
course will work independently on a project, under
the supervision of a faculty supervisor. They will
carry out an in-depth study of a problem, design or
technological application, and fully document and
present their findings.
PR2510 TECHNOLOGICAL THESIS
Prerequisite: PR2500
The technological thesis enables the student
completing a diploma program to demonstrate
the application of knowledge and skills developed
throughout the program. Students taking this
course will work independently on a project, under
the supervision of a faculty supervisor. They will
carry out an in-depth study of a problem, design or
technological application, and fully document and
present their findings.
PR3140 PROJECT MANAGEMENT
The purpose of this course is to learn various
techniques used to ensure that a project is completed
on time, within budget and with high quality. This is
achieved with practice of a variety of techniques to
manage the budget, schedule and quality of projects
for which the student is responsible.
PR3150 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND FINANCIAL
ANALYSIS
Prerequisite: MA1101
This course introduces students to the topics of
project management and financial analysis, by the
introduction of the concepts, tools and techniques
of formal project management and financial
analysis. Topics include project management, risk
management, project scheduling, concepts of
financial management, economic decision making,
analysis of alternatives and depreciation. Students
are introduced to the use of project management
software.
PR3210 TECHNICAL THESIS I (CHEMICAL
PROCESSING)
Prerequisites: All courses in previous academic
semesters and a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0
The technical thesis enables the student completing
a Diploma in the Chemical Processing Technology
program to demonstrate the application of skills
and knowledge developed throughout the program.
Students taking this course will work with minimal
supervision on a project, under the guidance of a
faculty member. The student can work independently
or in teams of two to carry out an in-depth study of
a problem, design a technological application, and
fully document and present their findings. At the
end of this course, the student will have completed
a proposal of their technical thesis that will be
completed in the following academic semester of
their program. Students should commence planning
for the course at the beginning of the final year
of studies. Since the project and report are to be
prepared through independent study, the assigned
hours represent only part of the time that students
are expected to allocate to the course. Regular
meetings with a faculty supervisor will be scheduled
within the assigned hours as well as scheduled
workshops at the Advanced Writing Centre. It is
mandatory that students attend these faculty
meetings and workshops. This course will be
co-delivered to the students by a technical instructor
and a communications instructor.
PR3211 TECHNICAL THESIS II (CHEMICAL
PROCESSING)
Prerequisites: PR3210
The technical thesis enables the student completing
a Diploma in the Chemical Processing Technology
program to demonstrate the application of skills
and knowledge developed throughout the program.
Students taking this course will work with minimal
supervision on a project, under the guidance of a
faculty member. The student can work independently
or in teams of two to carry out an in-depth study of a
problem, design a technological application, and fully
document and present their findings. Students should
commence planning for the course at the beginning
of the final year of studies. Since the project and
report are to be prepared through independent
study, the assigned hours represent only part of the
time that students are expected to allocate to the
course. Regular meetings with a faculty supervisor
will be scheduled within the assigned hours and it
is mandatory that students attend these meetings.
This course will be co-delivered to the students by a
technical instructor and a communications instructor.
PM2160 – PR3211
PR2170 PROJECT MANAGEMENT
The purpose of this course is to learn various
techniques used to ensure that a project is completed
on time, within budget, and with high quality. The
student will explore various aspects of project
management, such as scope, time, cost, quality and
communications, and will use project management
software to manage a project.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
236
PR3214 CAPSTONE PROJECT I (CHEMICAL
PROCESSING)
Prerequisites: All courses in previous academic
semesters and a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0
The capstone project enables the student completing
a Diploma in the Chemical Processing Technology
program to demonstrate the application of skills
and knowledge developed throughout the program.
Students taking this course will work with minimal
supervision on a project, under the guidance of a
faculty member. The student can work independently
or in teams of two to carry out an in-depth study of
a problem, design a technological application, and
fully document and present their findings. At the
end of this course, the student will have completed
a proposal of their capstone project that will be
completed in the following academic semester of their
program. Students should commence planning for the
course at the beginning of the final year of studies.
Since the project and report are to be prepared
through independent study, the assigned hours
represent only part of the time that students are
expected to allocate to the course. Regular meetings
with a faculty supervisor will be scheduled within
the assigned hours as well as scheduled workshops
at the Advanced Writing Centre. It is mandatory
that students attend these faculty meetings and
workshops. This course will be co-delivered
to the students by a technical instructor and a
communications instructor.
PR3215 CAPSTONE PROJECT II (CHEMICAL
PROCESSING)
Prerequisites: PR3214
The capstone project enables the student completing
a Diploma in the Chemical Processing Technology
program to demonstrate the application of skills
and knowledge developed throughout the program.
Students taking this course will work with minimal
supervision on a project, under the guidance of a
faculty member. The student can work independently
or in teams of two to carry out an in-depth study of a
problem, design a technological application, and fully
document and present their findings. Students should
commence planning for the course at the beginning
of the final year of studies. Since the project and
report are to be prepared through independent
study, the assigned hours represent only part of the
time that students are expected to allocate to the
course. Regular meetings with a faculty supervisor
will be scheduled within the assigned hours and it
is mandatory that students attend these meetings.
This course will be co-delivered to the students by a
technical instructor and a communications instructor.
PR3220 TECHNICAL THESIS I (ELECTRICAL)
Prerequisites: All courses in previous academic
semesters and a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0
The technical thesis enables the student completing
a Diploma in the Electrical Engineering Technology
program to demonstrate the application of skills
and knowledge developed throughout the program.
Students taking this course will work with minimal
supervision on a project, under the guidance of a
faculty member. The student can work independently
or in teams of two to carry out an in-depth study of
a problem, design a technological application, and
fully document and present their findings. At the
end of this course, the student will have completed
a proposal of their technical thesis that will be
completed in the following academic semester of their
program. Students should commence planning for the
course at the beginning of the final year of studies.
Since the project and report are to be prepared
through independent study, the assigned hours
represent only part of the time that students are
expected to allocate to the course. Regular meetings
with a faculty supervisor will be scheduled within
the assigned hours as well as scheduled workshops
at the Advanced Writing Centre. It is mandatory
that students attend these faculty meetings and
workshops. This course will be co-delivered
to the students by a technical instructor and a
communications instructor.
PR3221 TECHNICAL THESIS II (ELECTRICAL)
Prerequisite: PR3220
The technical thesis enables the student completing
a Diploma in the Electrical Engineering Technology
program to demonstrate the application of skills
and knowledge developed throughout the program.
Students taking this course will work with minimal
supervision on a project, under the guidance of a
faculty member. The student can work independently
or in teams of two to carry out an in-depth study of a
problem, design a technological application, and fully
document and present their findings. Students should
commence planning for the course at the beginning
of the final year of studies. Since the project and
report are to be prepared through independent
study, the assigned hours represent only part of the
time that students are expected to allocate to the
course. Regular meetings with a faculty supervisor
will be scheduled within the assigned hours and it
is mandatory that students attend these meetings.
This course will be co-delivered to the students by a
technical instructor and a communications instructor.
PR3231 TECHNICAL THESIS II (PROCESS
AUTOMATION)
Prerequisite: PR3230
The technical thesis enables the student completing
a Diploma in the Process Automation Engineering
Technology program to demonstrate the application
of skills and knowledge developed throughout the
program. Students taking this course will work
with minimal supervision on a project, under the
guidance of a faculty member. The student can work
independently or in teams of two to carry out an
in-depth study of a problem, design a technological
application, and fully document and present their
findings. Students should commence planning for the
course at the beginning of the final year of studies.
Since the project and report are to be prepared
through independent study, the assigned hours
represent only part of the time that students are
expected to allocate to the course. Regular meetings
with a faculty supervisor will be scheduled within the
assigned hours and it is mandatory that students
attend these meetings. This course will be co-delivered
to the students by a technical instructor and a
communications instructor.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PR3240 TECHNICAL THESIS I (MECHANICAL)
Prerequisite: All courses in previous academic
semesters and a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0
The technical thesis enables the student completing
a Diploma in the Mechanical Engineering Technology
(Industrial Maintenance) program to demonstrate
the application of skills and knowledge developed
throughout the program. Students taking this course
will work with minimal supervision on a project, under
the guidance of a faculty member. The student can
work independently or in teams of two to carry out an
in-depth study of a problem, design a technological
application, and fully document and present their
findings. At the end of this course, the student will
have completed a proposal of their technical thesis
that will be completed in the following academic
semester of their program. Students should
commence planning for the course at the beginning
of the final year of studies. Since the project and
report are to be prepared through independent
study, the assigned hours represent only part of the
time that students are expected to allocate to the
course. Regular meetings with a faculty supervisor
will be scheduled within the assigned hours as well
as scheduled workshops at the Advanced Writing
Centre. It is mandatory that students attend these
faculty meetings and workshops. This course will be
co-delivered to the students by a technical instructor
and a communications instructor.
PR3241 TECHNICAL THESIS II (MECHANICAL)
Prerequisite: PR3240
The technical thesis enables the student completing
a Diploma in the Mechanical Engineering Technology
(Industrial Maintenance) program to demonstrate
the application of skills and knowledge developed
throughout the program. Students taking this course
will work with minimal supervision on a project, under
the guidance of a faculty member. The student can
work independently or in teams of two to carry out an
in-depth study of a problem, design a technological
application, and fully document and present their
findings. Students should commence planning for the
course at the beginning of the final year of studies.
Since the project and report are to be prepared
through independent study, the assigned hours
represent only part of the time that students are
expected to allocate to the course. Regular meetings
with a faculty supervisor will be scheduled within
the assigned hours and it is mandatory that students
attend these meetings. This course will be co-delivered
to the students by a technical instructor and a
communications instructor.
PR3214 – PR3241
237
PR3230 TECHNICAL THESIS I (PROCESS
AUTOMATION)
Prerequisites: All courses in previous academic
semesters and a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0
The technical thesis enables the student completing
a Diploma in the Process Automation Engineering
Technology program to demonstrate the application
of skills and knowledge developed throughout the
program. Students taking this course will work
with minimal supervision on a project, under the
guidance of a faculty member. The student can work
independently or in teams of two to carry out an
in-depth study of a problem, design a technological
application, and fully document and present their
findings. At the end of this course, the student will
have completed a proposal of their technical thesis
that will be completed in the following academic
semester of their program. Students should
commence planning for the course at the beginning
of the final year of studies. Since the project and
report are to be prepared through independent
study, the assigned hours represent only part of the
time that students are expected to allocate to the
course. Regular meetings with a faculty supervisor
will be scheduled within the assigned hours as well
as scheduled workshops at the Advanced Writing
Centre. It is mandatory that students attend these
faculty meetings and workshops. This course will be
co-delivered to the students by a technical instructor
and a communications instructor.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
238
PR3244 CAPSTONE PROJECT I (MECHANICAL)
Prerequisites: All courses in previous academic
semesters and a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0
The capstone project enables the student completing
a Diploma in the Mechanical Engineering Technology
(Industrial Maintenance) program to demonstrate
the application of skills and knowledge developed
throughout the program. Students taking this course
will work with minimal supervision on a project, under
the guidance of a faculty member. The student can
work independently or in teams of two to carry out an
in-depth study of a problem, design or technological
application, and fully document and present their
findings. At the end of this course, the student will
have completed a proposal of their capstone project
that will be completed in the following academic
semester of their program. Students should
commence planning for the course at the beginning
of the final year of studies. Since the project and
report are to be prepared through independent
study, the assigned hours represent only part of the
time that students are expected to allocate to the
course. Regular meetings with a faculty supervisor
will be scheduled within the assigned hours as well as
scheduled workshops at the Advanced Writing Center.
It is mandatory that students attend these faculty
meetings and workshops. This course will be
co-delivered to the students by a technical instructor
and a communications instructor.
PR3245 CAPSTONE PROJECT II (MECHANICAL)
Prerequisites: PR3244
The capstone project enables the student completing
a Diploma in the Mechanical Engineering Technology
(Industrial Maintenance) program to demonstrate
the application of skills and knowledge developed
throughout the program. Students taking this course
will work with minimal supervision on a project, under
the guidance of a faculty member. The student can
work independently or in teams of two to carry out an
in-depth study of a problem, design or technological
application, and fully document and present their
findings. Students should commence planning for the
course at the beginning of the final year of studies.
Since the project and report are to be prepared
through independent study, the assigned hours
represent only part of the time that students are
expected to allocate to the course. Regular meetings
with a faculty supervisor will be scheduled within
the assigned hours and it is mandatory that students
attend these meetings. This course will be co-delivered
to the students by a technical instructor and a
communications instructor.
PR3250 TECHNICAL THESIS I
(TELECOMMUNICATIONS)
Prerequisites: All courses in previous academic
semesters and a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0
The technical thesis enables the student completing
a Diploma in the Telecommunications Engineering
Technology program to demonstrate the application
of skills and knowledge developed throughout the
program. Students taking this course will work
with minimal supervision on a project, under the
guidance of a faculty member. The student can work
independently or in teams of two to carry out an
in-depth study of a problem, design a technological
application, and fully document and present their
findings. At the end of this course, the student will
have completed a proposal of their technical thesis
that will be completed in the following academic
semester of their program. Students should
commence planning for the course at the beginning
of the final year of studies. Since the project and
report are to be prepared through independent
study, the assigned hours represent only part of the
time that students are expected to allocate to the
course. Regular meetings with a faculty supervisor
will be scheduled within the assigned hours as well
as scheduled workshops at the Advanced Writing
Centre. It is mandatory that students attend these
faculty meetings and workshops. This course will be
co-delivered to the students by a technical instructor
and a communications instructor.
PR3251 TECHNICAL THESIS II
(TELECOMMUNICATIONS)
Prerequisite: PR3250
The technical thesis enables the student completing
a Diploma in the Telecommunications Engineering
Technology program to demonstrate the application
of skills and knowledge developed throughout the
program. Students taking this course will work
with minimal supervision on a project, under the
guidance of a faculty member. The student can work
independently or in teams of two to carry out an
in-depth study of a problem, design a technological
application, and fully document and present their
findings. Students should commence planning for the
course at the beginning of the final year of studies.
Since the project and report are to be prepared
through independent study, the assigned hours
represent only part of the time that students are
expected to allocate to the course. Regular meetings
with a faculty supervisor will be scheduled within the
assigned hours and it is mandatory that students
attend these meetings. This course will be codelivered to the students by a technical instructor and
a communications instructor.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PR3244 CAPSTONE PROJECT I (MECHANICAL)
Prerequisites: All courses in previous academic
semesters and a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0
The capstone project enables the student completing
a Diploma in the Mechanical Engineering Technology
(Industrial Maintenance) program to demonstrate
the application of skills and knowledge developed
throughout the program. Students taking this course
will work with minimal supervision on a project, under
the guidance of a faculty member. The student can
work independently or in teams of two to carry out an
in-depth study of a problem, design a technological
application, and fully document and present their
findings. At the end of this course, the student will
have completed a proposal of their capstone project
that will be completed in the following academic
semester of their program. Students should
commence planning for the course at the beginning
of the final year of studies. Since the project and
report are to be prepared through independent
study, the assigned hours represent only part of the
time that students are expected to allocate to the
course. Regular meetings with a faculty supervisor
will be scheduled within the assigned hours as well as
scheduled workshops at the Advanced Writing Center.
It is mandatory that students attend these faculty
meetings and workshops. This course will be
co-delivered to the students by a technical instructor
and a communications instructor.
PR3261 CAPSTONE PROJECT II
(TELECOMMUNICATIONS)
Prerequisite: PR3260
The capstone project enables the student completing
a Diploma in the Telecommunications Engineering
Technology program to demonstrate the application
of skills and knowledge developed throughout the
program. Students taking this course will work
with minimal supervision on a project, under the
guidance of a faculty member. The student can work
independently or in teams of two to carry out an
in-depth study of a problem, design a technological
application, and fully document and present their
findings. Students should commence planning for the
course at the beginning of the final year of studies.
Since the project and report are to be prepared
through independent study, the assigned hours
represent only part of the time that students are
expected to allocate to the course. Regular meetings
with a faculty supervisor will be scheduled within the
assigned hours, and it is mandatory that students
attend these meetings. This course will be
co-delivered to the students by a technical instructor
and a communications instructor.
PR3244 – PR3261
239
PR3260 CAPSTONE PROJECT I
(TELECOMMUNICATIONS)
Prerequisite: All courses in previous academic
semesters and a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0
The capstone project enables the student completing
a Diploma in the Telecommunications Engineering
Technology program to demonstrate the application
of skill s and knowledge developed throughout the
program. Students taking this course will work
with minimal supervision on a project, under the
guidance of a faculty member. The student can work
independently or in teams of two to carry out an
in-depth study of a problem, design or technological
application, and fully document and present their
findings. At the end of this course, the student will
have completed a proposal of their capstone project
that will be completed in the following academic
semester of their program. Students should
commence planning for the course at the beginning
of the final year of studies. Since the project and
report are to be prepared through independent
study, the assigned hours represent only part of the
time that students are expected to allocate to the
course. Regular meetings with a faculty supervisor
will be scheduled within the assigned hours as well
as scheduled workshops at the Advanced Writing
Centre. It is mandatory that students attend these
faculty meetings and workshops. This course will be
co-delivered to the students by a technical instructor
and a communications instructor.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
240
PR3520 WEB DEVELOPER CAPSTONE
Prerequisites: Successful completion of all Semester
8 courses and instructor approval of a proposed
capstone project
The Web Developer Capstone course provides
students with an opportunity to utilize and
demonstrate the tools, understanding and knowledge
developed during the program. The course
encourages individual and team work in small groups
on a substantial project. The intent of the course is
to provide, where possible, a real-world sponsor-led
capstone experience that integrates the concepts
learned in the program. The project involves web
design, client-side and server-side applications,
database server installation and configuration,
demonstration of digital imaging, streaming media,
multimedia concepts, and other areas of study. The
course will also include discussion about professional
and ethical issues related to information technology.
PR3530 NETWORK AND SYSTEMS
ADMINISTRATION CAPSTONE
Prerequisites: Successful competition of all courses
in Semesters 1 through 8 and instructor approval of a
proposed capstone project
The capstone project course enables students to
demonstrate the application of knowledge and skills
developed throughout their program of studies.
Students taking this course will work under the
supervision of a faculty supervisor.
PR3610 TECHNICAL THESIS I
Prerequisites: CM1400, CM1401
The course is designed to provide a good
understanding of a model for definition, analysis
and solution of technical problems and to develop
the student’s ability to apply diverse methods and
strategies in project analysis, prepare and deliver
effective oral technical presentations, and define and
plan a major applied research project.
PR3611 TECHNICAL THESIS II
Prerequisites: PR3610, CM1400, CM1401
A technical thesis enables the student completing
a diploma program to demonstrate the application
of knowledge and skills developed throughout the
program. Students taking this course will work
independently or with a small group, on a project
already approved, under the supervision of a faculty
supervisor. During this term, the student will carry
out their proposed plan, then write and submit a final
technical report, and then orally present and defend
their work. Evaluation is based on ability to manage
the project, on performance during the term, on the
final report and on the presentation and defense.
PR3711 TECHNOLOGICAL THESIS
Prerequisite: CM1401
The technological thesis enables the student
completing a diploma program to demonstrate
the application of knowledge and skills developed
throughout the program. Students taking this course
will work independently on a project, under the
supervision of a faculty supervisor. They will carry out
an in-depth study of a problem, design a technological
application and fully document and then orally present
their findings. Projects must address the social,
economic, financial, environmental, legal and ethical
considerations where relevant.
PR3720 TECHNICAL THESIS I
Prerequisites: CM1400, CM1401
The course is designed to provide a good
understanding of a model for definition, analysis
and solution of technical problems, and to develop
the student’s ability to apply diverse methods and
strategies in project analysis, to prepare and deliver
effective oral technical presentations, and to define
and plan a major applied research project.
PR3721 TECHNOLOGICAL THESIS II
Prerequisite: CM1401
The technological thesis enables the student
completing a diploma program to demonstrate
the application of knowledge and skills developed
throughout the program. Students taking this course
will work independently, or with a small group,
on a project under the supervision of a faculty
supervisor. They will carry out an in-depth study of
a problem, design or technological application, and
fully document and then orally present their findings.
Projects must address the social, economic, financial,
environmental, legal and ethical considerations where
relevant.
PR3830 TECHNICAL THESIS I
Prerequisites: CM1400, CM1401
The course is designed to provide a good
understanding of a model for definition, analysis,
and solution of technical problems, and to develop
the student’s ability to apply diverse methods and
strategies in project analysis, prepare and deliver
effective oral technical presentations, and define and
plan a major applied research project.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
241
PS1100 PSYCHOLOGY I
This is an introductory psychology course. Current
experimentation and the various methods of
psychological research are emphasized throughout
the course. The topics to be covered include
psychology as a science, learning, perception,
sensation, personality and human development.
PS1420 HEALTH CARE ORGANIZATION
AND STRUCTURE
This course is an introduction to the study of
organizational behaviour and structure within
the health care system. Students will familiarize
themselves with their health care system, specifically
the roles that directly impact structure and function.
Students will examine individual and inter-disciplinary
relationships and roles of health professions within
the hospital organizational structure.
PS2340 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR
This course is an introduction to the study and
practical application of organizational behaviour.
It concerns itself with the behaviour of people
within organizations to achieve both personal and
organizational goals.
RT1610 RESPIRATORY THERAPY CLINICAL
ORIENTATION
Prerequisite: Successful completion of second year of
the Respiratory Therapy program
This course is a clinical review of respiratory therapy
procedures, equipment, hospital policies and clinical
skills prior to entering the RT III clinical year (Clinical
Practicums I and II and Clinical Elective). This course
is a mandatory requirement prior to entering the RT III
clinical year.
RT2200 GAS SUPPLY AND CONTROL
Prerequisite: Successful completion of third semester
This course is a study of the administration of
medical gas therapies with the primary emphasis
on the principles of operation of the various types
of equipment utilized in the delivery of respiratory
therapy.
RT2220 MECHANICAL VENTILATION
Prerequisite: Successful completion of fourth semester
This course focuses on the physiological implications
of instituting, maintaining and discontinuing
mechanical ventilatory support. Emphasis is placed
on patient monitoring and evaluation of mechanical
ventilatory techniques.
RT2230 MECHANICAL VENTILATORS
Prerequisite: Successful completion of fourth semester
This course is a detailed technical analysis of
mechanical ventilators. Major topics include systems
of classification, functional analysis, the internal and
external circuit, ventilator modes and controls, and
quality control. Specific mechanical ventilators are
analyzed in detail.
RT2300 PHARMACOLOGY
Prerequisites: Successful completion of third semester
This is an introductory course in pharmacology as
applied to respiratory therapy. General principles
relating to drug administration are studied. Emphasis
is placed on drugs affecting the cardiovascular,
respiratory and central nervous systems.
RT2310 ANESTHESIA
Prerequisites: Successful completion of fourth semester
This is an introductory course in the principles and
practices of anesthesia pertinent to the respiratory
therapist. Major course topics include anesthesia
machines, vaporizers, breathing circuits, anesthetic
ventilators, preoperative procedures, monitoring an
anesthetized patient and complications of anesthesia.
RT2440 NEONATAL/PEDIATRIC
RESPIRATORY CARE
Prerequisites: Successful completion of third semester
Co-requisite: RT2220
This course introduces students to the impact
of anatomical and physiological differences
between infants, children and adults on the clinical
management of these patients. Major areas of study
are gestational lung development, fetal-neonatal
transition, newborn assessment, thermoregulation,
and neonatal and pediatric cardiopulmonary
pathophysiology.
PR3520 – RT2440
PR3831 TECHNOLOGICAL THESIS II
Prerequisites: CM1401, PR3830
The technological thesis enables the student
completing a diploma program to demonstrate
the application of knowledge and skills developed
throughout the program. Students taking this course
will work independently, or with a small group,
on a project under the supervision of a faculty
supervisor. They will carry out an in-depth study of
a problem, design or technological application, and
fully document and then orally present their findings.
Projects must address the social, economic, financial,
environmental, legal and ethical considerations
where relevant.
RT2450 RESPIRATORY THERAPY PROCEDURES
Prerequisites: Successful completion of third semester
This course introduces students to the theory and
application of clinical assessment and management
skills requisite to the practice of respiratory therapy.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
242
RT2451 NEONATAL/PEDIATRIC
RESPIRATORY CARE I
Prerequisites: Successful completion of fourth semester
Co-requisites: RT2220
This course introduces the student to the anatomical
and physiological differences of the neonate and the
clinical management of these patients. Major areas of
study are gestational lung development, fetal-neonatal
transition, newborn assessment, thermoregulation,
neonatal cardiopulmonary pathophysiology and
neonatal ventilation.
RT2452 NEONATAL/PEDIATRIC
RESPIRATORY CARE ll
This course introduces the student the clinical
management of the pediatric patient. Major
areas of study are neonatal resuscitation (NRP),
pediatric advanced life support (PALS), pediatric
cardiopulmonary pathophysiology, pediatric
mechanical ventilation, and high frequency ventilation.
Formal certification for NRP and PALS is not granted
at the end of this course.
RT2500 CARDIOPULMONARY DIAGNOSTICS
Prerequisites: Successful completion of fourth semester
This is a detailed course in the principles of
pulmonary function testing and the significance of the
various test data to the respiratory therapist. Basic
electrocardiography with respect to recognition of
standard arrhythmias from 3-lead ECG strips, clinical
significance and basic treatment of arrhythmias is
also studied.
RT3401 COMPREHENSIVE RESPIRATORY CARE
Prerequisites: Successful completion of fifth semester
This course is designed to assist the student with the
integration of knowledge obtained in the previous
semesters necessary for respiratory therapy. Through
problem-based learning and critical thinking skills the
student will focus on the therapeutic management of
various categories of patients, including the principles
of trauma life support and venipuncture.
RT3450 CLINICAL SKILLS III
Prerequisites: Successful completion of fifth semester
Co-requisites: All sixth semester courses
This course is a continuation of Clinical Skills I and
Clinical Skills II. As with the previous clinical courses,
students will have the opportunity to demonstrate
respiratory therapy procedures under direct
supervision. Students will be expected to expand
their knowledge and comprehension of respiratory
therapy procedures in keeping with didactic theory
and laboratory skills previously taught. Along with new
clinical performance skills, students will be expected
to demonstrate and refine clinical performance skills
evaluated in Clinical Skills I and Clinical Skills II.
Students may be given the opportunity to observe
and/or participate in higher order skills as available in
the clinical setting. Students will rotate through adult
and pediatric clinical placements.
RT3510 CLINICAL PRACTICUM I
Prerequisites: Successful completion of the second
year of studies of the Respiratory Therapy program and
mandatory completion of RT1610
This clinical practicum is designed to provide the third
year respiratory student the opportunity to rotate
through various healthcare sites/areas including
emergency rooms, intensive care units, anesthesia
rooms, cardiopulmonary laboratories, and other
locations. By rotating through various adult, pediatric
and neonatal clinical areas, the student will acquire
the necessary competencies and clinical proficiencies
in respiratory care to successfully complete this
practicum.
RT3520 CLINICAL PRACTICUM II
Prerequisites: RT3510
This clinical practicum is a continuation of RT3510.
As with the previous clinical course, students will
have the opportunity to rotate through various
healthcare sites further acquiring and refining clinical
skills in many different areas of adult, pediatric, and
neonatal respiratory care. Because this course is the
second clinical course for the third year respiratory
therapy student, students are expected to refine
the competencies and increase the proficiencies
developed in the various clinical areas introduced in
RT3510.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
243
RX1100 PHARMACY REGULATIONS AND
PROFESSIONALISM
The student will develop a working knowledge of the
various pharmacy regulations related to pharmacy
technician practice. The role of the pharmacy
technician and workplace professionalism will
be illustrated.
RX1140 PHARMACY MANAGEMENT AND
INVENTORY CONTROL
Part of the role of the pharmacist technician is
inventory management of medications, equipment
and devices. The student will develop a working
knowledge of various pharmacy management
techniques, pharmacy operations, financial and
operational importance of purchasing and inventory
control, as well as the risks involved with medication
errors.
RX1210 PHARMACEUTICAL CALCULATIONS
Prerequisite: MA1730
The student will develop a working knowledge of the
various systems of metric and imperial weights as
well as measurements encountered in pharmacy. An
overview of the apothecary system will be included for
historical purposes. The student will become familiar
with strength designations and will perform various
dosage, compounding and conversion calculations.
The student will be able to perform calculations
required for various prescription types. Accuracy is
stressed throughout.
RX1250 PHARMACEUTICAL COMPUTER SYSTEMS
Prerequisite: MC1830
The student will become famMiliar with the
fundamentals of both community and hospital
pharmacy computer systems. The student will
practice, under supervision, data entry, retrieval of
information, and generation of computer labels using
actual pharmacy computer systems. The student will
develop skills in accurate and efficient data entry,
retrieval, and generation of computer labels.
RX2100 PRESCRIPTION PROCESSING I
Prerequisites: RX1200, RX1250
This course will introduce the student to the
prescription process. Basic concepts in the
dispensing process will be covered. These concepts
will occur in the lab while simulating real-life
situations.
RX2101 PRESCRIPTION PROCESSING II
Prerequisites: RX2100, RX1200
This course is a continuation of concepts and
techniques from Prescription Processing I. The
student will need to be able to process prescriptions
in a prescribed time frame to 95% accuracy. The
student will also be introduced to compounding
pharmaceutical items. Simulation of the doctor/
patient/pharmacist/pharmacy technician roles will
be necessary for this course.
RX2120 PHARMACY FUNDAMENTALS
Prerequisite: BL1210, CH1210
This is an introductory course to pharmacy practice.
Basic concepts in pharmacy practice will be covered.
RX2121 PHARMACY FUNDAMENTALS
APPLICATION
Prerequisite: RX2120
This is a continuation of Pharmacy Practice I. The
student will increase their level of proficiency in
the monitoring of inventory control and medical
terminology. As well, medication administration
devices and auxiliary drug labels will be discussed.
The pharmacy technician code of ethics will be
examined and students will be required to devise
statements based on various case studies. Students
will require a minimum of 60% to pass this course.
RX2150 PHARMACOLOGY I
Prerequisites: BL1210, CH1210
In this first of a two-part course, the student will
be introduced to the subject of pharmacology –
the study of drug-altered function. Students will
be learning basic pharmacokinetics and various
drug types such as the central nervous system,
endocrine, chemotherapeutic, gastrointestinal,
and anti-inflammatory drugs. Focus will be placed
on the therapeutic use of these drugs and their
adverse effects.
RT2450 – RX2150
RT3530 CLINICAL PRACTICUM ELECTIVE
Prerequisites: RT1610, RT3510, RT3520
After successful completion of Clinical Practicums I
and II, students will have an additional seven weeks
of training to gain clinical experience in respiratory
care. Students will have the opportunity to return to a
specific clinical area for further review or be assigned
to a clinical area by clinical faculty. Students will be
afforded the opportunity to complete a home care/
community component as well as have the option
of carrying out a portion of this clinical placement
at a rural hospital site. Overall, this elective will give
students additional clinical/didactic review prior to
writing the national certification exam.
RX2160 PHARMACOLOGY I
In this first of a two-part course, the student will be
introduced to the principles of pharmacology – the
study of drug-altered function. Focus will be placed
on drug classes, mechanics of action, disease
types, and body systems. The goal is to provide
pharmacy technicians with sufficient background
information so that they will be able to play a key
role in avoiding dispensing errors. Students will learn
basic pharmacokinetics and various drug types, such
as central nervous system, endocrine, antibiotics,
gastrointestinal, muscle and joint disease, and
pain drugs.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
244
RX2161 PHARMACOLOGY II
Prerequisite: RX2150
This is the second course in pharmacology where
the student will build on the knowledge gained in
Pharmacology I by discussing additional drugs in a
variety of drug classifications, major therapeutic uses,
and their generic and trade names.
RX2200 COMMUNITY PHARMACY
Prerequisites RX1100
Co-requisites: RX2100, RX2120
This course introduces the student to aspects
of community pharmacy. The student will focus
on merchandising in the community pharmacy
setting. As well, they will examine non-prescription
medications and patient compliance aid. The nature
of the pharmacy technician’s role in the healthcare
system also requires them to work with topic areas
such as healthy living, first aid, and CPR. Simulation
of the patient, pharmacist, and pharmacy technician
roles will be a necessary requirement for this course.
RX2230 HOSPITAL PHARMACY
Prerequisites: RX2100, RX2120
This course introduces the student to the practice of
hospital pharmacy and to the hospital’s organization.
The course will focus the student into the operations
of the hospital pharmacy in terms of medication
distributions and policies and procedures.
RX2300 ASEPTIC TECHNIQUE
Prerequisite: RX1200
The student will learn to compound sterile products
according to the appropriate technique. They will
be introduced to the concepts of sterility and
incompatibilities. They will use applicable quality
assurance processes and will perform their work in
accordance with the laws, regulations, and standards
that govern the preparation of sterile products.
Preparation of sterile products may include infusion
pump cassettes, intravenous admixtures, total
parenteral nutrition, eye preparations, and irrigation
solutions.
SD1170 TECHNOLOGY AWARENESS I
This course (with Technology Awareness II) is
designed to raise career awareness levels for
engineering technology students by providing
information regarding the engineering technology
profession. This course will prepare students for the
workplace by illustrating how the skills and practices
of successful students parallel the skills and practices
of successful professionals.
SD1171 TECHNOLOGY AWARENESS II
Prerequisite: SD1170
This course (with Technology Awareness I) is designed
to raise career awareness levels for engineering
technology students by providing information
regarding the engineering technology profession. This
course will prepare students for the workplace by
illustrating how the skills and practices of successful
students parallel the skills and practices of successful
professionals.
SD1330 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS OF DENTAL
ASSISTING
This course enables the student to understand the
ethical and legal expectations of the profession and
workplace. Students will consider their role in their
professional team and will develop an understanding
of the standards of conduct and their obligation in the
interaction with other professionals and clients.
SD1340 STUDENT, CAREER AND PORTFOLIO
DEVELOPMENT I
This course is an introduction to the concepts of
student development, career and education plans,
and the development of a student portfolio. The
student will explore business industry overview, self
and career assessment, planning a career portfolio,
service learning, and time management. This course
is the first in a series of four courses and begins the
development of a career portfolio that the student will
continue to work with and maintain throughout their
program of study.
SD1341 STUDENT, CAREER AND PORTFOLIO
DEVELOPMENT II
Prerequisites: SD1340
This course is a continuation of the concepts of
student development, career and education plans,
and the development of a student portfolio. The
student will continue their self and career assessment
and planning a career portfolio, and will also explore
ethics in the workplace, and interpersonal skills such
as trust, conflict management and resolution, stress
management, and teamwork. This course is the
second in a series of four courses designed to develop
a career portfolio that the student will continue to
work with throughout their program of study.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
245
SD1570 EFFECTIVE LEARNING
This course is designed to help Comprehensive Arts
and Science students develop the skills, strategies
and tools needed to ensure their success at the
College. Students who successfully complete the
course will have a better understanding of themselves
as learners and of strategies for improving their
learning potential. They will also have a greater
appreciation of the need to define their educational
and career goals clearly and to develop the habits
and skills which will enable them to achieve those
goals. The course will also provide an opportunity for
students to become aware of the full range of campus
resources available to support their learning and to
learn how to use those resources effectively. Students
will compile a portfolio during this course which
should prove to be of value to them throughout their
college life.
SD1610 CLINICAL ORIENTATION
Prerequisites: Successful completion of third semester
Co-requisites: All fourth semester courses
The Clinical Skills I course is designed to introduce
the respiratory therapy student to the hospital setting.
Under direct supervision of the clinical instructor,
students will demonstrate respiratory therapy
procedures introduced in the laboratory setting. This
clinical course is designed to enhance the knowledge
and skills concurrently being taught in the didactic
and laboratory components of the fourth semester.
Students may be given the opportunity to observe
and/or participate in higher order skills as available in
the clinical setting.
SD1611 CLINICAL ORIENTATION
Prerequisites: Successful completion of fourth
semester • Co-requisites: All fifth semester courses
This course is a continuation of Clinical Skills I.
Students will have the opportunity to demonstrate
respiratory therapy procedures under direct
supervision. Students will be expected to expand
their knowledge and comprehension of respiratory
therapy procedures in keeping with didactic theory
and laboratory skills previously or concurrently
taught. Along with new clinical performance skills,
students will be expected to demonstrate and refine
clinical performance skills evaluated in Clinical Skills
I. Students may be given the opportunity to observe
and/or participate in higher order skills as available in
the clinical setting.
SD1620 CLINICAL ORIENTATION
Prerequisites: Successful completion of
third semester courses
Co-requisites: All fourth semester courses
The clinical orientation of the student during the
fourth and fifth semesters is designed to reinforce,
in a practical manner, the theoretical knowledge he/
she is acquiring during the didactic segment of their
training program. For several hours each week, under
the direction and supervision of a clinical instructor,
students participate in a variety of basic routine
radiographic procedures that present in accordance
with their level of training. Students are also afforded
the opportunity to enhance their knowledge of various
basic and specialized radiographic equipment used
in today’s modern diagnostic imaging departments.
During their clinical orientation, students are also able
to apply their understanding of the concepts used in
providing quality patient care and radiation protection
in a real-life setting.
RX2160 – SD1620
SD1420 WORKPLACE SKILLS
This course develops sound customer service skills
in the student and assists the student in preparing
for job search and the office environment. Practical
exercises, cases, and behavioural modelling are
conducted to assist the student’s skill development
and knowledge of customer service and expected
work ethic, attitude, and skills.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
246
SD1621 CLINICAL ORIENTATION
Prerequisites: Successful completion of fourth
semester courses
Co-requisites: All fifth semester courses
The clinical orientation of the student during the
fourth and fifth semesters is designed to reinforce,
in a practical manner, the theoretical knowledge he/
she is acquiring during the didactic segment of their
training program. For several hours each week, under
the direction and supervision of a clinical instructor,
students participate in a variety of basic routine
radiographic procedures that present in accordance
with their level of training. Students are also afforded
the opportunity to enhance their knowledge of various
basic and specialized radiographic equipment used
in today’s modern diagnostic imaging departments.
During their clinical orientation, students are also able
to apply their understanding of the concepts used in
providing quality patient care and radiation protection
in a real-life setting.
SD1630 WORKING IN HEALTHCARE
This is an introductory course in healthcare ethics and
workplace issues. Through course content, lectures,
selected readings, and student discussions ethical
theories will be examined and applied to current
issues that arise in healthcare.
SD1680 ETHICS IN HEALTHCARE
This is an introductory course in health care ethics
and workplace issues. Through course content,
lectures, selected readings and student discussion,
ethical theories will be examined and applied to
current issues that arise in health care.
SD2210 WORKPLACE PROFESSIONALISM
This course is designed to provide students with the
skills and knowledge necessary to effectively work
in today’s work environment. Students will discuss
professional ethics and conduct in the workplace and
customer service methodologies.
SD2340 STUDENT, CAREER AND PORTFOLIO
DEVELOPMENT III – HUMAN RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT
Prerequisites: SD1341
This course further explores the concepts of student
skills development, career and education plans, and
the student portfolio introduced and developed in
SD1340 and SD1341. The student will explore self
awareness and skill development, job search skills,
employment processes, office politics, and work
term reports. The student will continue to develop
and refine his/her student portfolio and career and
education plans.
SD2341 STUDENT, CAREER AND PORTFOLIO
DEVELOPMENT IV – HUMAN RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT
Prerequisites: SD2340
This course synthesizes the concepts of student skills
development, career and education plans, and the
student portfolio introduced in SD1340 and further
developed in SD1341 and SD2340. The student will
discuss individual work term performance review,
self and career assessments, employment research,
and completion of career portfolio. This course is
designed to allow the students to share the technical
aspects of their work term, give students individual
work term performance review and complete the
career portfolio started in the first semester of
their program.
SD2350 STUDENT, CAREER AND PORTFOLIO
DEVELOPMENT III – MARKETING
Prerequisites: SD1341
This course further explores the concepts of student
skills development, career and education plans,
and the student portfolio that were introduced and
developed in SD1340 and SD1341. The student will
explore self awareness and skill development, job
search skills, employment processes, office politics,
and work term reports. The student will continue
to develop and refine his/her student portfolio and
career and education plans.
SD2351 STUDENT, CAREER AND PORTFOLIO
DEVELOPMENT IV – MARKETING
Prerequisites: SD2350
This course synthesizes the concepts of student skills
development, career and education plans, and the
student portfolio that were introduced in SD1340
and further developed in SD1341 and SD2350. The
student will discuss individual work term performance
review, self and career assessments, employment
research, and completion of career portfolio. This
course is designed to allow the students to share
the technical aspects of their work term, give
students individual work term performance review,
and complete the career portfolio started in the first
semester of their program.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
247
SD2361 STUDENT, CAREER AND PORTFOLIO
DEVELOPMENT IV – ACCOUNTING
Prerequisites: SD2360
This course synthesizes the concepts of student skills
development, career and education plans, and the
student portfolios introduced in SD1340 and further
developed in SD1341 and SD2360. Topics covered in
this course include: individual work term performance
review, self and career assessments, employment
research, and completion of career portfolio. This is a
pass/fail course that is designed to allow the students
to share the technical aspects of their work term, give
students individual work term performance review
and to complete the career portfolio started in the
first semester of their program.
SE1120 WORKPLACE SAFETY
Prerequisite: FL1090 or equivalent
This is an introductory course that explores the nature
and dimension of health, safety, and environment
in the workplace and the role of both the employer
and the employee in the process. Topics included
are health, safety, and environment; hazardous
communications; and safety awareness.
SE1130 WORKPLACE SAFETY FOR HUMAN
RESOURCES
This is an introductory course that explores the
nature and dimensions of a typical health, safety, and
environment department. It also explores the role
of both the employer and the employee in the safety
process. Topics included are health, safety, and the
environment; Qatar labor law as it relates to health
and safety; and safety awareness.
SE1160 PRINCIPLES OF OHS
This course enables students to demonstrate
knowledge of the basic principles of occupational
health and safety. The student will be introduce
to the knowledge frameworks and tools through
which to minimize loss to life, health and property.
Upon completion, students will be able to explain
sources and techniques for hazard identification,
risk assessment and risk control.
SE1350 TOXICOLOGY
Prerequisite: BL1210
This course emphasizes the life cycle of toxins
in the human body. In addition to describing the
genral principles of toxicology and dose-response
relationship, a detailed analysis of the processes
of absorption, distribution and storage, and
biotransformation and elimination of toxins is
completed.
SE1400 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY I
This course enables students to demonstrate
knowledge of basic environmental principles
and legislation and/or regulations governing the
protection of the environment and workplace,
together with understanding hazardous materials,
how to control them, and learning the necessary
skills to work safely.
SE1520 FIRE PROTECTION
Prerequisite: CH1200
This course is designed to give students an in-depth
understanding of how to prevent fires and how to
minimize loss in the event of a fire. A foundation is
given to participants in the chemistry of combustion,
basic fire science and sources of ignition before
moving on to topics such as fire investigation,
fire protection building design and automatic fire
protection equipment and systems.
SE1610 WORKPLACE HAZARDS AND CONTROLS
This course covers health and safety hazards and
controls in a variety of work environments. It includes
building and plant layouts, lighting, ventilation,
automated lines, systems and processes, sanitation
and personal protective equipment (PPE), and use
of PPE and basic decontamination methods for
on-site work hazards. There will be a focus on building
construction, excavations, blasting, ladders, work
platforms, hoisting equipment, confined space
entry, fall protection, mobile equipment, equipment
guarding, lock-out, hand and power tools, welding,
and cutting. Safety procedures and policies will be
reviewed for the use of small hand tools, or for being
in close proximity to large moving equipment and in
known unsafe physical environments.
SD1621 – SE1610
SD2360 STUDENT, CAREER AND PORTFOLIO
DEVELOPMENT III – ACCOUNTING
Prerequisites: SD1341
This course further explores the concepts of student
skills development, career and education plans, and
the student portfolios introduced and developed in
SD1340 and SD1341. The student will explore self
awareness and skill development, job search skills,
employment processes, office politics, and work
term reports. The student will continue to develop
and refine his/her student portfolio and career and
education plans.
SE2350 MEASUREMENT AND ANALYSIS I
This is an introductory course that explores the
principles and applications of occupational hygiene
measurements. Understanding of terminology,
concepts, equipment, and techniques of occupational
health and safety will be covered. Topics included
are occupational exposure limits, hygiene survey
strategies, air sampling, air contaminants, gases and
vapours, occupational exposure limits, air sampling,
grab sampling, and direct reading instruments.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
248
SE2351 MEASUREMENT AND ANALYSIS II
Prerequisite: SE2330
This course is designed as a continuation of
Measurement and Analysis I. Major topics include
the principles, applications and use of direct reading
instruments, basic applications of data evaluation,
heat stress exposure, properties of noise, ventilation
systems, lighting, and biological monitoring.
SE2360 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL MANAGEMENT
This course explores the regulating legislation on
hazardous material used and stored in the workplace
and the environment. It discusses transportation
requirements of dangerous goods and hazardous
material. It also focuses on lead abatement and
asbestos management options at the worksite and
explores the training and education components
for hazardous material management. This course
introduces a material safety data sheet (MSDS)
regarding the properties of a particular substance and
how to provide workers and emergency personnel
with procedures for handling or working with that
substance in a safe manner that includes information
such as physical data, storage, disposal, protective
equipment, and spill handling procedures.
SE2420 INSPECTION AND INVESTIGATION
Prerequisite: SE1160
This course explores two key components of an
effective occupational health and safety management
system: workplace inspections and incident
investigations. Students will learn the principles of
how to develop, prepare, and conduct workplace
inspections. Canadian laws and international
standards will be used to demonstrate best practices
with respect to workplace inspections. Students
will also learn the principles of how to carry out an
effective incident investigation.
SE2450 ERGONOMICS
This course will emphasize strategies and techniques
that address the interface between human, machine,
tasks, and tools. Strategies and techniques for
improving worker safety, health, efficiency, and
comfort will be the major focus. Exploration will
provide the basics of conducting an ergonomic
assessment and recommending control measures for
both the office and material handling environments.
The importance of involving the workers and
management in all ergonomics program efforts will be
included in this course.
SE2520 OHS MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
Prerequisite: SE1160
This course introduces students to occupational
health and safety management systems (OHSMS). The
most recent versions of OHSAS 18001 and 18002 are
reviewed three elements of which are analyzed. The
tools necessary to conform to each element of the
standard are addressed. Therefore, participants will
gain experience in the efforts involved in developing,
implementing and maintaining and effective OHSMS
in accordance with an internationally recognized
standard. Because OHSAS 18001 is compatible with
ISO14001 (environmental management system) and
ISO9011 (quality management system), students will
experience the framework of integrated management
systems.
SI3100 MATERIALS SCIENCE
Prerequisites: CH1120, PH1100
The purpose of this course is to familiarize the
student with production and fabrication processes
and practices used in the industrial environment. The
course provides an understanding of the physical
properties of materials used in industry and the
effects of heat treating on metals.
SP1200 MACHINE SHOP PRACTICE
This is an introductory course designed to give
students a knowledge and understanding of the
fundamental metal removal and general machine shop
concepts that will form the basis for further studies in
science and technology.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
249
SP2700 COMPUTER NUMERICAL CONTROL/
COMPUTER-AIDED MANUFACTURING
Prerequisites: SP1200, EG3100
This is an advanced course in mechanical design and
manufacture that builds on practical skills acquired
in SP1200 and EG3100. This course introduces the
student to an automated machining process called
computer numerical control (CNC) and integrates
CATIA (or other substitute) as a 3-D drafting and
computer-aided manufacturing (CAM) package to
design and manufacture a product. The student will
also be involved in initial setup, design, program
generation, drafting, and machining of a final product.
TD3130 APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS
Prerequisite: MA1101
This course presents a review of the laws of
thermodynamics and applications to the oil and gas
processing industry. It has been designed to apply
theory to the applications as taught in the program
and to aid further study.
TD3200 THEORETICAL THERMODYNAMICS AND
FLUID MECHANICS
Prerequisite: MA1101
This course presents the review of the laws of
thermodynamics and the principles governing fluid
mechanics. It has been designed to discuss the theory
behind the practical applications of thermodynamics
and fluid mechanics.
WD1420 WELDING FUNDAMENTALS
This introductory course deals with welding
technology and processes. Safety practices are
emphasized in all aspects of welding applications in
the shop. Applications include welding equipment,
procedures, oxy-fuel cutting and joining, shielded
metal arc welding (SMAW) processes, gas metal arc
welding (GMAW) processes, tungsten inert gas (TIG)
processes, and practice in welding basic joints.
WT1160 WORK TERM
Prerequisites: Successful completion of all courses
Semesters 1 through 5
The work term is a required portion of the program.
The work term provides a unique learning experience
in a real work place setting for Network and Systems
Administration students. Participation in the work
term is determined through a competitive process,
and successful completion of all courses in Semesters
1 through 5. This work term follows the successful
completion of the preceding academic term. For
most students, it represents their first professional
work experience in a business environment; as
such, it represents their first opportunity to evaluate
their choice of pursuing a career in information
technology. Students are expected to learn, develop,
and demonstrate the high standards of behaviour
and performance normally expected in the work
environment. During the on-the-job experience
students develop their employability and technical
skills, further enhancing their personal growth.
Through the work term students will experience
different business cultures (e.g. public, private, and
not-for-profit sector, small and large organizations).
They are learning from the new network of contacts
and widening their perception of life and career choices.
SE2350 – WT1160
SP2300 QUALITY ASSURANCE
This course is designed to introduce the concepts,
philosophy, and application of total quality
management, statistical process control, and the
International Organization for Standardization
(ISO) 9000 quality standards. Emphasis will be on
the integration of the total quality management
philosophy into the production process. Development
of quality control procedures and documentation will
be discussed including reference to existing industry
quality control specifications. The implementation
process for quality assurance manuals and their
auditing procedures will be outlined.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
250
WT1170 WORK TERM
Prerequisites: Successful completion of all courses in
semesters 1 through 5
The work term is a required portion of the program.
The work term provides a unique learning experience
in a real work place setting. Participation in the work
term is determined through a competitive process,
and successful completion of all courses prior to the
work term is mandatory for work term eligibility.
This work term follows the successful completion of
the preceding academic term. For most students, it
represents their first professional work experience in
a business environment; as such, it represents their
first opportunity to evaluate their choice of pursuing
a career in information technology. Students are
expected to learn, develop, and demonstrate the high
standards of behaviour and performance normally
expected in the work environment. During the
on-the-job experience students develop their
employability and technical skills, further enhancing
their personal growth. Through the work term
students will experience different business cultures
(e.g. public, private, and not-for-profit sector, small
and large organizations). They are learning from
the new network of contacts and widening their
perception of life and career choices.
WT1460 WORK PLACEMENT
Prerequisite: Completion of all courses in the first three
semesters and a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0
A minimum seven-week placement is a required
portion of the program. The Work Placement Study
Program provides students with the opportunity to
gain practical experience in the working environment
of a power plant and with the life and work of a power
engineer. Employers are provided the opportunity
to train and assess students for possible future
employment. The program builds on the range of
tasks laid down in the Occupational Analysis of power
engineers and familiarizes the student with all the
machinery and systems that power engineers are
required to maintain and operate. The course is mainly
concerned with safety, operation, and maintenance of
plant and equipment. The plant in which the engineer
is serving acts as a real-life teaching aid, augments
knowledge already acquired, and assists students
with studies leading to a Certificate of Competency,
Third Class.
WT1480 CHEMICAL LABORATORY TECHNICIAN
PRACTICUM
Prerequisites: Completion of all academic courses in
the Chemical Laboratory Technician program and a
minimum cumulative GPA above 2.0
This course refers to the comprehensive on-the-job
training for Chemical Laboratory Technician students
in a setting within any lab environment. The duration
of this course is seven weeks and will be scheduled
at the end of the third semester of the program.
Students will choose positions in any lab environment
in companies in the oil and gas energy sector, within
educational institutions, or the private sector. The
practicum allows the student to gain work experience
that demonstrates their skills learned from the
Chemical Laboratory Technician program. Student
abilities will be assessed by the employer and
College staff.
WT1660 COMMUNITY PHARMACY CLINICAL
PLACEMENT
Prerequisite: Successful completion of all
program courses
This four-week work term is designed to enable
the student to apply the fundamental principles of
pharmacy technology in the field. It will ensure that a
graduating student has the opportunity of practicing
in the community setting while under close
supervision. Students are placed with one of the
many pharmacy health-related agencies and their
performance is evaluated by the employer. As part
of their duties, students will be required to prepare
medicines, maintain inventory, receive payments,
complete records, and perform other duties related
to their program under the supervision and direction
of a pharmacist.
College of the North Atlantic – Qatar
68 Al Tarafa, Duhail North
P.O. Box 24449
Doha, Qatar
Phone +974 4495 2222
Fax
+974 4495 2200
Emailinfo@cna-qatar.edu.qa
cna- qatar.com
Follow us on:
facebook.com/cnaqa
twitter.com/cnaq
youtube.com/cnaqsa
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
WT1720 CLINICAL PLACEMENT
Prerequisite: Successful completion of all
program courses
This work term course is designed to assist the
student in obtaining occupational experience. During
this fifteen-week course the student will receive
workplace experience in a variety of dental practice
settings including private clinics and hospital facilities.
The student will have the opportunity to apply the
knowledge and skills acquired in class to a dental
assistant position in a dental practice.
WT1170 – WT1720
251
WT1670 HOSPITAL PHARMACY CLINICAL
PLACEMENT
Prerequisite: Successful completion of all program
courses prior to work term
This eleven-week work term is designed to enable
the student to apply the fundamental principles of
the pharmacy technician learned within the program
to the workplace. It will ensure that a graduating
student has the opportunity to practice in the hospital
setting while under close supervision. Students are
placed with one of the many pharmacy health-related
agencies and their performance is evaluated by the
employer. As part of their duties, students will be
required to prepare outpatient medicines, intravenous
admixtures, and unit dose medication carts, as well
as maintain inventory, receive payments, complete
records, and perform other duties related to their
work term under the supervision and direction of a
pharmacist.
252